search icon

Iowa City City Zoning Code

CHAPTER 2

BASE ZONES

14-2A-1: ESTABLISHMENT AND INTENT OF SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL ZONES:

The full names, short names, and map symbols of the established single-family residential zones are listed in this section. When this title refers to the single-family residential zones, it is referring to the zones listed in this section. When this title refers to residential zones, or R zones, it is referring to both the single-family residential zones listed in this section and the multi-family residential zones listed in chapter 2, article B of this title.
   A.   Rural Residential Zone (RR-1): The rural residential zone (RR-1) is intended to provide a rural residential character for areas in the city that are not projected to have the utilities necessary for urban development in the foreseeable future or for areas that have sensitive environmental features that preclude development at urban densities.
   B.   Low Density Single-Family Residential Zone (RS-5): The low density single-family residential zone (RS-5) is primarily intended to provide housing opportunities for individual households. The regulations are intended to create, maintain, and promote livable neighborhoods. The regulations allow for some flexibility of dwelling types to provide housing opportunities for a variety of household types. This zone also allows for some nonresidential uses that contribute to the livability of residential neighborhoods, such as parks, schools, religious institutions, and daycare facilities. Related nonresidential uses and structures should be planned and designed to be compatible with the character, scale, and pattern of the residential development.
   C.   Medium Density Single-Family Residential Zone (RS-8): The purpose of the medium density single-family residential zone (RS-8) is primarily to provide for the development of small lot single-family dwellings. The regulations are intended to create, maintain, and promote livable neighborhoods. The regulations allow for some flexibility of dwelling types to provide housing opportunities for a variety of household types. Special attention should be given to site design to ensure the development of quality neighborhoods. Nonresidential uses and structures permitted in this zone should be planned and designed to be compatible with the character, scale, and pattern of the residential development.
   D.   High Density Single-Family Residential Zone (RS-12): The high density single-family residential zone (RS-12) is intended to provide for development of single-family dwellings, duplexes and attached housing units at a higher density than in other single- family zones. Because this district represents a relatively high density for single-family development, dwellings should be in close proximity to all city services and facilities, especially parks, schools and recreational facilities. Special attention should be given to site design to ensure the development of quality neighborhoods. Nonresidential uses and structures permitted in this zone should be planned and designed to be compatible with the character, scale, and pattern of the residential development.
   E.   Neighborhood Stabilization Residential Zone (RNS-12): The purpose of the neighborhood stabilization residential zone (RNS-12) is to stabilize certain existing residential neighborhoods by preserving the predominantly single-family residential character of these neighborhoods. Provisions in this zone prevent the conversion or redevelopment of single-family uses to multi-family uses. However, existing conforming multi-family uses retain their conforming status when rezoned to RNS-12. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)

14-2A-2: LAND USES ALLOWED:

   A.   Determining Principal Uses Allowed:
      1.   Table 2A-1, located at the end of this section, indicates whether a principal land use is permitted (P), allowed with provisions (PR), or allowed by special exception (S) in a particular single-family residential zone. A number in superscript indicates that a special provision applies. See table notes for more information.
      2.   Specific land uses are grouped into the categories and subgroups listed in the table. For example, a church is classified as religious/private group assembly. To find out how a specific land use is categorized, see chapter 4, article A, "Use Categories", of this title.
      3.   Provisional uses are allowed, subject to the additional requirements contained in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title.
      4.   Uses listed as special exceptions are allowed only after approval from the Iowa City board of adjustment. The general approval criteria for special exceptions are stated in chapter 4, article B of this title, along with specific approval criteria for most special exception uses.
   B.   Accessory Uses Allowed: Regulations pertaining to accessory uses are stated in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
Table 2A-1: Principal Uses Allowed In Single-Family Residential Zones
USE CATEGORIES
SUBGROUPS
RR-1
RS-5
RS-8
RS-12
RNS-12
USE CATEGORIES
SUBGROUPS
RR-1
RS-5
RS-8
RS-12
RNS-12
Residential Uses
Household living uses
Detached single- family dwellings
P
P
P
P
P
 
Detached zero lot line dwellings
PR
PR
PR
PR
 
Attached single- family dwellings
PR2
PR
PR
 
Two-family uses (duplexes)
PR2
PR
PR
PR
 
Group households
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
 
Multi-family uses
PR
1
Group living uses
Assisted group living
 
Independent group living
1
 
Fraternal group living
1
Commercial Uses
Animal related commercial uses
General
PR
Intensive
PR
Institutional And Civic Uses
Daycare uses
 
S
S
S
S
S
Educational facilities
General
PR
S
S
S
S
Specialized
Parks and open space uses
 
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Religious/private group assembly uses3
 
PR
S
S
S
S
Other Uses
 
Agricultural uses
Plant related
P
Animal related
Communication transmission facility uses
 
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
 
P = Permitted
PR = Provisional
S = Special exception (See chapter 4, article B of this title for requirements for provisional uses and special exceptions.)
Notes to table 2A-1:
   1.   Multi-family and group living uses in the RNS-12 zone must comply with the special provisions contained in section 14-2A-7 of this article.
   2.   Special provision may apply to existing two-family uses and attached single-family dwellings located on interior lots in the RS-8 zone. See subsection 14-2A-7D of this article.
   3.   Any establishment that is licensed by the state to sell alcohol or alcoholic beverages is subject to the use classification process as set forth in subsection 14-4A-2G of this title.
(Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 09-4341, 6-2-2009; Ord. 23-4914, 11-6-2023)

14-2A-3: GENERAL PROVISIONS:

All principal and accessory uses allowed in this zone, whether allowed as a permitted, provisional or special exception use, are subject to the use regulations and site development standards contained in chapters 4 and 5 of this title and, if applicable, the overlay zone provisions of chapter 3 of this title. Said chapters are indicated as follows:
   A.   Overlay Zones:
      1.   Planned development overlay: See chapter 3, article A of this title.
      2.   Historic district and conservation district overlay: See chapter 4, article B of this title.
      3.   Design review: See chapter 3, article C of this title.
   B.   Use Regulations:
      1.   Minor modifications, variances, special exceptions and provisional uses: See chapter 4, article B of this title.
      2.   Accessory uses and buildings: See chapter 4, article C of this title.
      3.   Temporary uses: See chapter 4, article D of this title.
      4.   Nonconforming situations: See chapter 4, article E of this title.
   C.   Site Development Standards:
      1.   Off street parking and loading standards: See chapter 5, article A of this title.
      2.   Sign regulations: See chapter 5, article B of this title.
      3.   Access management standards: See chapter 5, article C of this title.
      4.   Intersection visibility standards: See chapter 5, article D of this title.
      5.   Landscaping and tree standards: See chapter 5, article E of this title.
      6.   Screening and buffering standards: See chapter 5, article F of this title.
      7.   Outdoor lighting standards: See chapter 5, article G of this title.
      8.   Performance standards: See chapter 5, article H of this title.
      9.   Sensitive lands and features: See chapter 5, article I of this title.
      10.   Floodplain management standards: See chapter 5, article J of this title.
      11.   Neighborhood open space requirements: See chapter 5, article K of this title. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)

14-2A-4: DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS:

The dimensional requirements for the single-family residential zones are stated in table 2A-2, located at the end of this section. Each of the following subsections describes in more detail the regulations for each of the dimensional requirements listed in the table. Provisional uses and uses allowed by special exception may have specific dimensional requirements not specified in table 2A-2, located at the end of this section. Approval criteria for these uses are addressed in chapter 4, article B of this title. Dimensional requirements may be waived or modified for developments approved through the planned development (see chapter 3, article A, "Planned Development Overlay Zone (OPD)", of this title) or through the historic preservation exception as outlined in section 14-2A-7, "Special Provisions", of this article.
   A.   Minimum Lot Requirements:
      1.   Purpose: The minimum lot area and width requirements are intended to ensure that a lot is of a size, width, and frontage that is appropriate for the uses permitted in the subject zone and will ensure, in most cases, that the other site development standards of this title can be met. The lot area per dwelling unit standards control the intensity of use on a lot to ensure consistency and compatibility of new dwellings with the surrounding development.
      2.   Standards: Generally, the minimum lot area and width standards for the various single-family residential zones and for specific residential uses are stated in table 2A-2, located at the end of this section.
      3.   Minimum Lot Sizes For Specific Land Uses:
         a.   Provisional uses and uses allowed by special exception may have specific lot size requirements not specified in table 2A-2, located at the end of this section. Approval criteria for these uses are addressed in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title.
         b.   If a minimum lot size is specified within a zone for a particular land use or dwelling type, whether permitted, provisional or a special exception, that use or dwelling type may not be established on a smaller lot, even if smaller lots are permitted in the subject base zone, except as permitted under chapter 4, article E, "Nonconforming Situations", of this title.
   B.   Minimum Setback Requirements For Principal Buildings:
      1.   Purpose: The minimum setback requirements are intended to:
         a.   Maintain light, air, separation for fire protection, and access for firefighting;
         b.   Provide opportunities for privacy between dwellings;
         c.   Reflect the general building scale and placement of structures in the city's neighborhoods;
         d.   Promote a reasonable physical relationship between buildings and between residences; and
         e.   Provide flexibility to site a building so that it is compatible with buildings in the vicinity.
      2.   General Setback Requirements: Generally, the minimum required setbacks for principal buildings in residential zones are stated in table 2A-2, located at the end of this section. The minimum setbacks for principal buildings create required setback areas within which principal buildings are not allowed, except for certain building features as specified in this subsection.
      3.   Specific Setback Requirements: The following provisions contain setback requirements that apply in specific situations:
         a.   Setbacks Along Arterial Streets:
            (1)   On lots platted after December 31, 1983, a minimum forty foot (40') front setback is required along any lot line that abuts an arterial street or future arterial street as shown on the Iowa City arterial street map, located in chapter 5, article C, "Access Management Standards", of this title.
            (2)   If a lot is located along an arterial street that is substandard with regard to the width of the public right of way as specified in title 15, "Land Subdivisions", of this code, then the minimum forty foot (40') front setback along said street is increased by the number of additional feet that will be required for future upgrade of said street to city standards. Lots platted prior to December 31, 1983, are exempt from this requirement. In addition, setback averaging may apply in certain circumstances. (See subsection B3e of this section.)
         b.   Lots With Multiple Frontages:
            (1)   On corner lots, no building, structure or planting, unless specifically exempted, may be located within the vision triangle, as set forth in chapter 5, article D, "Intersection Visibility Standards", of this title.
            (2)   If a lot fronting on two (2) or more streets is required to have a front setback, a minimum setback equal to the required front setback must be provided along all streets, and such setback will be considered a front setback for purposes of this title.
         c.   Lots With Multiple Buildings: The principal buildings on the lot must be separated by a horizontal distance of at least ten feet (10'). Proximity of building walls will be subject to all current building code fire protection requirements.
         d.   Overlay Zones And Special Districts: If specific setbacks have been established in a historic or conservation district, a planned development, or in the central planning district, those setbacks supersede the setback requirements of the base zone. For properties located in a historic or conservation district, refer to chapter 3, article B of this title and also the applicable setback provisions in the Iowa City historic preservation handbook. For a property located in a planned development overlay zone, refer to the approved planned development overlay plan for the subject property. For two-family uses, multi-family uses, group living uses, and institutional/civic uses located on property in the Central Planning District, refer to the applicable setback provisions in section 14-2B-6, "Multi-Family Site Development Standards", of this chapter.
         e.   Setback Averaging:
            (1)   Where at least fifty percent (50%) of the lots along a frontage have been developed and all of these developed lots are occupied by principal buildings that are located at least five feet (5') further from the street than the required front setback, the required front setback along the frontage is increased to the equivalent of the setback of the building closest to the street. However, this averaging provision does not apply to frontages that contain three (3) or fewer lots.
Figure 2A.1 - Setback Averaging (1)
 
            (2)   Where at least fifty percent (50%) of the lots along a frontage are occupied by principal buildings that are located closer to the street than the required front setback, the front setback may be reduced to the average of the respective setbacks on the abutting lots. Only the setbacks on the lots that abut each side of the subject property along the same street may be used to calculate the average. Setbacks across the street or along a different street frontage may not be used. When one abutting lot is vacant or if the lot is a corner lot, then the average is based on the setback of the nonvacant lot and the required setback for the zone in which the lot is located. (See figure 2A.2 of this section.)
Figure 2A.2 - Setback Averaging (2)
 
      4.   Building Features Permitted Within Required Setback Area: The following building features may extend into the required principal building setback area, subject to the conditions indicated and provided that location of such a feature does not violate the provisions of chapter 5, article D, "Intersection Visibility Standards", of this title. The setback regulations for detached accessory structures and structures not considered part of the principal building are addressed in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
         a.   Awnings, uncovered balconies, bay windows, belt courses, buttresses, canopies, chimneys, cornices, sills, and other similar features that extend beyond the wall of a principal building may project up to six feet (6') into the required front or rear setbacks. Except for balconies, bay windows, and chimneys, all such projecting building features may extend up to three feet (3') into the required side setback. Balconies and bay windows may not extend into the required side setback. Chimneys may extend up to two feet (2') into the required side setback. Projections from the principal building must in all cases be at least two feet (2') from any side lot line.
         b.   Enclosed porches, covered decks, and covered patios that are attached to the principal building must comply with the principal building setbacks of the base zone and may not extend into the required setback area. Unenclosed and screened-in porches (non- habitable space) may extend up to fifteen feet (15') into the rear setback, provided they are set back at least twenty feet (20') from the rear lot line. The standards for uncovered decks and patios are specified in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title. Enclosed porches, covered decks, and covered patios that are attached to an accessory building must comply with the standards for accessory buildings as specified in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
         c.   Fire escapes may extend into any setback, provided they do not extend more than three feet (3') into any side setback.
         d.   Stairways that function as the principal means of access to dwelling units located above the ground or first floor of a building may not extend into any required setback.
         e.   Stoops and wheelchair ramps that function as a means of access to the ground or first floor of a building may extend into the rear setback, up to eight feet (8') into the required front setback, and into the side setback, provided they are set back at least three feet (3') from any side lot line. In cases where, due to topography or other site characteristics, a wheelchair ramp cannot meet this standard, a minor modification may be requested according to the approval criteria and procedures for minor modifications contained in chapter 4, article B of this title.
      5.   Adjustments To Principal Building Setback Requirements:
         a.   A minor modification to reduce principal building setback requirements may be requested according to the approval criteria and procedures for minor modifications contained in chapter 4, article B of this title.
         b.   A special exception may be requested to reduce principal building setback requirements beyond what is allowed by minor modification. The Board of Adjustment may adjust setback requirements if the owner or lawful occupant of a property demonstrates that the general special exception approval criteria and the following specific approval criteria have been satisfied:
            (1)   The situation is peculiar to the property in question;
            (2)   There is practical difficulty in complying with the setback requirements;
            (3)   Granting the exception will not be contrary to the purpose of the setback regulations; and
            (4)   Any potential negative effects resulting from the setback exception are mitigated to the extent practical.
            (5)   The subject building will be located no closer than three feet (3') to a side or rear property line, unless the side or rear property line abuts a public right-of-way or permanent open space.
   C.   Building Bulk Standards:
      1.   Maximum Height:
         a.   Purpose: The height regulations are intended to promote a reasonable building scale and relationship between buildings; provide options for light, air, and privacy; and discourage buildings that visually dominate other buildings in the vicinity.
         b.   Standards: Generally, the maximum height standards for structures in single-family residential zones are stated in table 2A-2, located at the end of this section. Height standards for accessory buildings are addressed in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
         c.   Exemptions: If allowed in the subject zone, the following structures or parts thereof are exempt from the height limitations set forth in the zones indicated, provided an increase in height does not conflict with chapter 6, "Airport Zoning", of this title:
            (1)   Chimneys or flues.
            (2)   Spires on religious or other institutional buildings.
            (3)   Cupolas, domes, skylights and other similar roof protrusions not used for the purpose of obtaining habitable floor space.
            (4)   Farm structures, including barns, silos, storage bins and similar structures when accessory to an allowed agriculture use.
            (5)   Flagpoles that extend not more than ten feet (10') above the height limit or not more than five feet (5') above the highest point of the roof, whichever is less.
            (6)   Parapet or fire walls extending not more than three feet (3') above the limiting height of the building.
            (7)   Poles, towers and other structures accessory to a basic utility use, such as street lights and utility poles.
            (8)   If allowed in the subject zone, basic utilities and communication transmission facilities are exempt from the base zone height standards, but are subject to any limitations placed by the Board of Adjustment.
            (9)   Roof structures, including solar energy systems, elevator bulkheads, stairways, ventilating fans, cooling towers and similar necessary mechanical and electrical appurtenances required to operate and maintain the building.
            (10)   Television antennas and similar apparatus.
         d.   Adjustment Of Height Standards:
            (1)   The maximum height for a principal building may be increased; provided, that for each foot of height increase above the height standard, the front, side, and rear setbacks are each increased by an additional two feet (2'); and provided, that an increase in height does not conflict with the provisions of chapter 6, "Airport Zoning", of this title.
            (2)   A minor modification may also be requested to adjust the maximum height for a particular building or property according to the procedures and approval criteria for minor modifications contained in chapter 4, article B of this title.
      2.   Minimum Building Width:
         a.   Purpose: The minimum building width requirements promote a reasonable building scale and relationship between dwellings in a neighborhood.
         b.   Standards: The minimum building width requirements for principal structures in single-family residential zones are stated in table 2A-2, located at the end of this section. A principal building must be in compliance with the specified minimum building width for at least seventy five percent (75%) of the building's length. (See figure 2A.3 below.)
Figure 2A.3 - Minimum Building Width
 
   D.   Maximum Lot Coverage Standards:
      1.   Total Building Coverage:
         a.   Purpose: The total building coverage standard helps to define the character of single-family residential zones by limiting the land area that can be covered by buildings. These standards work in conjunction with the minimum lot requirements and building bulk standards to determine how built up a neighborhood appears.
         b.   Standards: The total building coverage standards for the various single-family residential zones are stated in table 2A-2, located at the end of this section. The maximum building coverage standard establishes the percentage of the total area of a lot that can be covered by buildings. The total building area of all buildings on the property, including both principal and accessory buildings, is used to calculate the building coverage.
      2.   Front Setback Coverage:
         a.   Purpose: The front setback coverage standard ensures that a certain portion of the front setback area remains free of impervious surface, which helps to maintain a consistent and pleasant environment along neighborhood streets. These standards increase public safety by preventing excessive front yard paving and vehicular storage that may obscure the principal dwelling and the main entrance from view of the street. In addition, this standard helps to prevent neighborhood streets that are dominated by front yard pavement, particularly along frontages with narrow residential lots.
         b.   Standard: The maximum front setback coverage standard for the single-family residential zones is stated in table 2A-2, located at the end of this section. The table lists the maximum percentage of the required front setback that may be covered by impervious surface, including driveways, walkways, patios, decks, and other paved areas. Front setback coverage may not exceed the percentage indicated in said table 2A-2.
         c.   Exception: A special exception may be requested to increase the allowed front setback coverage. The Board of Adjustment may adjust the front setback coverage standard if the owner or lawful occupant of a property demonstrates that the general special exception approval criteria set forth in chapter 4, article B of this title, and the following specific approval criteria have been satisfied:
            (1)   The lot is of an irregular shape or contains severe topography, such that there is practical difficulty meeting the front setback coverage standard.
            (2)   The applicant has demonstrated that every effort has been made to design buildings, paved areas, and vehicular use areas to meet the front setback coverage standard. Such efforts include reducing the width of driveways, reducing paved areas and size of garages and providing alternative means of vehicular access to the property. If vehicular access to an alley or private rear lane is available, the front setback coverage standard may not be increased.
            (3)   Granting the exception will not be contrary to the purpose of the front setback coverage regulations.
            (4)   Any potential negative effects resulting from the exception are mitigated to the extent practical.
   E.   Minimum Open Space Requirements:
      1.   Purpose: The minimum open space requirements are intended to ensure a minimum amount of private, usable open space is provided to support the health, well-being and enjoyment of the residents of the dwelling. The intent of the open space is to support passive recreation, leisure activities, informal gathering, and opportunities for interaction with nature.
      2.   Minimum Requirements:
         a.   On lots that contain multi-family uses or group living uses, usable open space shall be provided on each lot at a ratio of ten (10) square feet per bedroom, but not less than four hundred (400) square feet, located in one or more clearly defined, compact areas, with each area not less than two hundred twenty five (225) square feet with no dimension less than fifteen feet (15'). On lots that contain multi-family uses in the RS-12 zone, a minimum of one hundred fifty (150) square feet of usable open space per unit shall be provided, located in the rear yard with no dimension less than ten feet (10').
         b.   On lots that contain detached single family uses, a minimum of five hundred (500) square feet of usable open space shall be provided, located in the rear yard with no dimension less than twenty feet (20').
         c.   On lots that contain attached single family uses, a minimum of one hundred fifty (150) square feet of usable open space shall be provided, located in the rear yard with no dimension less than ten feet (10').
         d.   On lots that contain two family uses, a minimum of three hundred (300) square feet of usable open space per dwelling unit shall be provided, located in one or more clearly defined, compact areas, with each area not less than three hundred (300) square feet with no dimension less than twelve feet (12').
      3.   Standards:
         a.   For multi-family uses and group living uses, open space shall meet the standards as set forth in subsections 14-2G-7E1 through E7 of this chapter, except that multi-family uses in the RS-12 zone shall comply with the standards below.
         b.   For single family uses, two family uses, and multi-family uses in RS-12 zones, open space shall be located behind the principal dwelling in an area visible and easily accessible from the principal dwelling and shall consist of open planted green space, which may include trees, planters, gardens, and other amenities that support passive recreation or leisure activities. Paved areas shall not be counted toward usable open space. For attached single family uses, rooftop or upper floor open air terraces or rear yard-facing porches, including screened-in porches (non-habitable space only) may count toward the open space requirement.
      4.   Minor Modification: A minor modification may be requested according to the provisions and approval criteria of section 14-4B-1, "Minor Modifications", of this title, to reduce the required open space for single family and two family uses in the following circumstances, provided the additional approval criteria stated in subsection E4e of this section, are satisfied. Note that reducing the open space may reduce the allowed occupancy of a rental property (see title 17, chapter 5, "Housing Code", of this Code):
         a.   In order to establish up to two (2) off-street parking spaces (surface parking or in a garage) on a lot that currently has fewer than two (2) off-street parking spaces; or
         b.   If the lot is a corner lot, is irregular in shape, substandard in size, or contains severe topography, or other unique circumstance, such that there is practical difficulty meeting the standard; or
         c.   The lot contains a manufactured home, where due to the shape/dimensions of the home there is practical difficulty meeting the standard; or
         d.   The lot contains a detached zero lot line dwelling, where the side yard is designed to serve as usable open space for the dwelling;
         e.   Approval criteria:
            (1)   The applicant has demonstrated that every effort has been made to design buildings, paved areas, and vehicular use areas to meet the open space requirement. Such efforts may include but are not limited to reducing the width of driveways, reducing paved areas and size of new buildings or additions, and providing alternative means of vehicular access to the property; and
            (2)   The open space requirement will be satisfied to the extent possible in another location on the lot, such as a side yard; and
            (3)   Any potential negative effects resulting from the exception are mitigated to the extent possible.
Table 2A-2: Dimensional Requirements In The Single-Family Residential Zones
Zone/Use
Minimum Lot Requirements
Minimum Setbacks
Building Bulk
Maximum Lot Coverage
Maximum
Number Of
Bedrooms
Per Unit
Minimum
Open
Space
(Sq. Ft.)10
Lot Size (Sq. Ft.)
Area/Unit (Sq. Ft.)
Lot Width (Ft.)
Frontage
(Ft.)
Front
(Ft.)
Side
(Ft.)
Rear
(Ft.)
Maximum
Height
(Ft.)
Minimum
Building
Width (Ft.)
Total Building Coverage
Front
Setback
Coverage
Zone/Use
Minimum Lot Requirements
Minimum Setbacks
Building Bulk
Maximum Lot Coverage
Maximum
Number Of
Bedrooms
Per Unit
Minimum
Open
Space
(Sq. Ft.)10
Lot Size (Sq. Ft.)
Area/Unit (Sq. Ft.)
Lot Width (Ft.)
Frontage
(Ft.)
Front
(Ft.)
Side
(Ft.)
Rear
(Ft.)
Maximum
Height
(Ft.)
Minimum
Building
Width (Ft.)
Total Building Coverage
Front
Setback
Coverage
RR-1
Detached single- family, including zero lot line
40,000
40,000
80
50
156
5+22
20
35
203
40%
50%
n/a
500
Other uses1
40,000
n/a
80
50
20
5+22
20
35
203
40%
50%
n/a
n/a
RS-5
Detached single- family, including zero lot line
6,0008
6,0008
508
408
156
5+22
20
35
203
45%
50%
n/a
500
Duplexes
10,000
5,000
70
70
156
5+22
20
35
203
45%
50%
411
300/unit
Attached single- family
5,000
5,000
35
35
156
0 or 105
20
35
203
45%
50%
411
150
Other uses1
6,000
n/a
50
40
20
5+22
20
35
203
45%
50%
n/a
n/a
RS-8
Detached single- family, including zero lot line
5,0008
5,000
458
408
156
5+22
See note 9
35
203
45%
50%
n/a
500
Duplex
8,000
4,000
60
60
156
5+22
See note 9
35
203
45%
50%
411
300/unit
Attached single- family
4,000
4,000
30
30
156
0 or 105
20
35
203
45%
50%
411
150
Other uses1
5,000
n/a
45
40
20
5+22
20
35
203
45%
50%
n/a
n/a
RS-12
Detached single- family, including zero lot line
5,0008
5,0008
458
408
156
5+22
See note 9
35
203
50%
50%
n/a
500
Duplex
6,000
3,000
55
40
156
5+22
See note 9
35
203
50%
50%
411
300/unit
Attached single- family
3,000
3,000
20/287
20
156
0 or 105
20
35
183
50%
50%
411
150
Multi-family uses
9,000
3,000
76
60
156
10
20
35
543
50%
50%
411
150/unit
Other uses1
5,000
n/a
45
40
20
5+22
20
35
203
50%
50%
n/a
n/a
RNS-12
Detached single- family
5,0008
5,0008
458
258
156
5+22
See note 9
27
203
40%
50%
n/a
500
Duplex
6,000
3,000
45
25
156
5+22
See note 9
27
203
40%
50%
411
300/unit
Multi- family uses
5,000
Existing 4
45
25
156
5+22
20
35
203
40%
50%
311
10/bedroom, but no less than 400
Other uses1
5,000
n/a
45
25
20
5+22
20
35
203
40%
50%
n/a
n/a
 
n/a = not applicable
Notes:
   1.    Other uses must comply with the standards listed in this table unless specified otherwise in chapter 4, article B of this title.
   2.    Minimum side setback is 5 feet for the first 2 stories plus 2 feet for each additional story. Detached zero lot line dwellings must comply with the applicable side setback standards in chapter 4, article B of this title.
   3.    A building must be in compliance with the specified minimum building width for at least 75 percent of the building's length.
   4.    See the special provisions of this article regarding multi-family uses.
   5.    See applicable side setbacks for attached single-family as provided in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title.
   6.    The principal dwelling must be set back at least 15 feet, except on lots located around the bulb of a cul-de-sac; on such lots the principal dwelling must be set back at least 25 feet. On all lots, garages, both attached and detached, must be set back as specified in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
   7.    Minimum lot width is 20 feet for attached units on interior lots and 28 feet for end lots in a row of attached units. When only 2 units are attached, lots must be 28 feet wide.
   8.    If the single family density bonus options have been applied, the minimum lot area, lot area per unit, lot width and lot frontage requirements may be reduced accordingly. (See section 14-2A-7 of this article.)
   9.    The principal building rear setback is 20 feet, except in the Central Planning District and Downtown Planning District, where the rear setback is dependent on the depth of the lot. For lots equal to or less than 100 feet in depth: minimum rear setback = 20 feet. For lots greater than 100 feet in depth: minimum rear setback = lot depth less 80 feet. For purposes of this provision, garages located in the rear yard and attached to the principal dwelling with a (non-habitable) breezeway (8 feet or narrower in width) will be considered detached accessory buildings and, therefore, are subject to the setback requirements for detached accessory buildings, rather than principal building setback requirements. Similarly, subject breezeways shall be treated as detached accessory structures/buildings.
   10.    Open space must meet standards set forth in subsection 14-2A-4E of this section.
   11.    Outside of the University Impact Area (see map 2B.1 in Section 14-2B-6), the maximum number of bedrooms may be increased by one (1). Any bedroom within a multi-family, attached single family or duplex that exceeds 225 square feet in size or has any horizontal dimension greater than 16 feet shall count as 2 or more bedrooms, as determined by the City. The maximum number of bedrooms may be further constrained by the provisions of title 17, chapter 5, "Housing Code", of this Code.
(Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 09-4365, 12-1-2009; Ord. 12-4488, 8-21-2012; Ord. 18-4744, 4-2-2018; Ord. 23-4893, 1-24-2023; Ord. 23-4914, 11-6-2023; Ord. 24-4919, 1-16-2024)

14-2A-5: MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY FOR HOUSEHOLD LIVING USES:

The residential occupancy of a household living use is limited to one "household" per dwelling unit, as this term is defined in chapter 9, article A, "General Definitions", of this title. The residential occupancy of a household living use is constrained by the provisions of title 17, chapter 5, "Housing Code", of this Code. Occupancy of properties that are not in compliance with the minimum Zoning Code requirements may be limited as set forth in subsection 17-5-18S, "Regulation Of Noncompliant Situations", of this Code. (Ord. 18-4744, 4-2-2018)

14-2A-6: SINGLE-FAMILY SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS:

   A.   Purpose: The single-family site development standards are intended to:
      1.   Ensure that parking areas are located so as to prevent drainage onto adjoining properties, to prevent vehicles from blocking sidewalks and to ensure that front yard areas remain free of large parking areas that will detract from the residential character of the neighborhood.
      2.   Enhance public safety for residents and visitors by lining streets with active living spaces, ensuring that there is a physical and visual connection between the living area of the residence and the street.
      3.   Enhance the pedestrian oriented character of the neighborhood by preventing blank facades and large expanses of concrete along the street.
   B.   Applicability:
      1.   The standards of this section apply to all single-family and two-family uses located in any zone.
      2.   Multi-family dwellings, group living uses, and institutional/civic uses located in a single-family zone are subject to the multi-family site development standards specified in chapter 2, article B, "Multi-Family Residential Zones", of this title.
   C.   Garage, Driveway And Parking Location Standards:
      1.   For single-family uses and two-family uses, a required parking space may be located behind another parking space on a regularly constructed aisle, provided the spaces are not stacked more than two (2) spaces deep, counting the space within a garage. (See figure 2A.4 of this section.)
Figure 2A.4 - Stacked Parking Spaces
 
      2.   Parking for single-family uses and two-family uses may be designed to allow cars to exit by backing into a street, except if street access is restricted or alley access is required.
      3.   Parking is not permitted in the front principal dwelling setback, except in the following situations:
         a.    For single-family uses, one of the required parking space(s) may be provided in the front principal dwelling setback on a regularly constructed aisle that leads directly to a parking space that is not located in the front principal dwelling setback, provided not less than fifty percent (50%) of the front principal dwelling setback area remains open space, free of impervious surface.
         b.   For two (2)-family uses and group households, two (2) of the required parking spaces may be provided in the front principal dwelling setback on a regularly constructed aisle that leads directly to a parking space that is not located in the front principal dwelling setback, provided not less than fifty percent (50%) of the front principal dwelling setback area remains open space, free of impervious surface.
         c.   For single-family uses, two-family uses, and group households, up to three (3) nonrequired parking spaces may be provided in the front principal dwelling setback, provided any such space is located on a regularly constructed aisle that leads directly to a parking space that is not located in the front principal dwelling setback, and provided that not less than fifty percent (50%) of the front principal dwelling setback area remains open space, free of buildings and impervious surfaces. (See figure 2A.5 of this section.)
Figure 2A.5 - Nonrequired Parking Within The Front Setback Area
 
      4.   Garages and carports must be located so as to provide a driveway, at least twenty five feet (25') in length, between the entrance to the garage or carport and the street right of way line. Garages and carports accessed from an alley must be located so as to provide a driveway at least five feet (5') in length between the entrance to the garage or carport and the alley right of way line. In cases where the configuration of the lot, the topography, and/or other physical characteristic of the property makes the application of this standard impractical, a minor modification may be requested to reduce the driveway length, provided that the following approval criteria are met in addition to the general minor modification standards set forth in subsection 14-4B-1B of this title:
         a.   There will be at least twenty five feet (25') of driveway length between the entrance to the garage or carport and any existing public sidewalk. In cases where there is no public sidewalk, but where a public sidewalk is likely to be built in the future, there must be at least twenty five feet (25') of driveway length between the entrance of the garage or carport and the likely location of a future public sidewalk, as determined by the city.
         b.   The resulting garage or carport location and driveway length will not compromise public safety along the fronting street or alley.
      5.   A nonhard surfaced drive or aisle may not be located closer than three feet (3') to a lot line, except at the point of access with a street, alley, or private rear lane. Hard surfaced drives must be set back at least three feet (3') from any side or rear lot line, except under the following circumstances:
         a.   The drives and aisles are pitched or curbed and drained to prevent the flow of water onto adjoining property; or
         b.   A drainage course has been established along lot lines to handle stormwater runoff; or
         c.   Any specific location along a side or rear lot line where a drive is shared with an abutting lot; or
         d.   At the point of access with an alley or private rear lane.
      6.   On lots less than sixty feet (60') in width, the length of any garage wall that faces a street-side lot line may not exceed sixty percent (60%) of the total length of the building facade that faces the same street-side lot line. On corner lots, only the garage wall(s) containing a garage door must meet this standard. For two-family uses and attached single-family dwellings, additional vehicular access standards may apply. See applicable standards in section 14-4B-4, "Specific Approval Criteria For Provisional Uses And Special Exceptions", of this title.
   D.   Pedestrian Circulation: Where no sidewalk exists, sidewalks shall be constructed in the abutting public right-of-way according to the standards in section 15-3-3. The Director of Neighborhood and Development Services may exempt a property from this requirement where a finding is made that such a sidewalk is unlikely to connect to future pedestrian routes. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 11-4451, 10-18-2011; Ord. 19-4815, 12-17-2019; Ord. 21- 4858, 6-1-2021; Ord. 22-4882, 6-21-2022)

14-2A-7: SPECIAL PROVISIONS:

   A.   Single-Family Density Bonus Options: For detached single-family dwellings and detached zero lot line dwellings, the following density bonuses are allowed in the following zones and under the following conditions:
      1.   RS-5 zone: If vehicular access to garages and off street parking spaces is restricted to an alley or private rear lane, then the following modifications to dimensional requirements are allowed:
         a.   The minimum lot width may be reduced to forty five feet (45') and the minimum lot frontage may be reduced to thirty feet (30');
         b.   The minimum lot size and lot area per unit may be reduced to five thousand (5,000) square feet; and
         c.   The minimum front setback may be reduced to ten feet (10'), if utilities are also located along the alley or private rear lane and the first floor elevation is at least thirty inches (30") above the grade of the adjacent public sidewalk.
      2.   RS-8 zone: If vehicular access to garages and off street parking spaces is restricted to an alley or private rear lane, then the following modifications to dimensional requirements are allowed:
         a.   The minimum lot width may be reduced to forty feet (40') and the minimum frontage to twenty five feet (25');
         b.   The minimum lot size and lot area per unit may be reduced to four thousand (4,000) square feet; and
         c.   The minimum front setback may be reduced to ten feet (10'), if utilities are also located along the alley or private rear lane and the first floor elevation is at least thirty inches (30") above the grade of the adjacent public sidewalk.
      3.   RS-12 and RNS-12 zones: If vehicular access to garages and off street parking spaces is restricted to an alley or private rear lane, then the following modifications to dimensional requirements are allowed:
         a.   The minimum lot width may be reduced to thirty feet (30') and the minimum frontage to twenty feet (20');
         b.   The minimum lot size and lot area per unit may be reduced to three thousand (3,000) square feet; and
         c.   The minimum front setback may be reduced to ten feet (10'), if utilities are also located along the alley or private rear lane and the first floor elevation is at least thirty inches (30") above the grade of the adjacent public sidewalk.
   B.   Historic Preservation Exceptions:
      1.   The Board of Adjustment may grant a special exception to waive or modify any dimensional or site development standards listed in this article or in chapter 5 of this title or any approval criteria listed in chapter 4, article B of this title that would prevent use or occupancy of a property located in a Historic District Overlay (OHD) or registered on the national register of historic places. In addition to the general special exception approval criteria set forth in chapter 4, article B of this title, the following approval criteria must be met:
         a.   The modification or waiver will help preserve the historic, aesthetic, or cultural attributes of the property;
         b.   The applicant must obtain a certificate of appropriateness from the Historic Preservation Commission.
      2.   The Board of Adjustment may grant a special exception to allow a property located in a Historic District Overlay (OHD) or registered on the national register of historic places to be adapted and reused as a community service use, specialized educational facility, or hospitality oriented retail use. In addition to the general special exception approval criteria listed in chapter 4, article B of this title, the applicant must also meet the following criteria in order for the Board to grant this exception:
         a.   The exception is necessary to preserve the historic, aesthetic, or cultural attributes of the property.
         b.   The applicant must obtain a certificate of appropriateness from the Historic Preservation Commission.
   C.   Special Provisions In Neighborhood Stabilization Residential Zone:
      1.   At the time a property is rezoned to neighborhood stabilization residential (RNS-12), any uses that were conforming with regard to use and minimum lot area per unit requirements under the previous zoning designation shall be considered conforming with regard to use and minimum lot area per unit requirements under the neighborhood stabilization residential zone. Any building containing a conforming use may be torn down and rebuilt to its present density or to the allowed density in the neighborhood stabilization residential zone; provided, that it conforms to all other provisions of this title.
      2.   The special provision described in subsection C1 of this section does not exempt a property from compliance with other relevant dimensional standards, site development standards, use regulations, or any subsequent amendments to this title that pertain to the property.
   D.   Two-Family Uses And Attached Single-Family Dwellings In RS-8 Zone: Existing two-family uses and attached single-family dwellings located on interior lots in the RS-8 zone that were conforming with regard to use and minimum lot area per unit requirements as of December 27, 2005, shall be considered conforming with regard to use and minimum lot area per unit requirements regardless of location. Any building containing a conforming use may be torn own and rebuilt to its present density or to the allowed density in the RS-8 zone; provided, that it conforms to all other provisions of this title. This provision does not exempt a property from compliance with other dimensional standards, site development standards, use regulations, or any subsequent amendments to this title that pertain to the property.
   E.   Sustainability Density Bonus: The minimum lot size or minimum lot area per unit may be reduced by ten percent (10%) of the applicable requirement for each of the following provisions that is met, up to a maximum of twenty-five percent (25%). This bonus may be used in conjunction with subsection 14-5A-4F10 (Sustainability Parking Reduction).
      1.   A solar energy system is installed onsite where the size is equal to forty percent (40%) of the surface area of the roofs of all buildings.
      2.   All uses within the development utilize electricity for one hundred percent (100%) of their regular energy consumption after construction.
      3.   All buildings within the development are constructed to the most current edition of the International Energy Conservation Code standards published by the International Code Council.
   F.   Affordable Housing Bonus: Residential uses are eligible to utilize affordable housing bonuses pursuant to Article 14-4F, "Affordable Housing". (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 22-4884, 8-2-2022; Ord. 23-4893, 1-24-2023; Ord. 23-4914, 11-6-2023)

14-2B-1: ESTABLISHMENT AND INTENT OF MULTI-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL ZONES:

The full names, short names, and map symbols of the established multi-family residential zones are listed below. When this title refers to the multi-family residential zones, it is referring to the zones listed below. When this title refers to residential zones, or R zones, it is referring to both the single-family residential zones listed chapter 2, article A of this title and the multi-family residential zones listed below.
   A.   Low Density Multi-Family Residential Zone (RM-12): The purpose of the low density multi-family residential zone (RM-12) is to provide for the development of high density, single-family housing and low density, multi-family housing. This zone is intended to provide a diverse variety of housing options in neighborhoods throughout the city. Careful attention to site and building design is important to ensure that the various housing types in any one location are compatible with one another.
   B.   Medium Density Multi-Family Residential Zone (RM-20): The purpose of the medium density multi-family residential zone (RM-20) is to provide for the development of medium density multi-family housing. This zone is particularly well suited to locations adjacent to commercial areas and in areas with good access to all city services and facilities. This zone allows a mix of detached and attached single-family housing, duplexes, and multi-family housing. Careful attention to site and building design is important to ensure that the various housing types in any one location are compatible with one another.
   C.   Neighborhood Stabilization Residential Zone (RNS-20): The purpose of the neighborhood stabilization residential zone (RNS-20) is to stabilize and preserve the character of older neighborhoods that contain a mix of single-family housing, duplexes, single-family structures that have been converted to multi-family housing, and properties that have been redeveloped with multi-family housing. Higher density multi-family uses that were conforming prior to rezoning to RNS-20 remain conforming when rezoned to RNS-20. Conversions and redevelopment may occur up to the density allowed in this zone.
   D.   High Density Multi-Family Residential Zone (RM-44): The purpose of the high density multi-family residential zone (RM-44) is to establish areas for the development of high density, multi- family dwellings and group living quarters. Properties zoned RM-44 should be located with good access to all city services and facilities, including public transportation services. Vehicular access and parking should be designed carefully to ensure efficient traffic and pedestrian circulation on adjacent streets. Due to the high density permitted in this zone, careful attention to site design is expected to ensure that buildings are compatible with surrounding land uses and that a quality living environment will be maintained over time.
   E.   Planned High Density Multi-Family Residential Zone (PRM): The purpose of the planned high density multi-family residential zone (PRM) is to provide for development of high density multi-family housing in close proximity to centrally located employment, educational, and commercial uses. Because of the high density of development anticipated in this zone, special consideration of building and site design is required. Density bonuses may be granted when additional amenities are provided. Establishing a pleasant, safe and efficient pedestrian environment is important, since many of the city's primary destinations are within walking distance of properties zoned PRM. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)

14-2B-2: LAND USES ALLOWED:

   A.   Determining Principal Uses Allowed:
      1.   Table 2B-1, located at the end of this section, indicates whether a principal land use is permitted (P), allowed with provisions (PR), or allowed by special exception (S) in a particular multi-family residential zone.
      2.   Specific land uses are grouped into the categories and subgroups listed in the table. For example, a rooming house is classified as independent group living. To find out how a specific land use is categorized see chapter 4, article A, "Use Categories", of this title.
      3.   Provisional uses are allowed, subject to the additional requirements contained in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title.
      4.   Uses listed as special exceptions are allowed only after approval from the Iowa City board of adjustment. The approval criteria for special exceptions are stated in chapter 4, article B of this title.
   B.   Accessory Uses Allowed: Regulations pertaining to accessory uses are stated in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
Table 2B-1: Principal Uses Allowed In Multi-Family Residential Zones
Use Categories
Subgroups
RM-12
RM-20
RNS-20
RM-44
PRM
Use Categories
Subgroups
RM-12
RM-20
RNS-20
RM-44
PRM
Residential uses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Household living uses
Detached single-family dwellings
P
P
P
 
 
Detached zero lot line dwellings
PR
PR
PR
 
 
Attached single-family dwellings
PR
PR
PR
 
 
Duplexes
PR
PR
PR
 
 
Group households
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Multi-family dwellings
P
P
P
P
P
Group living uses
Assisted group living
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Independent group living
 
PR
 
PR
PR
Fraternal group living
 
PR
S
PR
PR
Commercial uses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eating and drinking establishments
 
 
 
 
 
 
Office uses
General office
 
 
 
 
 
Medical/dental office
 
 
 
 
 
Retail uses
Sales oriented
 
 
 
 
 
Personal service oriented
 
 
 
 
S
Alcohol sales oriented
 
 
 
 
 
Repair oriented
 
 
 
 
 
Hospitality oriented retail
 
 
 
PR
PR
Outdoor storage and display oriented
 
 
 
 
 
Institutional and civic uses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Community service uses
General community service
S
S
S
S
S
Community service - shelter
S
S
S
S
S
Daycare uses
 
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Educational facilities
General
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Specialized
 
 
 
 
PR
Parks and open space uses
 
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Religious/private group assembly uses1
 
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Other uses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Communication transmission facility uses
 
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
 
P = Permitted
PR = Provisional
S = Special exception (See chapter 4, article B of this title for requirements for provisional uses and special exceptions.)
Note:
    1.    Any establishment that is licensed by the state to sell alcohol or alcoholic beverages is subject to the use classification process as set forth in subsection 14-4A-2G of this title.
(Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 09-4341, 6-2-2009; Ord. 13-4526, 5-14-2013; Ord. 23-4914, 11-6-2023)

14-2B-3: GENERAL PROVISIONS:

All principal and accessory uses allowed in this zone, whether allowed as a permitted, provisional or special exception use, are subject to the use regulations and site development standards contained in chapters 4 and 5 of this title and, if applicable, the overlay zone provisions contained in chapter 3 of this title. Said chapters are indicated as follows:
   A.   Overlay Zones:
      1.   Planned development overlay: See chapter 3, article A of this title.
      2.   Historic district and conservation district overlay: See chapter 3, article B of this title.
      3.   Design review: See chapter 3, article C of this title.
   B.   Use Regulations:
      1.   Minor modifications, variances, special exceptions and provisional uses: See chapter 4, article B of this title.
      2.   Accessory uses and buildings: See chapter 4, article C of this title.
      3.   Temporary uses: See chapter 4, article D of this title.
      4.   Nonconforming situations: See chapter 4, article E of this title.
   C.   Site Development Standards:
      1.   Off street parking and loading standards: See chapter 5, article A of this title.
      2.   Sign regulations: See chapter 5, article B of this title.
      3.   Access management standards: See chapter 5, article C of this title.
      4.   Intersection visibility standards: See chapter 5, article D of this title.
      5.   Landscaping and tree standards: See chapter 5, article E of this title.
      6.   Screening and buffering standards: See chapter 5, article F of this title.
      7.   Outdoor lighting standards: See chapter 5, article G of this title.
      8.   Performance standards: See chapter 5, article H of this title.
      9.   Sensitive lands and features: See chapter 5, article I of this title.
      10.   Floodplain management standards: See chapter 5, article J of this title.
      11.   Neighborhood open space requirements: See chapter 5, article K of this title. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)

14-2B-4: DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS:

The dimensional requirements for the multi-family residential zones are stated in table 2B-2, located at the end of this section. Each of the following subsections describes in more detail the regulations for each of the dimensional requirements listed in the table. Provisional uses and uses allowed by special exception may have specific dimensional requirements not specified in table 2B-2, located at the end of this section. Approval criteria for these uses are addressed in chapter 4, article B of this title. Dimensional requirements may be waived or modified for developments approved through the planned development process (see chapter 3, article A, “Planned Development Overlay Zone (OPD)”, of this title) or through minor adjustments in PRM Zones as outlined in section 14-2B-7, “PRM Zone bonus And Minor Adjustment Provisions” or the historic preservation exception as outlined in section 14-2B-8, “Special Provisions”, of this article.
   A.   Minimum Lot Requirements:
      1.   Purpose: The minimum lot area and width requirements are intended to ensure that a lot is of a size, width, and frontage that is appropriate for the uses permitted in the subject zone and will ensure, in most cases, that the other site development standards of this title can be met. The lot area per dwelling unit standards control the intensity of use on a lot to ensure consistency and compatibility of new dwellings with the surrounding development.
      2.   Standards: Generally, the minimum lot area and width standards for the various multi-family residential zones and for specific residential uses are stated in table 2B-2, located at the end of this section.
      3.   Minimum Lot Requirements For Specific Land Uses:
         a.   Provisional uses and uses allowed by special exception may have specific lot size requirements not specified in table 2B-2, located at the end of this section. Approval criteria for these uses are addressed in chapter 4, article B of this title.
         b.   If a minimum lot size is specified within a zone for a particular land use or dwelling type, whether permitted, provisional or a special exception, that use or dwelling type may not be established on a smaller lot, even if smaller lots are permitted in the subject base zone, except as permitted under chapter 4, article E, "Nonconforming Situations", of this title.
         c.   The single-family density bonus options for the RS-12 zone, as specified in section 14-2A-7 of this title, may be applied to detached single-family dwellings and detached zero lot line dwellings located in the RM-12 and RM-20 zones. If the single- family density bonus options have been applied, the minimum lot area, lot area per unit, lot width and lot frontage requirements may be reduced accordingly.
   B.   Minimum Setback Requirements For Principal Buildings:
      1.   Purpose: The minimum setback requirements are intended to:
         a.   Maintain light, air, separation for fire protection, and access for firefighting;
         b.   Provide opportunities for privacy between dwellings;
         c.   Reflect the general building scale and placement of structures in the city's neighborhoods;
         d.   Promote a reasonable physical relationship between buildings; and
         e.   Provide flexibility to site a building so that it is compatible with buildings in the vicinity.
      2.   General Setback Requirements: Generally, the minimum required setbacks for principal buildings in multi-family residential zones are stated in table 2B-2, located at the end of this section. The minimum setbacks for principal buildings create required setback areas within which principal buildings are not allowed, except for certain building features as specified in this subsection.
      3.   Specific Setback Requirements: The following provisions contain principal building setback requirements that apply in specific situations:
         a.   Setbacks Along Arterial Streets:
            (1)   On lots platted after December 31, 1983, a minimum forty foot (40') front setback is required along any lot line that abuts an arterial street or future arterial street as shown on the Iowa City arterial street map, located in chapter 5, article C, "Access Management Standards", of this title.
            (2)   If a lot is located along an arterial street that is substandard with regard to the width of the public right of way as specified in title 15, "Land Subdivisions", of this code, then the minimum forty foot (40') front setback along said street is increased by the number of additional feet that will be required for future upgrade of said street to city standards. Lots platted prior to December 31, 1983, are exempt from this requirement. In addition, setback averaging may apply in certain circumstances. (See subsection B3e of this section.)
         b.   Lots With Multiple Frontages:
            (1)   On corner lots, no building, structure or planting, unless specifically exempted, may be located within the vision triangle, as set forth in chapter 5, article D, "Intersection Visibility Standards", of this title.
            (2)   If a lot fronting on two (2) or more streets is required to have a front setback, a minimum setback equal to the required front setback must be provided along all streets, and such setback will be considered a front setback for purposes of this title.
         c.   Lots With Multiple Buildings: The principal buildings on a lot must be separated by a horizontal distance of at least ten feet (10'). Buildings containing residential uses must be designed to preserve privacy. This can be achieved by placement of windows to prevent direct views into the windows of adjacent residential dwelling units. In addition, balconies and air conditioning units may not be located along a building wall that is within twenty feet (20') of a building wall of an adjacent principal building on the same lot, if the wall of the adjacent building contains window or door openings into dwelling units. Proximity of building walls will be subject to all current building code fire protection requirements.
         d.   Overlay Zones And Special Districts: If specific setbacks have been established in a historic or conservation district, a planned development, or in the central planning district, those setbacks supersede the setback requirements of the base zone. For properties located in a historic or conservation district, refer to chapter 3, article B of this title and also the applicable setback provisions in the Iowa City historic preservation handbook. For a property located in a planned development overlay zone, refer to the approved planned development overlay plan for the subject property. For two-family uses, multi-family uses, group living uses, and institutional/civic uses located on property in the central planning district, refer to the applicable setback provisions in section 14-2B-6, "Multi-Family Site Development Standards", of this article.
         e.   Setback Averaging:
            (1)   Where at least fifty percent (50%) of the lots along a frontage have been developed and all of these developed lots are occupied by principal buildings that are located at least five feet (5') further from the street than the required front setback, the required front setback along the frontage is increased to the equivalent of the setback of the building closest to the street. However, this averaging provision does not apply to frontages that contain three (3) or fewer lots.
Figure 2B.1 - Setback Averaging (1)
 
            (2)   Where at least fifty percent (50%) of the lots along a frontage are occupied by principal buildings that are located closer to the street than the required front setback, the front setback may be reduced to the average of the respective setbacks on the abutting lots. Only the setbacks on the lots that abut each side of the subject property along the same street may be used to calculate the average. Setbacks across the street or along a different street frontage may not be used. When one abutting lot is vacant or if the lot is a corner lot, then the average is based on the setback of the principal building on the nonvacant lot and the required setback for the zone in which the lot is located. (See figure 2B.2 of this section.)
Figure 2B.2 - Setback Averaging (2)
 
      4.   Building Features Permitted Within Required Setback Area: The following building features may extend into the required principal building setback area, subject to the conditions indicated and provided that location of such a feature does not violate the provisions of chapter 5, article D, "Intersection Visibility Standards", of this title. The setback regulations for detached accessory structures and structures not considered part of the principal building are addressed in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
         a.   Awnings, uncovered balconies, bay windows, belt courses, buttresses, canopies, chimneys, cornices, sills, and other similar features that extend beyond the wall of a principal building may project up to six feet (6') into the required front or rear setbacks. Except for balconies, bay windows, and chimneys, all such projecting building features may extend up to three feet (3') into the required side setback. Balconies and bay windows may not extend into the required side setback. Chimneys may extend up to two feet (2') into the required side setback. Projections from the principal building must in all cases be at least two feet (2') from any side lot line.
         b.   Enclosed porches, covered decks, and covered patios that are attached to the principal building must comply with the principal building setbacks of the base zone and may not extend into the required setback area. Unenclosed and screened-in porches (non- habitable space) may extend up to fifteen feet (15') into the rear setback, provided they are set back at least twenty feet (20') from the rear lot line. The standards for uncovered decks and patios are specified in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title. Enclosed porches, covered decks, and covered patios that are attached to an accessory building must comply with the standards for accessory buildings as specified in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
         c.   Fire escapes may extend into any setback, provided they do not extend more than three feet (3') into any side setback.
         d.   Stairways that function as the principal means of access to dwelling units located above the ground or first floor of a building may not extend into any required setback.
         e.   Stoops and wheelchair ramps that function as a means of access to the ground or first floor of a building may extend into the rear setback, up to eight feet (8') into the required front setback, and into the side setback, provided they are set back at least three feet (3') from any side lot line. In cases where, due to topography or other site characteristics, a wheelchair ramp cannot meet this standard, a minor modification may be requested according to the approval criteria and procedures for minor modifications contained in chapter 4, article B of this title.
      5.   Adjustments To Principal Building Setback Requirements:
         a.   A minor modification to reduce principal building setback requirements may be requested according to the approval criteria and procedures for minor modifications contained in chapter 4, article B of this title.
         b.   A special exception may be requested to reduce principal building setback requirements beyond what is allowed by minor modification. The Board of Adjustment may adjust setback requirements if the owner or lawful occupant of a property demonstrates that the general special exception approval criteria set forth in chapter 4, article B of this title and the following specific approval criteria have been satisfied:
            (1)   The situation is peculiar to the property in question;
            (2)   There is practical difficulty in complying with the setback requirements;
            (3)   Granting the exception will not be contrary to the purpose of the setback regulations; and
            (4)   Any potential negative effects resulting from the setback exception are mitigated to the extent practical.
            (5)   The subject building will be located no closer than three feet (3') to a side or rear property line, unless the side or rear property line abuts a public right of way or permanent open space.
   C.   Building Bulk Standards:
      1.   Maximum Height:
         a.   Purpose: The height regulations are intended to promote a reasonable building scale and relationship between buildings; provide options for light, air, and privacy; and discourage buildings that visually dominate other buildings in the vicinity.
         b.   General Standards: Generally, the maximum height standards for structures in multi-family residential zones are stated in table 2B-2, located at the end of this section. Height standards for accessory buildings are addressed in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
         c.   Specific Standards:
            (1)   In the multi-family zones, if any portion of a building is within fifteen feet (15') of a single-family residential zone boundary, then the portion of the building located within fifteen feet (15') of said zone may not exceed two and one-half (21/2) stories in height.
            (2)   In the RM-12, RM-20, and RNS-20 zones, if any portion of a two-family use, multi-family use, group living use, or nonresidential use is located within fifteen feet (15') of a property that contains an existing single-family use, then the portion of the building located within fifteen feet (15') of said property may not exceed two and one-half (21/2) stories in height.
         d.   Exemptions: If allowed in the subject zone, the following structures or parts thereof are exempt from the height limitations set forth in the zones indicated, provided an increase in height does not conflict with chapter 6, "Airport Zoning", of this title.
            (1)   Chimneys or flues.
            (2)   Spires on religious or other institutional buildings.
            (3)   Cupolas, domes, skylights and other similar roof protrusions not used for the purpose of obtaining habitable floor space.
            (4)   Farm structures, including barns, silos, storage bins and similar structures when accessory to an allowed agriculture use.
            (5)   Flagpoles that extend not more than ten feet (10') above the height limit or not more than five feet (5') above the highest point of the roof, whichever is less.
            (6)   Parapet or fire walls.
            (7)   Poles, towers and other structures accessory to a basic utility use, such as street lights and utility poles.
            (8)   If allowed in the subject zone, basic utilities and communication transmission facilities are exempt from the base zone height standards, but are subject to any limitations placed by the board of adjustment.
            (9)   Roof structures, including solar energy systems, elevator bulkheads, stairways, ventilating fans, cooling towers and similar necessary mechanical and electrical appurtenances required to operate and maintain the building.
            (10)   Television antennas and similar apparatus.
         e.   Adjustment Of Height Standards:
            (1)   The maximum height for a principal building may be increased; provided, that for each foot of height increase above the height standard, the front, side, and rear setbacks are each increased by an additional two feet (2'); and provided, that an increase in height does not conflict with the provisions of chapter 6, "Airport Zoning", of this title.
            (2)   A minor modification may also be requested to adjust the maximum height for a particular building or property according to the procedures and approval criteria for minor modifications contained in chapter 4, article B of this title.
      2.   Minimum Building Width:
         a.   Purpose: The minimum building width requirements promote a reasonable building scale and relationship between dwellings in a neighborhood.
         b.   Standards: The minimum building width requirements for principal structures in multi-family residential zones are stated in table 2B-2, located at the end of this section. A building must be in compliance with the specified minimum building width for at least seventy five percent (75%) of the building's length. (See figure 2B.3 below.)
Figure 2B.3 - Minimum Building Width
 
   D.   Maximum Lot Coverage Standards:
      1.   Total Building Coverage:
         a.   Purpose: The total building coverage standard helps to define the character of multi-family residential zones by limiting the land area that can be covered by buildings. These standards work in conjunction with the minimum lot requirements and building bulk standards to determine how built up a neighborhood appears.
         b.   Standards: The total building coverage standards for the various multi-family residential zones are stated in table 2B-2, located at the end of this section. The maximum building coverage standard establishes the percentage of the total area of a lot that can be covered by buildings. The total building area of all buildings on the property, including both principal and accessory buildings, is used to calculate the building coverage.
      2.   Front Setback Coverage:
         a.   Purpose: The front setback coverage standard ensures that a certain portion of the front setback remains free of impervious surface, which helps to maintain a consistent and pleasant environment along neighborhood streets. These standards increase public safety by preventing excessive front yard paving and vehicular storage that may obscure the principal dwelling and the main entrance from view of the street. In addition, this standard helps to prevent neighborhood streets that are dominated by front yard pavement, particularly along frontages with narrow residential lots.
         b.   Standard: The maximum front setback coverage standard for the multi-family residential zones is stated in table 2B-2, located at the end of this section. The table lists the maximum percentage of the required front setback that may be covered by impervious surface, including driveways, walkways, patios, decks, and other paved areas. Front setback coverage may not exceed the percentage indicated in table 2B-2, located at the end of this section.
         c.   Exception: A special exception may be requested to increase the allowed front setback coverage. The board of adjustment may adjust the front setback coverage standard if the owner or lawful occupant of a property demonstrates that the general special exception approval criteria and the following specific approval criteria have been satisfied:
            (1)   The lot is of an irregular shape or contains severe topography, such that there is practical difficulty meeting the front setback coverage standard.
            (2)   The applicant has demonstrated that every effort has been made to design buildings, paved areas, and vehicular use areas to meet the front setback coverage standard. Such efforts include reducing the width of driveways, reducing paved areas and size of garages and providing alternative means of vehicular access to the property. If vehicular access to an alley or private rear lane is available, the front setback coverage standard may not be increased.
            (3)   Granting the exception will not be contrary to the purpose of the front setback coverage regulations.
            (4)   Any potential negative effects resulting from the exception are mitigated to the extent practical.
   E.   Minimum Open Space Requirements:
      1.   Purpose: The minimum open space requirements are intended to ensure a minimum amount of private, usable open space is provided to support the health, well-being and enjoyment of the residents of the dwelling. The intent of the open space is to support passive recreation, leisure activities, informal gathering, and opportunities for interaction with nature.
      2.   Minimum Requirements:
         a.   On lots that contain multi-family uses or group living uses, usable open space shall be provided on each lot at a ratio of ten (10) square feet per bedroom, but not less than four hundred (400) square feet, located in one or more clearly defined, compact areas, with each area not less than two hundred twenty five (225) square feet with no dimension less than fifteen feet (15').
         b.   On lots that contain detached single family uses, a minimum of five hundred (500) square feet of usable open space shall be provided, located in the rear yard with no dimension less than twenty feet (20').
         c.   On lots that contain attached single family uses, a minimum of one hundred fifty (150) square feet of usable open space shall be provided, located in the rear yard with no dimension less than ten feet (10').
         d.   On lots that contain two family uses, a minimum of three hundred (300) square feet of usable open space per dwelling unit shall be provided, located in one or more clearly defined, compact areas, with each area not less than three hundred (300) square feet with no dimension less than twelve feet (12').
      3.   Standards:
         a.   For multi-family uses and group living uses, open space shall meet the standards as set forth in subsections 14-2G-7E1 through E7 of this chapter.
         b.   For single family uses and two family uses open space shall be located behind the principal dwelling in an area visible and easily accessible from the principal dwelling and shall consist of open planted green space, which may include trees, planters, gardens, and other amenities that support passive recreation or leisure activities. Paved areas shall not be counted toward usable open space. For attached single family uses, rooftop or upper floor open air terraces or rear yard-facing porches, including screened-in porches (non-habitable space only) may count toward the open space requirement.
      4.   Minor Modification: A minor modification may be requested according to the provisions and approval criteria of section 14-4B-1, "Minor Modifications", of this title, to reduce the required open space for single family and two family uses in the following circumstances, provided the additional approval criteria stated in subsection E4e of this section, are satisfied. Note that reducing the open space may reduce the allowed occupancy of a rental property (see title 17, chapter 5, "Housing Code", of this Code):
         a.   In order to establish up to two (2) off-street parking spaces (surface parking or in a garage) on a lot that currently has fewer than two (2) off-street parking spaces; or
         b.   If the lot is a corner lot, is irregular in shape, substandard in size, or contains severe topography, or other unique circumstance, such that there is practical difficulty meeting the standard; or
         c.   The lot contains a manufactured home, where due to the shape/dimensions of the home there is practical difficulty meeting the standard; or
         d.   The lot contains a detached zero lot line dwelling, where the side yard is designed to serve as usable open space for the dwelling;
         e.   Approval criteria:
            (1)   The applicant has demonstrated that every effort has been made to design buildings, paved areas, and vehicular use areas to meet the open space requirement. Such efforts may include but are not limited to reducing the width of driveways, reducing paved areas and size of new buildings or additions, and providing alternative means of vehicular access to the property; and
            (2)   The open space requirement will be satisfied to the extent possible in another location on the lot, such as a side yard; and
            (3)   Any potential negative effects resulting from the exception are mitigated to the extent possible.
Table 2B-2: Dimensional Requirements For Multi-Family Residential Zones
Zone/Use
Minimum Lot Requirements
Minimum Setbacks
Building Bulk
Maximum Lot Coverage
Maximum Number Of Bedrooms Per Unit
Minimum Open Space12 (Sq. Ft.)
Total Area (Sq. Ft.)
Area/Unit (Sq. Ft.)
Width (Ft.)
Minimum Frontage (Ft.)
Front (Ft.)
Side (Ft.)
Rear (Ft.)
Height (Ft.)
Minimum Building Width
Total Building Coverage
Front Setback Coverage
Zone/Use
Minimum Lot Requirements
Minimum Setbacks
Building Bulk
Maximum Lot Coverage
Maximum Number Of Bedrooms Per Unit
Minimum Open Space12 (Sq. Ft.)
Total Area (Sq. Ft.)
Area/Unit (Sq. Ft.)
Width (Ft.)
Minimum Frontage (Ft.)
Front (Ft.)
Side (Ft.)
Rear (Ft.)
Height (Ft.)
Minimum Building Width
Total Building Coverage
Front Setback Coverage
RM-12
Detached single- family and detached zero lot line
5,0007
5,0007
457
407
155
5+22
See note 10
358
203
50%
50%
n/a
500
Duplex
6,000
3,000
55
40
155
5+22
See note 10
358
203
50%
50%
413
300/unit
Attached single- family
3,000
3,000
20/286
20
155
0/104
20
358
n/a
50%
50%
413
150
Multi-family
8,175
See table 2B-3 of this section
60
40
20
10
20
358
203
50%
50%
313
10/bed-room, but no less than 400
Group living
8,175
See article 14-4B
60
40
20
10
20
358
203
50%
50%
See article 14-4B
10/bed-room, but no less than 400
Non-residential1
5,000
5,000
60
40
20
10
20
358
203
50%
50%
n/a
n/a
RM-20
Detached single- family and detached zero lot line
5,0007
5,0007
457
407
155
5+22
See note 10
358
203
50%
50%
n/a
500
Duplex
3,600
1,800
45
35
155
5+22
See note 10
358
203
50%
50%
413
300/unit
Attached single- family
1,800
1,800
20/286
20
155
0/104
20
358
n/a
50%
50%
413
150
Multi-family
5,000
See table 2B-3 of this section
60
40
20
10
20
358
203
50%
50%
313
10/bed-room, but no less than 400
Group living
5,000
See article 14-4B
60
40
20
10
20
358
203
50%
50%
See article 14-4B
10/bed-room, but no less than 400
Non-residential1
5,000
n/a
60
40
20
10
20
358
203
50%
50%
n/a
n/a
RNS-20
Detached single- family and detached zero lot line
5,0007
5,0007
407
257
155
5+22
See note 10
358
203
45%
50%
n/a
500
Duplex
5,000
2,500
40
25
155
5+22
See note 10
358
203
45%
50%
413
300/unit
Attached single- family
2,500
2,500
20/286
20
155
0/104
20
358
n/a
45%
50%
413
150
Multi-family
5,000
See table 2B-3 of this section and note 9
40
25
20
10
20
358
203
45%
50%
313
10/bed-room, but no less than 400
Group living
5,000
See article 14-4B
40
25
20
10
20
358
203
45%
50%
See article 14-4B
10/bed-room, but no less than 400
Non-residential1
5,000
n/a
40
25
20
10
20
358
203
45%
50%
n/a
n/a
RM-44
Multi-family
5,000
See table 2B-3 of this section
None
35
20
10
20
358
203
50%
50%
313
10/bed-room, but no less than 400
Group living
5,000
See article 14-4B
None
35
20
10
20
358
203
50%
50%
See article 14-4B
10/bed-room, but no less than 400
Non-residential1
5,000
n/a
None
35
20
10
20
358
203
50%
50%
n/a
n/a
PRM
Multi-family
5,000
See table 2B-3 of this section
None
35
20
10
1011
358
203
50%
50%
313
10/bed-room, but no less than 400
Group living
5,000
See article 14-4B
None
35
20
10
1011
358
203
50%
50%
See article 14-4B
10/bed-room, but no less than 400
Non-residential1
5,000
n/a
None
35
20
10
1011
358
203
50%
50%
n/a
n/a
 
n/a = not applicable
Notes:
   1.    Non-residential uses must comply with the standards listed in this table unless specified otherwise in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title.
   2.    Minimum side setback is 5 feet for the first 2 stories plus 2 feet for each additional story. Detached zero lot line dwellings must comply with the applicable side setback standards in chapter 4, article B of this title.
   3.    A building must be in compliance with the specified minimum building width for at least 75 percent of the building's length.
   4.    See applicable side setbacks for attached single-family as provided in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title.
   5.    The principal dwelling must be set back at least 15 feet, except on lots located around the bulb of a cul-de-sac; on such lots the principal dwelling must be set back at least 25 feet. On all lots, garages, both attached and detached, must be set back as specified in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
   6.    Minimum lot width is 20 feet for attached units on interior lots and 28 feet for end lots in a row of attached units. When only 2 units are attached, lots must be 28 feet wide.
   7.    If the single family density bonus options have been applied, the minimum lot area, lot area per unit, lot width and lot frontage requirements may be reduced accordingly. (See subsection 14-2B-4A, "Minimum Lot Requirements", of this section.)
   8.    Additional height restrictions may apply on properties adjacent to single family zones or single family uses. (See subsection 14-2B-4C, "Building Bulk Standards", of this section.)
   9.    See the special provisions of this article regarding minimum lot area per unit requirements in the RNS-20 Zone.
   10.    The principal building rear setback is 20 feet, except in the Central Planning District and Downtown Planning District, where the rear setback is dependent on the depth of the lot. For lots equal to or less than 100 feet in depth: minimum rear setback = 20 feet. For lots greater than 100 feet in depth: minimum rear setback = lot depth less 80 feet. For purposes of this provision, garages located in the rear yard and attached to the principal dwelling with a (non-habitable) breezeway (8 feet or narrower in width) will be considered detached accessory buildings and, therefore, are subject to the setback requirements for detached accessory buildings, rather than principal building setback requirements. Similarly, subject breezeways shall be treated as detached accessory structures/buildings.
   11.    May be reduced to 5 feet if rear lot line abuts an alley.
   12.    Open space must comply with standards set forth in subsection 14-2B-4E of this section.
   13.    Outside of the University Impact Area (see map 2B.1 in Section 14-2B-6), the maximum number of bedrooms may be increased by one (1). Any bedroom within a multi-family, attached single family, or duplex that exceeds 225 square feet in size or has any horizontal dimension greater than 16 feet shall count as 2 or more bedrooms, as determined by the City. The maximum number of bedrooms may be further constrained by the provisions of the title 17, chapter 5, “Housing Code”, of this Code.
Table 2B-3: Maximum Density Standards For Multi-Family Dwellings In Multi-Family Zone
 
Zone
RM-12
RM-20 And RNS-20
RM-44
PRM
Minimum lot area per unit (in square feet):
 
 
 
 
Efficiency or 1-bedroom unit
2,725
1,800
500
435
2-bedroom unit
2,725
1,800
1,000
875
3-bedroom unit
2,725
2,700
1,500
1,315
Minimum bedroom size1 (square feet)
100
100
100
100
 
Note:
   1.    New bedrooms must be a minimum of 100 square feet in size. However, for purposes of the provisions within this table, any existing habitable room that is larger than 70 square feet in size with a horizontal dimension of at least 7 feet, that meets the egress requirements as specified in the Building Code, and is not a typical shared living space, such as a living room, dining area, kitchen, or bathroom will be considered a bedroom.
(Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 09-4365, 12-1-2009; Ord. 12-4488, 8-21-2012; Ord. 18-4744, 4-2-2018; amd. Ord. 21-4844, 1-19-2021; Ord. 23-4893, 1-24-2023; Ord. 43-4914, 11-6-2023)

14-2B-5: MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY FOR HOUSEHOLD LIVING USES:

The residential occupancy of a household living use is limited to one "household" per dwelling unit, as this term is defined in chapter 9, article A, "General Definitions", of this title. The residential occupancy of a household living use is constrained by the provisions of title 17, chapter 5, "Housing Code", of this Code. Occupancy of properties that are not in compliance with the minimum Zoning Code requirements may be limited as set forth in subsection 17-5-18S, "Regulation Of Noncompliant Situations", of this Code. (Ord. 18-4744, 4-2-2018)

14-2B-6: MULTI-FAMILY SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS:

   A.   Purpose: The multi-family site development standards promote safe, attractive, pedestrian friendly neighborhoods by preventing expanses of concrete, blank walls and parking lots along street frontages; controlling the building bulk; screening unsightly features; ensuring that pedestrian entrances are visible and clearly identifiable from the street; and minimizing potential conflicts between pedestrians and automobiles.
   B.   Applicability:
      1.   The standards of this section apply to all multi-family uses, group living uses, and institutional/civic uses located in residential zones and in the Central Planning District. (See Central Planning District map of this section.)
      2.   Single-family uses and two-family uses located in a multi- family zone must comply with the single-family site development standards specified in chapter 2, article A, "Single-Family Residential Zones", of this title. Two-family uses located in the Central Planning District must also comply with the provisions of subsection I, "Additional Standards In Central Planning District", of this section, which will be administered through the design review process, as set forth in chapter 8, article B, "Administrative Approval Procedures", of this title.
      3.   For properties subject to these standards located outside the Central Planning District, the standards in this section will be administered through the site plan review process, as set forth in title 18 of this Code. For properties located in the Central Planning District and the PRM Zone, the regulations of this section will be administered through the design review process as set forth in chapter 8, article B, “Administrative Approval Procedures”, of this title.
      4.   For properties located in a Historic or Conservation District Overlay Zone, the standards of this section will be administered concurrently with review of the proposed development by the Historic Preservation Commission. If the provisions of the Historic or Conservation District Overlay Zone conflict with the provisions of this section, the provisions of the Historic or Conservation District Overlay Zone will supersede the provisions of this section.
 
   Map 2B.1
 
   C.   Location And Design Standards For Surface Parking And Detached Garages:
      1.   Location: Surface parking, parking within accessory structures, and loading areas must be located behind principal building(s) and concealed from view of fronting streets. Parking and loading areas may not be located directly between a principal building and the street or within the required side setback area. Any portion of a parking or loading area that is not completely concealed from view of a fronting street must be screened to the S2 standard. (See figures 2B.4 and 2B.5 below.) (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
Figure 2B.4 - Location Of Surface Parking For Properties With A Single Building
 
Figure 2B.5 - Location Of Parking For Properties With Multiple Buildings
 
      2.   Aisles And Drives: Drives that are internal to a parking area, including drives that provide circulation around the perimeter of the parking area are considered part of the parking area and must meet the location standards for parking areas as stated in subsection C1 of this section, and the landscape buffering standard as stated in subsection C3 of this section. A nonhard surfaced drive or aisle that is external to a parking area may not be located closer than three feet (3') to a lot line, except at the point of access with a street, alley, or private rear lane. Hard surfaced drives that are external to a parking area must be set back at least three feet (3') from any side or rear lot line, except under the following circumstances:
         a.   The drives and aisles are pitched or curbed and drained to prevent the flow of water onto adjoining property; or
         b.   A drainage course has been established along lot lines to handle storm water runoff; or
         c.   Any specific location along a side or rear lot line where a drive is shared with an abutting lot; or
         d.   At the point of access with an alley or private rear lane.
      3.   Landscape Buffering:
         a.   A buffer area at least ten feet (10') in width and landscaped to at least the S2 standard must be provided between any parking area and adjacent properties and between any parking area and street rights of way. (See chapter 5, article F, "Screening And Buffering Standards", of this title.) The city may exempt from this requirement any specific location along a side or rear lot line where a parking area, aisle or drive is shared with an abutting lot. The city may also waive the landscape screening requirement where the view from adjacent properties is or will be blocked by a significant change in grade or by natural or humanmade features, such that the screening is effectively provided and the intent of the standard is met, as determined by the building official.
         b.   A buffer area at least five feet (5') in width and landscaped to the S1 standard must be provided between any parking area containing more than eight (8) parking spaces and an adjacent alley.
         c.   No parking area or drive shall be closer than ten feet (10') to any portion of a building other than a garage entrance or loading area apron. This ten foot (10') area must be used for walkways and landscaping consisting of at least fifty percent (50%) vegetative coverage. If parking spaces are located where headlights of vehicles shine onto a wall containing ground level windows, said parking spaces must be screened from view of the windows to at least the S2 standard.
   D.   Building Entrances For Multi-Family And Group Living Uses:
      1.   For residential uses, buildings must have at least one door on the exterior of the building that provides pedestrian access to dwelling units within the building. Access to dwelling units must not be solely through a parking garage.
      2.   When a lot contains one principal building, the building must be oriented such that at least one facade faces a public or private street. The street facing facade must have at least one main entrance to the building, or may contain separate main entrances to ground level dwelling units. If the building is located on a corner lot, only one wall must meet this requirement.
      3.   When a lot contains two (2) or more principal buildings, the buildings must be oriented towards a public street, private street, or interior courtyard. Any building with a street facing facade must have at least one main entrance oriented toward the street. Buildings located interior to a lot must have main entrances that are clearly visible from interior private streets/drives or surface parking areas.
      4.   Main entrances to a building, including main entrances to ground level individual dwelling units, must be clearly demarcated by one of the following means: (See figure 2B.6, located at the end of this subsection D4.)
         a.   Covered porch or canopy.
         b.   Transom and sidelight windows.
         c.   Pilasters and pediment.
         d.   Other significant architectural treatment that emphasizes main entrances. Simple trim around the doorway does not meet this standard.
Figure 2B.6 - Main Entrances
 
      5.   Patio style doors, such as sliding glass doors, may not be used for main entrance doors.
      6.   To provide for the safety of residents, access to entrance doors of any individual dwelling units located above the ground level must be provided from an enclosed lobby or corridor and stairway. Unenclosed or partially enclosed exterior stairways may not be used as the primary means of access to dwelling units located above the ground level floor of the building. This provision does not preclude the use of fire egress structures.
      7.   (Rep. by Ord. 14-4586, 6-3-2014)
      8.   A pedestrian circulation system must be provided that connects residential entrances to adjacent public rights of way, and to parking areas and other on site facilities.
   E.   Building Scale:
      1.   Outside the Central Planning District: Street-facing walls that are greater than fifty feet (50') in length must be articulated with bays, projections, or recesses (see figure 2B.7 of this section) according to the following standards:
         a.   Bays and projections must be at least six feet (6') in width and at least sixteen inches (16") but not more than six feet (6') in depth. Recesses must be at least six feet (6') in width and have a depth of at least sixteen inches (16").
         b.   The bays, projections, and recesses must have corresponding changes in the roofline or, alternatively, must be distinguished by a corresponding change in some other architectural element(s) of the building, such as a change in exterior wall materials, a change in window pattern, the addition of balconies, variation in the building and/or parapet height; or variation in architectural details, such as decorative banding, reveals, stone or tile accents.
Figure 2B.7 - Building Articulation
 
      2.   Central Planning District: The width of the front facade of new buildings must be no more than forty feet (40'). Buildings may exceed this limitation if the horizontal plane of any street- facing facade of the building is broken into modules that give the appearance of smaller, individual buildings. (See figure 2B.8 of this section.) Each module must meet the following standards:
         a.   Each module must be no greater than thirty feet (30') and no less than ten feet (10') in width and must be distinguished from adjacent modules by a variation in the wall plane of at least sixteen inches (16") in depth. For buildings that are three (3) or more stories in height, the width of the module may be increased to forty feet (40').
         b.   Each module must have a corresponding change in the roofline.
         c.   Each module must be distinguished from the adjacent module by at least one of the following means:
            (1)   Variation in material colors, types or textures;
            (2)   Variation in the building and/or parapet height;
            (3)   Variation in the architectural details such as decorative banding, reveals, stone, or tile accents;
            (4)   Variation in window pattern;
            (5)   Variation in the use of balconies and recesses.
Figure 2B.8 - Building Modules That Break Up The Horizontal Plane
 
   F.   Balconies And Exterior Stairways, Corridors, And Lifts: For purposes of this subsection the term, "exterior stairways", refers to stairways that lead to floors of a building that are above the first or ground level floor of a building. "Exterior corridors" refers to unenclosed corridors located above the first or ground level floor of a building. Balconies and exterior stairways, exterior corridors and exterior lifts must comply with the following standards:
      1.   Exterior stairways, exterior corridors, and exterior lifts are prohibited in the PRM zone; however, the city may allow exterior fire egress structures on existing buildings that cannot otherwise reasonably meet code requirements, provided the fire egress structure is not located on a wall of a building that faces a street. In other zones, exterior stairways, exterior corridors, and exterior lifts must be covered with a roof similar in design and materials to the roof over the rest of the structure. Said roof should be incorporated into the overall roof plan of the structure. Alternatively, such features may be recessed into the facade of the building. Exterior corridors may not be located on a street facing wall of the building or within twenty feet (20') of a street facing wall.
      2.   Unenclosed or partially enclosed stairways may not be used as the primary means of access to dwelling units located above the ground level floor of the building (see subsection 14-2B-6D6 of this section).
      3.   Balconies, exterior stairways, exterior lifts and exterior corridors may not be located on any side of a building that is adjacent to a property that is zoned single-family residential or that contains an existing single-family use. Buildings that are set back at least forty feet (40') from any such property are exempt from this standard.
      4.   The design of any balcony, exterior stairway, exterior lift and exterior corridor must utilize columns, piers, supports, walls, and railings that are designed and constructed of materials that are similar or complementary to the design and materials used for the rest of the building.
Figure 2B.9 - Balconies, Exterior Corridors
 
   G.   Building Materials:
      1.   In the central planning district, the exterior wall material of a building with more than twelve (12) units must consist of clapboard style siding, wall shingles, brick, stone, or stucco.
      2.   In the PRM zone, the exterior walls of the ground level floor of a building with more than twelve (12) units must be constructed with a masonry finish, such as fired brick, stone, or similar material, not including concrete blocks and undressed poured concrete. Masonry may include stucco or like material when used in combination with other masonry finish.
      3.   In the central planning district and in the PRM zone, buildings with more than twelve (12) units, not constructed of masonry or stucco must have the following trim elements incorporated into the exterior design and construction of the building:
         a.   Window and door trim that is not less than three inches (3") wide.
         b.   Corner boards that are not less than three inches (3") wide, unless wood clapboards are used and mitered at the corners.
         c.   Frieze boards, not less than five inches (5") wide, located below the eaves.
Figure 2B.10 - Building Materials
 
      4.   Any portion of a building that is clearly visible from the street must be constructed using similar materials and design as the front facade.
      5.   Exposed, unpainted or unstained lumber may not be used along any facade of a building with more than twelve (12) units that faces a street side lot line.
      6.   Where an exterior wall material changes along the horizontal plane of a building, the change must occur on an inside corner of the building.
      7.   Where an exterior wall material changes along the vertical plane of the building, the materials must be separated by a horizontal band, such as a belt course, soldier course, band board or other trim to provide a transition from one material to the other.
Figure 2B.11 - Changes In Exterior Wall Materials
 
   H.   Mechanical Equipment/Utility Meters: In no case shall mechanical equipment or utility meters be located along the street side of a building. Mechanical structures must be set back and screened according to the applicable provisions set forth in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
   I.   Additional Standards In Central Planning District:
      1.   Front Setbacks: The front setback for new buildings must not deviate more than five feet (5') from the average setback of existing principal buildings along the same frontage. Alternatively, for frontages that contain more than six (6) lots, the average may be calculated based on the principal building setbacks on the four (4) closest lots along the same frontage to the lot containing the new building. However, a new building shall not be located closer to the street than the existing principal building that is closest to the street along the same frontage. This setback standard supersedes the setback standards of the base zone. Frontages that contain three (3) or fewer lots are exempt from the provisions of this paragraph.
      2.   Windows And Fenestration: Individual window units that are visible from a public or private street and that are located in primary living spaces, such as living rooms, dining areas, and bedrooms, must have a height that is at least one and one-half (1.5) times greater than the width of the window unit. Individual window units may be located side by side in a wider window opening. Bathroom, kitchen, skylights, and decorative windows, such as stained glass and ocular windows, are not required to meet this standard.
Figure 2B.12 - Windows
 
      3.   Architectural Style: The purpose of requiring an architectural style is to ensure that the mass, roof form, window style and configuration, and the basic architectural details of a building are generally compatible with the historic character of the central planning district. New buildings should appear similar to a large house or a small historic apartment building.
         a.   Any building elevation that is within public view (see definition of "public view, within" in section 14-9A-1 of this title), must be designed in a manner that is consistent with a historic architectural style typical of residential buildings in the central planning district. However, building facades that are visible only from public alleys are not subject to these standards. The applicable architectural styles are as follows: Italianate; Queen Anne; colonial revival; craftsman; craftsman bungalow; American foursquare; prairie school; period revival; and eclectic. The applicant must indicate in detail how each of the following architectural elements in the proposed building are consistent with one of these architectural styles as described in the "Iowa City Historic Preservation Handbook", as amended:
            (1)   Form and mass of the building;
            (2)   Roof configuration and pitch;
            (3)   Style and placement of windows and doors;
            (4)   Window and door trim, eave boards, frieze boards, and other trim;
            (5)   Porch and entrance features;
            (6)   Building details and ornamentation.
         b.   Detailed information regarding historic residential building styles is available in the "Iowa City Historic Preservation Handbook". The design review committee and the historic preservation commission will use this information as a means to evaluate new buildings in the central planning district.
         c.   Alternative designs that have been prepared by a licensed architect may be acceptable and will be reviewed on a case by case basis.
   J.   Minor Modifications: A minor modification to adjust specific provisions of this section may be requested in either of the qualifying situations listed below. Such requests will be reviewed by the design review committee, the director of planning and community development, and the building official according to the procedures for minor modifications as set forth in chapter 8, article B of this title and must meet the following approval criteria. The following approval criteria are to be applied in lieu of the general approval criteria listed in section 14-4B-1, "Minor Modifications", of this title:
      1.   Qualifying Situation: The configuration of the lot or other existing physical condition of the lot makes the application of a specific standard impractical. In such a case, the applicant must demonstrate that the following approval criteria are met:
         a.   The applicant must provide evidence that the configuration of the lot, the topography, or other physical characteristic of the property makes the application of a specific standard of this section impractical. Examples of situations that may qualify include double fronting lots, triangular shaped lots, and steeply sloping lots.
         b.   The applicant must demonstrate that the proposed alternative design is not contrary to the intent of the multi-family site development standards.
         c.   The applicant must propose an alternative site or building design that best meets the intent of the specific standard being modified.
         d.   The requested modification will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare or be injurious to other property or improvements in the vicinity and in the zone in which the property is located.
         e.   The requested modification does not allow a use or activity not otherwise expressly authorized by the regulations governing the subject property.
         f.   The requested modification complies with other applicable statutes, ordinances, laws and regulations.
      2.   Qualifying Situation: The proposed site or building is uniquely designed to fit the site and the surrounding neighborhood. In such a situation, the applicant must demonstrate that the following approval criteria are met:
         a.   The applicant proposes an alternative design solution that equally or better meets the intent of the specific standard being modified.
         b.   The proposed site or building design is uniquely designed to fit the characteristics of the site and the surrounding neighborhood such that it equally or better meets the purpose of the multi-family site development standards.
         c.   The requested modification will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare or be injurious to other property or improvements in the vicinity and in the zone in which the property is located.
         d.   The requested modification does not allow a use or activity not otherwise expressly authorized by the regulations governing the subject property.
         e.   The requested modification complies with other applicable statutes, ordinances, laws and regulations.
   K.   Exceptions and Minor Adjustments: A special exception to waive or modify specific provisions of this section may be requested through the historic preservation exception as outlined in section 14-2B-8, “Special Provisions”, of this article. A minor adjustment to modify specific provisions of this section may be requested as specified in Minor Adjustments in PRM Zones” as found in section 14-2B-7, “PRM Zone Bonus and Minor Adjustment Provisions”. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 06-4220, 7-18-2006; Ord. 06-4245, 12-12-2006; Ord. 12-4483, 5-15-2012; Ord. 12-4488, 8-21-2012; Ord. 13-4534, 6-4-2013; Ord. 21-4844, 1-19-2021; Ord. 23-4914, 11-6-2023; Ord. 26-4976, 2-3-2026)

14-2B-7: PRM ZONE BONUS AND MINOR ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS:

   A.   Purpose: The PRM zone bonus provisions provide an incentive for developments to incorporate features that provide a public benefit and encourage excellence in architectural design. The PRM zone minor adjustment provisions allow flexibility to a project in a PRM zone which involves new construction in conjunction with the preservation of adjacent historic properties.
   B.   Application: The bonus and minor adjustment provisions will be administered through the design review process as set forth in chapter 8, article B, “Administrative Approval Procedures”, of this title. Decisions of the Design Review Committee may be appealed to the Board of Adjustment. A project may use either the provisions in C. “Bonus Provisions” or the provisions in D. “Minor Adjustments” below, but not both.
      1.   Bonus Provisions include allowance of dwelling units in excess of the density otherwise achievable under the provisions of the base zone, additional building bulk, and/or reductions of the required setback area. Bonuses are based on a point system. Points may be awarded for public benefit features that the design review committee determines are appropriate in design and location. Bonuses will not be granted for site development features or standards already required by this title. The number of points allowed for public benefit features and the number of points required per bonus item are set forth in C. “Bonus Provisions” below.
      2.   Minor adjustments to dimensional and site development standards may be allowed for a newly constructed building where the project also preserves a historic property as set forth in D. “Minor Adjustments” below.
   C.   Bonus Provisions: Development that includes the following public benefit features may qualify for the bonuses listed in the Bonus Menu below.
      1.   Public Benefit Features:
         a.   Materials: Masonry finish on all nonfenestrated areas of walls visible from a public street. For purposes of this provision, “masonry” is defined as fired brick, stone or similar such materials, not including concrete blocks and undressed poured concrete. “Masonry” may include stucco or like material when used in combination with other masonry finish. Points allowed: 5
         b.   Open Space: The provision of usable open space of a size and at a grade that, at a minimum, allows passive recreational uses and is accessible to all residential occupants of the building. Such space may include yards, other than required setback areas, terraces and rooftop gardens designed and approved for outdoor activities. Balconies serving individual dwelling units are not eligible for this bonus. Points allowed: 1 per 250 square feet
         c.   Historic Buildings: Rehabilitation of a historically significant building as determined by the survey of the historic and architectural resources for the vicinity. Points allowed: 7
         d.   Assisted Housing: Dwelling units committed to the city’s assisted housing program or some other affordable housing program approved by the city, provided such units do not exceed thirty percent (30%) of the total units contained within a building. Points allowed: 3 per unit
         e.   Streetscape Amenities: The provision of funds for all street furniture, lighting and landscaping improvements along adjacent street rights of way in accordance with an approved city streetscape plan. Points allowed: 5
         f.   Landscaping: The provision of additional landscaped areas that are visible from a public street. Required setback areas and required landscape buffers do not qualify for bonus points. Points allowed: 1 per 250 square feet
         g.   Windows: Installing individual window units that have a height that is at least one and one-half (1.5) times greater than the width of the window unit in all primary living spaces, such as living rooms, dining rooms and bedrooms. Individual window units may be located side by side in a wider window opening. Skylights, windows in bathrooms and kitchens, and decorative windows, such as stained glass and ocular windows, are not required to meet this standard for the building to qualify for bonus points. Points allowed: 3
      2.   Bonus Menu:
         a.   Setback Reduction: The front setback may be reduced by a maximum of fifty percent (50%). When determining the appropriateness of such a reduction, the character of adjacent development and setbacks will be considered. Points required: 7
         b.   Height Increase: The maximum allowed building height may be increased from thirty five feet (35') up to a maximum of sixty five feet (65'), provided the portion of building exceeding thirty five feet (35') is stepped back a minimum of five feet (5') for each story located above thirty five feet (35') to reduce the appearance of the bulk of the building. Points required: 7
         c.   Density Bonus: For efficiency apartments, the minimum lot area per unit may be reduced to four hundred twenty (420) square feet. Points required: 12
         d.   Building Coverage Increase: The maximum building coverage may be increased to sixty five percent (65%). Points required: 7
   D.   Minor Adjustments:
      1.   Minor Adjustments: Through a Level I Design Review, the Design Review Committee may approve a minor adjustment from any standard found in 14-2B-4 “Dimensional Requirements”, 14-2B-6 “Multi-Family Site Development Standards,” or 14-5 “Site Development Standards”, except for those in 14-5I “Sensitive Lands and Features” and 14-5J “Floodplain Management Standards”. Historic properties may have standards waived through the 14-2B-8A “Historic Preservation Exceptions” process.
      2.   Applicability: The minor adjustment provides flexibility for new construction projects which involve preservation of a separate historic structure provided the following circumstances are met:
         a.   The property for which a minor adjustment is requested abuts a property in any zone that is eligible to be designated as an Iowa City Historic Landmark (herein “historic property”);
         b.   The historic property is not designated as an Iowa City Historic Landmark prior to receipt of an application for a minor adjustment; and
         c.   The Owners of all impacted property, including the historic property, shall provide a written acknowledgment in a form acceptable to the City of Iowa City, stating that any required plans submitted are done so with their free consent and are in accordance with their desires.
      3.   Approval Criteria: The request for a minor adjustment shall meet the following approval criteria to the satisfaction of the Design Review Committee:
         a.   Documentation that the historic property is pursuing designation as an Iowa City Historic Landmark in conjunction with the minor adjustment. The City shall not issue a building permit for the project seeking the minor adjustment until the City Council has approved the Iowa City Historic Landmark designation of the historic property;
         b.   Submittal of a rehabilitation plan approved by the Historic Preservation Commission that details how the project preserves the abutting historic property and a timeline for completion. Rehabilitation shall be completed prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the new construction project;
         c.   If the project involves demolition of (an) existing buildings, submittal of a demolition waste landfill diversion plan as required by the Design Review Committee;
         d.   The proposed building height shall not exceed five (5) stories and sixty feet (60'), and its design shall be sensitive to preserving the historic property and shall fit the characteristics of the site and the existing neighborhood context;
         e.   The project shall not detract from or be injurious to other property or improvements in the vicinity; and
         f.   The requested adjustment shall be consistent with the goals of the Comprehensive Plan, District Plans, and Historic Preservation Plan, as applicable. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 21-4844, 1-19-2021)

14-2B-8: SPECIAL PROVISIONS:

   A.   Historic Preservation Exceptions:
      1.   The Board of Adjustment may grant a special exception to waive or modify any dimensional or site development standards listed in this article or in chapter 5 of this title or any approval criteria listed in chapter 4, article B of this title that would prevent use or occupancy of a property located in a Historic District Overlay (OHD) or registered on the national register of historic places. In addition to the general special exception approval criteria set forth in chapter 4, article B of this title, the following approval criteria must be met:
         a.   The modification or waiver will help preserve the historic, aesthetic, or cultural attributes of the property;
         b.   The applicant must obtain a certificate of appropriateness from the Historic Preservation Commission.
      2.   The Board of Adjustment may grant a special exception to allow a property located in a Historic District Overlay (OHD) or registered on the national register of historic places to be adapted and reused as a community service use, specialized educational facility, or hospitality oriented retail use. In addition to the general special exception approval criteria listed in chapter 4, article B of this title, the applicant must also meet the following criteria in order for the Board to grant this exception:
         a.   The exception will help preserve the historic, aesthetic, or cultural attributes of the property;
         b.   The applicant must obtain a certificate of appropriateness from the Historic Preservation Commission.
   B.   Special Provisions In Neighborhood Stabilization Residential Zone:
      1.   At the time a property is rezoned to neighborhood stabilization residential (RNS-20), any uses that were conforming with regard to use and minimum lot area per unit requirements under the previous zoning designation shall be considered conforming with regard to use and minimum lot area per unit requirements under the neighborhood stabilization residential zone. Any building containing a conforming use may be torn down and rebuilt to its present density or to the allowed density in the neighborhood stabilization residential zone; provided, that it conforms to all other provisions of this title.
      2.   The special provision described in subsection B1 of this section does not exempt a property from compliance with other relevant dimensional standards, site development standards, use regulations, or any subsequent amendments to this title that pertain to the property.
   C.   Elder Apartment Housing Density Bonus Option:
      1.   In the RM-12, RM-20, RM-44 or PRM zones, “elder apartment housing”, as defined in this title, may be granted a density bonus not to exceed twenty five percent (25%) of the maximum number of units otherwise permitted in the applicable zone, provided that:
         a.   The development is intended for use and occupancy by elders and/or persons with disabilities;
         b.   All individual dwelling units and any communal space must be handicap accessible, as defined in the Iowa administrative code section 661-302.20;
         c.   No more than ten percent (10%) of all individual dwelling units can contain more than two (2) bedrooms;
         d.   Prior to issuance of the building permit, the owner must submit an affidavit to the city that all individual dwelling units will be reserved for and occupied by elders and/or persons with disabilities; and
         e.   Owners shall maintain a valid rental permit, unless the use is licensed by the state of Iowa.
      2.   The city reserves the right to inspect the elder apartment housing to verify compliance with these provisions.
   D.   Sustainability Density Bonus: The minimum lot size or minimum lot area per unit may be reduced by ten percent (10%) of the applicable requirement for each of the following provisions that is met, up to a maximum of twenty-five percent (25%). This bonus may be used in conjunction with subsection 14-5A-4F10 (Sustainability Parking Reduction).
      1.   A solar energy system is installed onsite where the size is equal to forty percent (40%) of the surface area of the roofs of all buildings.
      2.   All uses within the development utilize electricity for one hundred percent (100%) of their regular energy consumption after construction.
      3.   All buildings within the development are constructed to the most current edition of the International Energy Conservation Code standards published by the International Code Council.
   E.   Affordable Housing Bonus: Residential uses are eligible to utilize affordable housing bonuses pursuant to Article 14-4F, "Affordable Housing". (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 11-4456, 11-22-2011; Ord. 22-4884, 8-2-2022; Ord. 23-4893, 1-24-2023; Ord. 23-4914, 11-6-2023)

14-2C-1: ESTABLISHMENT AND INTENT OF COMMERCIAL ZONES:

The full names, short names, and map symbols of the established commercial zones are listed below. When this title refers to the commercial zones, it is referring to the zones listed below:
   A.   Mixed Use Zone (MU): The purpose of the mixed use zone (MU) is to provide a transition from commercial and employment centers to less intensive residential zones. The MU zone permits a mix of uses, including lower scale retail and office uses, and a variety of residential uses. This mix of uses requires special consideration of building and site design.
   B.   Commercial Office Zone (CO-1): The purpose of the commercial office zone (CO-1) is to provide specific areas where office functions, compatible businesses, apartments and certain public and semipublic uses may be developed in accordance with the comprehensive plan. The CO-1 zone can serve as a buffer between residential and more intensive commercial or industrial areas.
   C.   Neighborhood Commercial Zone (CN-1): The purpose of the neighborhood commercial zone (CN-1) is to promote a unified grouping of small scale retail sales and personal service uses in a neighborhood shopping area; encourage neighborhood shopping areas that are conveniently located and that primarily serve nearby residential neighborhoods; promote pedestrian oriented development at an intensity level that is compatible with surrounding residential areas; and promote principles of site design, building articulation, scale and proportion that are typical of traditional main street design. Allowed uses are restricted in size to promote smaller, neighborhood serving businesses and to limit adverse impacts on nearby residential areas. CN-1 zones are generally located with direct access to an arterial street.
   D.   Highway Commercial Zone (CH-1): The purpose of the highway commercial zone (CH-1) is to permit development of service uses relating to expressways or along arterial roadways. At certain access points, food, lodging, motor vehicle service and fuel can be made conveniently available to the thoroughfare user.
   E.   Intensive Commercial Zone (CI-1): The purpose of the intensive commercial zone (CI-1) is to provide areas for those sales and service functions and businesses whose operations are typically characterized by outdoor display and storage of merchandise, by repair and sales of large equipment or motor vehicles, by outdoor commercial amusement and recreational activities or by activities or operations conducted in buildings or structures not completely enclosed. The types of retail trade in this zone are limited in order to provide opportunities for more land intensive commercial operations and also to prevent conflicts between retail and industrial truck traffic. Special attention must be directed toward buffering the negative aspects of allowed uses from adjacent residential zones.
   F.   Community Commercial Zone (CC-2): The purpose of the community commercial zone (CC-2) is to provide for major business districts to serve a significant segment of the total community population. In addition to a variety of retail goods and services, these centers may typically feature a number of large traffic generators requiring access from major thoroughfares. While these centers are usually characterized by indoor operations, uses may have limited outdoor activities; provided, that outdoor operations are screened or buffered to remain compatible with surrounding uses.
   G.   Central Business Service Zone (CB-2): The central business service zone (CB-2) is intended to allow for the orderly expansion of the central business district of Iowa City, to serve as a transition between the intense land uses located in the central business district and adjoining areas, to enhance the pedestrian orientation of the central area of the city, and to provide suitable, peripheral locations for auto oriented commercial and service uses. This zone is intended to accommodate mixed land uses but at a lower intensity than permitted in the other central business zones.
   H.   Central Business Support Zone (CB-5): The purpose of the central business support zone (CB-5) is to allow for the orderly expansion of the central business district in accordance with the comprehensive plan; to serve as a transition between the intense land uses located in the central business district and adjoining areas; and to enhance the pedestrian orientation of the central area of the city. This zone is intended to accommodate mixed land uses, but at a lower intensity than permitted in the CB-10 district. The mixture of land uses permitted in this zone requires special consideration of building and site design. To control traffic and provide for the most efficient use of land and parking facilities, special consideration of the amount and location of parking areas is also required. To encourage developments that contain features providing a public benefit, a bonus in floor area ratio or dwelling unit density may be granted. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
   I.   Central Business Zone (CB-10): The purpose of the central business zone (CB-10) is to be the high density, compact, pedestrian oriented shopping, office, service and entertainment area in Iowa City. Development and redevelopment in this zone should occur in compact groupings, in order to intensify the density of usable commercial spaces, while increasing the availability of open spaces, plazas or pedestrianways. This zone is intended to accommodate a wide range of retail, service, office and residential uses. Auto oriented uses are not permitted, except as specifically provided. Consolidated off street loading and service facilities should be provided wherever practical with access provided from public service alleys or courts. Private, off street parking is strictly regulated in order to preserve valuable land for active building uses and to maintain a pedestrian oriented streetscape. To support a healthy and vibrant commercial core, development of mixed use buildings with residential uses located above storefront commercial uses is encouraged. (Ord. 08-4326, 12-22-2008)

14-2C-2: LAND USES ALLOWED:

   A.   Determining Principal Uses Allowed:
      1.   Table 2C-1, located at the end of this section, indicates whether a principal land use is permitted (P), allowed with provisions (PR), or allowed by special exception (S) in a particular commercial zone. A number in superscript indicates that a special provision applies. See table notes for more information.
      2.   Specific land uses are grouped into the categories and subgroups listed in the table. For example, a florist shop is classified as a sales oriented retail use. To find out how a specific land use is categorized, see chapter 4, article A, "Use Categories", of this title.
      3.   Provisional uses are allowed, subject to the additional requirements contained in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title.
      4.   Uses listed as special exceptions are allowed only after approval from the Iowa City board of adjustment. The general approval criteria for special exceptions are stated in chapter 4, article B of this title, along with specific approval criteria for most special exception uses.
   B.   Accessory Uses Allowed: Regulations pertaining to accessory uses are stated in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
Table 2C-1: Principal Uses Allowed In Commercial Zones
 
P
=
Permitted
PR
=
Provisional
S
=
Special exception (see chapter 4, article B of this title for requirements for provisional uses and special exceptions)
 
Use Categories
Subgroups
CO-1
CN-1
CH-1
CI-1
CC-2
CB-2
CB-5
CB-10
MU
Use Categories
Subgroups
CO-1
CN-1
CH-1
CI-1
CC-2
CB-2
CB-5
CB-10
MU
Residential uses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group living uses
Assisted group living
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Fraternal group living
Independent group living
Household living uses
Attached single-family dwellings
PR
Detached single-family dwellings
P
Detached zero lot line dwellings
PR
Duplexes
PR
Group households
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Multi-family dwellings
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
P
Commercial uses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adult business uses
 
 
PR
Animal related commercial uses
General
S
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Intensive
PR
Building trade uses
 
P
PR
Commercial parking uses
 
PR
PR
PR
Commercial recreational uses1
Indoor
PR/S
PR
P
P
P
P
P
P
Outdoor
P
P
S
Drinking establishments1
 
 
PR/S
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
 
Eating establishments1
 
S
PR/S
P
P
P
P
P
P
S
Office uses
General office
P
PR
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Medical/dental office
P
PR
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Quick vehicle servicing uses1
 
 
S
PR
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
 
 
Redemption center
PR
PR
P
P
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Retail uses1
Alcohol sales oriented retail
 
PR
PR
P
P
PR
PR
PR
PR
Delayed deposit service uses
 
 
 
 
PR
 
 
 
 
Hospitality oriented retail
PR
PR
P
P
P
P
P
P
PR
Outdoor storage and display oriented
 
 
 
P
PR
 
 
 
 
Personal service oriented
P
PR
 
P
P
P
P
P
PR
Repair oriented
 
 
 
P
P
P
P
P
 
Sales oriented
 
PR
PR
P
P
P
P
P
PR
Tobacco sales oriented
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Surface passenger service uses
 
 
 
P
P
P
P
P
 
 
Vehicle repair uses
 
 
 
PR
PR
S
PR
 
 
 
Industrial uses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Industrial service uses
 
 
 
 
P
 
 
 
 
 
Manufacturing and production uses
General manufacturing
 
 
See note 2
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
 
Heavy manufacturing
 
 
 
S
 
 
 
 
 
Technical/light manufacturing
 
 
 
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
 
Salvage operations
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Self-service storage uses
 
 
 
 
P
S
 
 
 
 
Warehouse and freight movement uses
 
 
 
 
P
 
 
 
 
 
Waste related uses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Wholesale sales uses
 
 
 
 
P
 
PR
PR
PR
 
Institutional and civic uses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic utility uses
 
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
 
Community service uses
Community service - shelter
S
 
 
S
S
PR
PR
S
S
General community service
P
S
 
S
P
P
P
P
S
Daycare uses
 
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Detention facilities
 
 
 
 
S
 
 
 
 
 
Educational facilities
General
PR
 
 
 
S
P
P
P
PR
Specialized
P
PR
 
S
P
P
P
P
PR
Hospitals
 
PR
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parks and open space uses
 
PR
PR
 
 
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Religious/private group assembly uses1
 
PR
 
 
P
P
P
P
P
PR
Utility-scale ground-mounted solar energy systems
 
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
 
Other uses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Communication transmission facility uses
 
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
PR
Consumer fireworks sales
 
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
 
Notes:
    1.    Any establishment that is licensed by the State to sell alcohol or alcoholic beverages is subject to the use classification process as set forth in subsection 14-4A-2G of this title.
    2.    Special provisions apply to dairy products processing and packaging facilities established in the Highway Commercial Zone prior to January 1983. See subsection 14-2C-11B of this article.
(Ord. 19-4779, 2-19-2019; amd. Ord. 20-4817, 1-7-2020; Ord. 20-4820, 3-3-2020; Ord. 21-4864, 9-21-2021; Ord. 23-4914, 11-6-2023; Ord. 24-4940, 11-4-2024; Ord. 24-4941, 12-10-2024; Ord, 26-4976, 2-3-2026)

14-2C-3: GENERAL PROVISIONS:

All principal and accessory uses allowed in this zone, whether allowed as a permitted, provisional or special exception use, are subject to the use regulations and site development standards contained in chapters 4 and 5 of this title, and, if applicable, the overlay zone provisions contained in chapter 3 of this title. Said chapters are indicated as follows:
   A.   Overlay Zones:
      1.   Planned development overlay: See chapter 3, article A of this title.
      2.   Historic district and conservation district overlay: See chapter 3, article B of this title.
      3.   Design review: See chapter 3, article C of this title.
   B.   Use Regulations:
      1.   Minor modifications, variances, special exceptions and provisional uses: See chapter 4, article B of this title.
      2.   Accessory uses and buildings: See chapter 4, article C of this title.
      3.   Temporary uses: See chapter 4, article D of this title.
      4.   Nonconforming situations: See chapter 4, article E of this title.
   C.   Site Development Standards:
      1.   Off street parking and loading standards: See chapter 5, article A of this title.
      2.   Sign regulations: See chapter 5, article B of this title.
      3.   Access management standards: See chapter 5, article C of this title.
      4.   Intersection visibility standards: See chapter 5, article D of this title.
      5.   Landscaping and tree standards: See chapter 5, article E of this title.
      6.   Screening and buffering standards: See chapter 5, article F of this title.
      7.   Outdoor lighting standards: See chapter 5, article G of this title.
      8.   Performance standards: See chapter 5, article H of this title.
      9.   Sensitive lands and features: See chapter 5, article I of this title.
      10.   Floodplain management standards: See chapter 5, article J of this title.
      11.   Neighborhood open space requirements: See chapter 5, article K of this title. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)

14-2C-4: DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS:

The dimensional requirements for the commercial zones are stated in tables 2C-2(a) and 2C-2(b) of this section. The following subsections describe in more detail the regulations for each of the dimensional requirements listed in the tables. Provisional uses and uses allowed by special exception may have specific dimensional requirements not specified in tables 2C-2(a) and 2C-2(b) of this section. Approval criteria for these uses are addressed in chapter 4, article B of this title. Dimensional requirements may be waived or modified for developments approved through the planned development process (see chapter 3, article A, “Planned Development Overlay Zone (OPD)”, of this title) or through the commercial reuse or historic preservation exception as outlined in section 14-2C-11, “Special Provisions”, of this article.
   A.   Minimum Lot Requirements:
      1.   Purpose: The minimum lot area and width requirements are intended to ensure that a lot is of a size, width, and frontage that is appropriate for the uses permitted in the subject zone and will ensure, in most cases, that the other site development standards of this title can be met. The lot area per dwelling unit standards control the intensity of use on a lot to ensure consistency and compatibility of new dwellings with the surrounding development.
      2.   Standards: Generally, the minimum lot area and width standards for the various commercial zones are stated in tables 2C-2(a) and 2C-2(b) of this section. Most commercial zones do not have minimum lot size or width requirements. However, for mixed commercial/residential buildings, the number of dwelling units allowed is based on the residential density formulas as stated in table 2C-2(c) of this section.
      3.   Minimum Lot Sizes For Specific Land Uses:
         a.   Provisional uses and uses allowed by special exception may have specific lot size requirements not specified in tables 2C-2(a) and 2C-2(b) of this section. Approval criteria for these uses are addressed in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title.
         b.   If a minimum lot size is specified within a zone for a particular land use or dwelling type, whether permitted, provisional or a special exception, that use or dwelling type may not be established on a smaller lot, even if smaller lots are permitted in the subject base zone, except as permitted under chapter 4, article E, "Nonconforming Situations", of this title.
   B.   Minimum Setback Requirements For Principal Buildings:
      1.   Purpose: The minimum setback requirements are intended to:
         a.   Maintain light, air, separation for fire protection, and access for firefighting;
         b.   Provide opportunities for privacy between dwellings;
         c.   Reflect the general building scale and placement of structures in the city's neighborhoods and commercial areas;
         d.   Promote a reasonable physical relationship between buildings and between residences; and
         e.   Provide flexibility to site a building so that it is compatible with buildings in the vicinity.
      2.   General Setback Requirements: Generally, the minimum required setbacks for principal buildings in commercial zones are stated in tables 2C-2(a) and 2C-2(b) of this section. The minimum setbacks for principal buildings create required setback areas within which principal buildings are not allowed, except for certain building features as specified in this subsection.
      3.   Specific Setback Requirements: The following provisions contain setback requirements that apply in specific situations:
         a.   Side And Rear Setbacks: (Rep. by Ord. 11-4449, 10-18-2011)
         b.   Lots With Multiple Frontages:
            (1)   On corner lots, no building, structure or planting, unless specifically exempted, may be located within the vision triangle, as set forth in chapter 5, article D, "Intersection Visibility Standards", of this title.
            (2)   If a lot fronting on two (2) or more streets is required to have a front setback, a minimum setback equal to the required front setback must be provided along all streets, and such setback will be considered a front setback for purposes of this title.
         c.   Lots With Multiple Buildings: The principal buildings on a lot must be separated by a horizontal distance of at least ten feet (10'). Buildings containing residential uses must be designed to preserve privacy. This can be achieved by placement of windows to prevent direct views into the windows of adjacent residential dwelling units. In addition, balconies and air conditioning units may not be located along a building wall that is within twenty feet (20') of a building wall of an adjacent principal building on the same lot, if the wall of the adjacent building contains window or door openings into dwelling units. Proximity of building walls will be subject to all current building code fire protection requirements.
         d.   Lots Adjacent To Residential Zone: Where a side or rear lot line for a lot in a commercial zone abuts a residential zone, a setback at least equal to the required setback in the abutting residential zone must be provided along the residential zone boundary.
         e.   Overlay Zones And Special Districts: If specific setbacks have been established in a historic or conservation district, a planned development, or in the central planning district, those setbacks supersede the setback requirements of the base zone. For properties located in a historic or conservation district, refer to chapter 3, article B of this title and also the applicable setback provisions in the Iowa City historic preservation handbook. For a property located in a planned development overlay zone, refer to the approved planned development overlay plan for the subject property. For two-family uses, multi-family uses, group living uses, and institutional/civic uses located on property in the central planning district, refer to the applicable setback provisions in section 14-2B-6, "Multi-Family Site Development Standards", of this chapter.
         f.   Setback Averaging: Where at least fifty percent (50%) of the lots along a frontage are occupied by principal buildings that are located at least five feet (5') closer to the street than the required front setback, the front setback may be reduced to the average of the respective setbacks on the abutting lots. Only the setbacks on the lots that abut each side of the subject property along the same street may be used to calculate the average. Setbacks across the street or along a different street frontage may not be used. When one abutting lot is vacant or if the lot is a corner lot, then the average is based on the setback of the principal building on the nonvacant lot and the required front setback for the zone in which the lot is located. (See figure 2C.1 of this section.)
Figure 2C.1 - Setback Averaging
 
      4.   Building Features Permitted Within Required Setback Area: The following building features may extend into the required principal building setback area, subject to the conditions indicated and provided that location of such a feature does not violate the provisions of chapter 5, article D, "Intersection Visibility Standards", of this title. The setback regulations for detached accessory structures and structures not considered part of the principal building are addressed in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
         a.   Awnings, uncovered balconies, bay windows, belt courses, buttresses, canopies, chimneys, cornices, sills, and other similar features that extend beyond the wall of a principal building may project up to six feet (6') into the required front or rear setbacks. Except for balconies, bay windows, and chimneys, all such projecting building features may extend up to three feet (3') into the required side setback. Balconies and bay windows may not extend into the required side setback. Chimneys may extend up to two feet (2') into the required side setback. Projections from the principal building must in all cases be at least two feet (2') from any side lot line.
         b.   Enclosed porches, covered decks, and covered patios that are attached to the principal building must comply with the principal building setbacks of the base zone and may not extend into the required setback area. Unenclosed and screened-in porches (non-habitable space) may extend up to fifteen feet (15') into the rear setback, provided they are set back at least twenty feet (20') from the rear lot line. The standards for uncovered decks and patios are specified in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title. Enclosed porches, covered decks, and covered patios that are attached to an accessory building must comply with the standards for accessory buildings as specified in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
         c.   Fire escapes may extend into any setback, provided they do not extend more than three and one-half feet (31/2') into any side setback.
         d.   Stairways that function as the principal means of access to dwelling units located above the ground or first floor of a building may not extend into any required setback.
         e.   Stoops and wheelchair ramps that function as a means of access to the ground or first floor of a building may extend into the rear setback, up to eight feet (8') into the required front setback, and into the side setback, provided they are set back at least three feet (3') from any side lot line. In cases where, due to topography or other site characteristics, a wheelchair ramp cannot meet this standard, a minor modification may be requested according to the approval criteria and procedures for minor modifications contained in chapter 4, article B of this title.
      5.   Adjustments To Principal Building Setback Requirements:
         a.   A minor modification to reduce principal building setback requirements may be requested according to the approval criteria and procedures for minor modifications contained in chapter 4, article B of this title.
         b.   A special exception may be requested to reduce principal building setback requirements beyond what is allowed by minor modification. The Board of Adjustment may adjust setback requirements if the owner or lawful occupant of a property demonstrates that the general special exception approval criteria and the following specific approval criteria have been satisfied:
            (1)   The situation is peculiar to the property in question;
            (2)   There is practical difficulty in complying with the setback requirements;
            (3)   Granting the exception will not be contrary to the purpose of the setback regulations; and
            (4)   Any potential negative effects resulting from the setback exception are mitigated to the extent practical.
            (5)   The subject building will be located no closer than three feet (3') to a side or rear property line, unless the side or rear property line abuts a public right of way or permanent open space.
   C.   Building Bulk Standards:
      1.   Height Standards:
         a.   Purpose: The height regulations are intended to promote a reasonable building scale and relationship between buildings; provide options for light, air, and privacy; and discourage buildings that visually dominate other buildings in the vicinity. In the central business zones, there is a minimum height standard that ensures that buildings are compatible in scale and that land is used efficiently.
         b.   Standards: Generally, the maximum and minimum height standards for principal structures in commercial zones are stated in tables 2C-2(a) and 2C-2(b), located at the end of this section. Height standards for accessory buildings are addressed in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
         c.   Exemptions: If allowed in the subject zone, the following structures or parts thereof are exempt from the maximum height standards, provided an increase in height does not conflict with chapter 6, "Airport Zoning", of this title:
            (1)   Chimneys or flues.
            (2)   Spires on religious or other institutional buildings.
            (3)   Cupolas, domes, skylights and other similar roof protrusions not used for the purpose of obtaining habitable floor space.
            (4)   Farm structures, including barns, silos, storage bins and similar structures when accessory to an allowed agriculture use.
            (5)   Flagpoles that extend not more than ten feet (10') above the height limit or not more than five feet (5') above the highest point of the roof, whichever is less.
            (6)   Grain elevators.
            (7)   Parapet or fire walls.
            (8)   Poles, towers and other structures accessory to a basic utility use, such as streetlights and utility poles.
            (9)   If allowed in the subject zone, basic utilities and communication transmission facilities are exempt from the base zone height standards, but are subject to any limitations set forth in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title.
            (10)   Roof structures, including solar energy systems, elevator bulkheads, stairways, ventilating fans, cooling towers and similar necessary mechanical and electrical appurtenances required to operate and maintain the building.
            (11)   Stacks.
            (12)   Storage tanks and water towers.
            (13)   Television antennas and similar apparatus.
         d.   Adjustment Of Maximum Height Standards:
            (1)   The maximum height for a principal building may be increased; provided, that for each foot of height increase above the height standard, the front, side, and rear setbacks are each increased by an additional two feet (2'); and provided, that an increase in height does not conflict with the provisions of chapter 6, "Airport Zoning", of this title.
            (2)   In the CO-1 zone, principal buildings on lots across the street from RM, C, or I zones may be increased in height according to subsection C1d(1) of this section; except, that an additional front setback need not be provided. The requirement for additional side and rear setbacks apply. However, the minimum separation between the building and the front lot line of the lot across the street must be two feet (2') for each foot of height.
            (3)   A minor modification may also be requested to adjust the maximum height for a particular building or property according to the procedures and approval criteria for minor modifications contained in chapter 4, article B of this title.
            (4)   In the CO-1 zone, hospitals are exempt from the FAR limit and may exceed the height limit up to a maximum of sixty five feet (65'), provided that along lot lines that abut or are across the street from a single-family residential zone, building facades above the third story shall be stepped back at least twenty feet (20') from the third story facade. This required upper story facade stepback may be established at a lower story, provided that it is established at least twenty five feet (25') in height above grade.
      2.   Maximum Floor Area Ratio:
         a.   Purpose: The floor area ratio or FAR regulates how intensely a site may be used. The FAR provides a means to match the potential amount of use with the desired character of the area and the provision of public services. The FAR, along with the height and setback standards, control the overall bulk of development on a site.
         b.   Standards: The floor area ratio or FAR listed in table 2C-2(a) of this section, is the amount of floor area within the building or buildings on a lot in relation to the amount of lot area, expressed in square feet. For example, if the maximum FAR is 2, then a lot may contain up to two (2) square feet of building floor area for every one square foot of lot area. Basement and cellar floor area is not included in this calculation.
   D.   Maximum Lot Coverage Standards:
      1.   Total Building Coverage:
         a.   Purpose: The total building coverage standard helps to define the character of the mixed use zone by limiting the land area that can be covered by buildings. These standards work in conjunction with the minimum lot requirements and building bulk standards to determine how built up a neighborhood appears.
         b.   Standard: The total building coverage standard for the MU zone is stated in table 2C-2(b) of this section. The maximum building coverage standard establishes the percentage of the total area of a lot that can be covered by buildings. The total building area of all buildings on the property, including both principal and accessory buildings, is used to calculate the building coverage.
      2.   Front Setback Coverage:
         a.   Purpose: The front setback coverage standard ensures that a certain portion of the front setback remains free of impervious surface, which helps to maintain a consistent and pleasant environment along neighborhood streets. These standards increase public safety by preventing excessive front yard paving and vehicular storage that may obscure the principal dwelling and the main entrance from view of the street. In addition, this standard helps to prevent neighborhood streets that are dominated by front yard pavement, particularly along frontages with narrow residential lots.
         b.   Standard: The maximum front setback coverage standard for the mixed use zone is stated in table 2C-2(b) of this section. The standard applies only to residential uses in the MU zone. The table lists the maximum percentage of the required front setback that may be covered by impervious surface, including driveways, patios, decks, and other paved areas. Front setback coverage may not exceed the percentage indicated in table 2C-2(b) of this section.
         c.   Exception: A special exception may be requested to increase the allowed front setback coverage. The board of adjustment may adjust the front setback coverage standard if the owner or lawful occupant of a property demonstrates that the general special exception approval criteria and the following specific approval criteria have been satisfied:
            (1)   The lot is of an irregular shape or contains severe topography, such that there is practical difficulty meeting the front setback coverage standard.
            (2)   The applicant has demonstrated that every effort has been made to design buildings, paved areas, and vehicular use areas to meet the front setback coverage standard. Such efforts include reducing the width of driveways, reducing paved areas and size of garages and providing alternative means of vehicular access to the property. If vehicular access to an alley or private rear lane is available, the front setback coverage standard may not be increased.
            (3)   Granting the exception will not be contrary to the purpose of the front setback coverage regulations.
            (4)   Any potential negative effects resulting from the exception are mitigated to the extent practical.
   E.   Minimum Open Space Requirements:
      1.   Purpose: The minimum open space requirements are intended to ensure a minimum amount of private, usable open space is provided to support the health, well-being and enjoyment of the residents of the dwelling. The intent of the open space is to support passive recreation, leisure activities, informal gathering, and opportunities for interaction with nature.
      2.   Minimum Requirements:
         a.   On lots that contain multi-family uses or group living uses, usable open space shall be provided on each lot at a ratio of ten (10) square feet per bedroom, but not less than four hundred (400) square feet, located in one or more clearly defined, compact areas, with each area not less than two hundred twenty five (225) square feet with no dimension less than fifteen feet (15').
         b.   On lots that contain detached single family uses, a minimum of five hundred (500) square feet of usable open space shall be provided, located in the rear yard with no dimension less than twenty feet (20').
         c.   On lots that contain attached single family uses, a minimum of one hundred fifty (150) square feet of usable open space shall be provided, located in the rear yard with no dimension less than ten feet (10').
         d.   On lots that contain two family uses, a minimum of three hundred (300) square feet of usable open space per dwelling unit shall be provided, located in one or more clearly defined, compact areas, with each area not less than three hundred (300) square feet with no dimension less than twelve feet (12').
      3.   Standards:
         a.   For multi-family uses and group living uses, open space shall meet the standards as set forth in subsections 14-2G-7E1 through E7 of this chapter.
         b.   For single family uses and two family uses open space shall be located behind the principal dwelling in an area visible and easily accessible from the principal dwelling and shall consist of open planted green space, which may include trees, planters, gardens, and other amenities that support passive recreation or leisure activities. Paved areas shall not be counted toward usable open space. For attached single family uses, rooftop or upper floor open air terraces or rear yard-facing porches, including screened-in porches (non-habitable space only) may count toward the open space requirement.
      4.   Exemptions: Guestrooms within hospitality-oriented retail uses that are converted to household living uses in the CB-10 zone are exempt from the minimum open space requirements outlined in this subsection at the time of conversion.
      5.   Minor Modification: A minor modification may be requested according to the provisions and approval criteria of section 14-4B-1, “Minor Modifications”, of this title, to reduce the required open space for single family and two family uses in the following circumstances, provided the additional approval criteria stated in subsection E4e of this section, are satisfied. Note that reducing the open space may reduce the allowed occupancy of a rental property (see title 17, chapter 5, “Housing Code”, of this Code):
         a.   In order to establish up to two (2) off-street parking spaces (surface parking or in a garage) on a lot that currently has fewer than two (2) off-street parking spaces; or
         b.   If the lot is a corner lot, is irregular in shape, substandard in size, or contains severe topography, or other unique circumstance, such that there is practical difficulty meeting the standard; or
         c.   The lot contains a manufactured home, where due to the shape/dimensions of the home there is practical difficulty meeting the standard; or
         d.   The lot contains a detached zero lot line dwelling, where the side yard is designed to serve as usable open space for the dwelling;
         e.   Approval criteria:
            (1)   The applicant has demonstrated that every effort has been made to design buildings, paved areas, and vehicular use areas to meet the open space requirement. Such efforts may include but are not limited to reducing the width of driveways, reducing paved areas and size of new buildings or additions, and providing alternative means of vehicular access to the property; and
            (2)   The open space requirement will be satisfied to the extent possible in another location on the lot, such as a side yard; and
            (3)   Any potential negative effects resulting from the exception are mitigated to the extent possible.
Table 2C-2(a): Dimensional Requirements For All Commercial Zones, Except The MU Zone9
Zone
Minimum Lot Requirements
Minimum Setbacks
Maximum Setbacks
Building Bulk
Total Area
(Sq. Ft.)
Area/Dwelling Unit (Sq. Ft.)
Width (Ft.)
Minimum Frontage (Ft.)
Front (Ft.)
Side (Ft.)
Rear (Ft.)
Front (Ft.)
Maximum Height (Ft.)
Minimum Height (Ft.)
FAR
Maximum Number of Bedrooms per Unit
Zone
Minimum Lot Requirements
Minimum Setbacks
Maximum Setbacks
Building Bulk
Total Area
(Sq. Ft.)
Area/Dwelling Unit (Sq. Ft.)
Width (Ft.)
Minimum Frontage (Ft.)
Front (Ft.)
Side (Ft.)
Rear (Ft.)
Front (Ft.)
Maximum Height (Ft.)
Minimum Height (Ft.)
FAR
Maximum Number of Bedrooms per Unit
CO-1
None
See table 2C-2(c) of this section
None
None
10
01
01
None
258
None
1 or 33
310
CN-1
None
See table 2C-2(c) of this section
None
None
5
01
01
See subsection 14-2C-7E of this article
22 or 352
18
1
310
CH-1
None
n/a
100
None
10
01
01
None
None
None
1
n/a
CI-1
None
n/a
None
None
10
01
01
None
35
None
1
n/a
CC-2
None
See table 2C-2(c) of this section
None
None
10
01
01
None
35
None
2
310
CB-2
None
See table 2C-2(c) of this section
None
None
0
01
01
12
45
None
27
310
CB-5
None
See table 2C-2(c) of this section
None
None
0 or 104
01
01
12
75
25
35
310
CB-10
None
See table 2C-2(c) of this section
None
None
0 or 104
01
01
12
None
25
106
310
 
n/a = Not applicable
Notes:
   1.    A side setback or rear setback is not required where the side lot line or rear lot line abuts a nonresidential zone. However, where a side lot line or rear lot line abuts a residential zone, a setback at least equal to the required setback in the abutting residential zone must be provided along the residential zone boundary.
   2.    Maximum height is 22 feet for one-story buildings, with the following exception: One-story buildings may exceed 22 feet in height if there are clerestory windows facing the street that give the appearance of second floor space. The maximum height for all other buildings is 35 feet.
   3.    Maximum FAR is 3, except for lots that abut or are across the street from a single-family residential zone, in which case the maximum FAR is 1. Hospitals are exempt from the FAR limit in the CO-1 Zone.
   4.    A front setback is not required, except for buildings that front on Burlington Street. Buildings must be set back at least 10 feet from the Burlington Street right- of-way. Building columns supporting upper stories may be located within this 10 foot setback, provided an adequate pedestrian passageway is maintained.
   5.    Maximum FAR is 3, except for lots with an approved FAR bonus. For lots with approved FAR bonuses, the FAR may be increased up to a maximum of 5.
   6.    Maximum FAR is 10, except for lots with an approved FAR bonus. For lots with approved FAR bonuses, the FAR may be increased up to a maximum of 15.
   7.    Maximum FAR is 2, except for lots with an approved FAR bonus. For lots with approved FAR bonuses, the FAR may be increased up to a maximum of 3.
   8.    Additional height is allowed under certain circumstances. See subsection C1d(2) of this section.
   9.    Open space must comply with standards set forth in subsection 14-2C-4E of this section.
   10.   Outside of the University Impact Area (see map 2B.1 in Section 14-2B-6), the maximum number of bedrooms may be increased by one (1). Any bedroom within a multi-family, attached single family, or duplex that exceeds 225 square feet in size or has any horizontal dimension greater than 16 feet shall count as 2 or more bedrooms, as determined by the City. The maximum number of bedrooms may be further constrained by the provisions of the title 17, chapter 5, "Housing Code", of this Code.
 
Table 2C-2(b): Dimensional Requirements For The Mixed Use Zone (MU)7
Zone
Use
Minimum Lot Requirements
Minimum Setbacks
Building Bulk
Total Area (Sq. Ft.)
Area/Unit (Sq. Ft.)
Width (Ft.)
Minimum Frontage (Ft.)
Front (Ft.)
Side (Ft.)
Rear (Ft.)
Height (Ft.)
Total Building Coverage
Front Setback Coverage
Maximum Number of Bedrooms per Unit
Zone
Use
Minimum Lot Requirements
Minimum Setbacks
Building Bulk
Total Area (Sq. Ft.)
Area/Unit (Sq. Ft.)
Width (Ft.)
Minimum Frontage (Ft.)
Front (Ft.)
Side (Ft.)
Rear (Ft.)
Height (Ft.)
Total Building Coverage
Front Setback Coverage
Maximum Number of Bedrooms per Unit
MU
Detached single-family and detached zero lot line
3,000
3,000
30
20
5/156
5+22
20
35
50%
50%
n/a
Two-family (duplex)
3,600
1,800
45
20
5/156
5+22
20
355
50%
50%
48
Attached single-family
1,800
1,800
20/284
20
5/156
0/103
20
35
50%
50%
48
Multi-family
5,000
See table 2C-2(c) of this section
45
20
5/156
5+22
5+22
355
50%
50%
38
Group living
5,000
See chapter 4, article B of this title
45
20
5/156
5+22
5+22
355
50%
50%
See article 14-4B
Nonresidential1
None
n/a
None
20
5/156
5+22
5+22
355
50%
n/a
n/a
 
n/a = Not applicable
Notes:
   1.    Nonresidential uses must comply with the standards listed in this table unless specified otherwise in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title.
   2.    Minimum side setback is 5 feet for the first 2 stories, plus 2 feet for each additional story. For detached zero lot line dwellings, see applicable setback regulations in chapter 4, article B of this title.
   3.    See applicable setback requirements in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title.
   4.    Minimum lot width is 20 feet for attached units on interior lots and 28 feet for end lots in a row of attached units. When only 2 units are attached, lots must be 28 feet wide.
   5.    Maximum height is 35 feet. However, if any portion of a two-family use, multi-family use, group living use, or a nonresidential use is located within 15 feet of a property that contains an existing single-family use or within 15 feet of a single-family zone boundary, then the portion of the building located within 15 feet of said property or boundary may not exceed 21/2 stories in height.
   6.    Minimum principal building setback is 5 feet. Maximum principal building setback is 15 feet. See subsection 14-2C-9D, "Maximum Setback", of this article.
   7.    Open space must comply with standards set forth in subsection 14-2C-4E of this section.
   8.   Outside of the University Impact Area (see map 2B.1 in Section 14-2B-6), the maximum number of bedrooms may be increased by one (1). Any bedroom within a multi-family, attached single family, or duplex that exceeds 225 square feet in size or has any horizontal dimension greater than 16 feet shall count as 2 or more bedrooms, as determined by the City. The maximum number of bedrooms may be further constrained by the provisions of the title 17, chapter 5, "Housing Code", of this Code.
Table 2C-2(c): Maximum Density Standards For Multi-Family Dwellings In Commercial Zones
 
Zone
CO-1, CC-2, CN-1 And MU
CB-2
CB-5 And CB-10
Minimum lot area per unit (in square feet):
 
 
 
Efficiency or 1-bedroom unit
2,725
435
There is no minimum lot area per unit standard. However, the number of 3- and 4-bedroom units per lot may not exceed 30% of the total number of units on the lot
2-bedroom unit
2,725
875
3-bedroom unit
2,725
1,315
Minimum bedroom size1 (square feet)
100
100
100
 
Note:
   1.    New bedrooms must be a minimum of 100 square feet in size. However, for purposes of the provisions within this table, any existing habitable room that is larger than 70 square feet in size with a horizontal dimension of at least 7 feet, that meets the egress requirements as specified in the Building Code, and is not a typical shared living space, such as a living room, dining area, kitchen, or bathroom will be considered a bedroom.
(Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 06-4245, 12-12-2006; Ord. 09-4365, 12-1-2009; Ord. 11-4450, 10-18-2011; Ord. 12-4479, 5-1-2012; Ord. 12-4482, 5-15-2012; Ord. 15-4626, 6-16-2015; Ord. 18-4744, 4-2-2018; Ord. 20-4833, 11-17-2020; Ord. 23-4893, 1-24-2023; Ord. 23-4914, 11-6-2023; Ord. 26-4984, 4-21-2026)

14-2C-5: MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY FOR HOUSEHOLD LIVING USES:

The residential occupancy of a household living use is limited to one "household" per dwelling unit, as this term is defined in chapter 9, article A, "General Definitions", of this title. The residential occupancy of a household living use is constrained by the provisions of title 17, chapter 5, "Housing Code", of this Code. Occupancy of properties that are not in compliance with the minimum Zoning Code requirements may be limited as set forth in subsection 17-5-18S, "Regulation Of Noncompliant Situations", of this Code. (Ord. 18-4744, 4-2-2018)

14-2C-6: COMMERCIAL SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS:

   A.   Purpose: The commercial site development standards ensure that commercial development is compatible in scale and intensity to the surrounding development, unsightly elements are screened from public view, and that safe pedestrian and vehicular circulation is established. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
   B.   Applicability:
      1.   The standards of this section apply to all development in the CO-1, CC-2, CI-1, and CH-1 Zones, unless specifically exempted. (Ord. 11-4450, 10-18-2011)
      2.   Development in the CN-1 Zone is subject to the CN-1 site development standards specified in section 14-2C-7 of this article. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
      3.   Development in the CB-2, CB-5, and CB-10 Zones is subject to the Central Business site development standards specified in section 14-2C-8 of this article. (Ord. 11-4450, 10-18-2011)
      4.   Development in the MU Zone is subject to the MU Zone site development standards specified in section 14-2C-9 of this article.
   C.   Site Plan Review Procedure: Review for compliance with the standards and requirements of this section will occur as a part of the site plan review process. (See title 18 of this Code.)
   D.   Surface Parking Lot Setback Requirements:
      1.   Front Setback Requirements: Parking and loading areas must be set back at least ten feet (10') from any front and street-side lot lines. However, any loading area, parking spaces or aisles located within fifty feet (50') of a residential zone boundary must be set back at least twenty feet (20') from the front or street-side lot line.
      2.   Side And Rear Setback Requirements: Parking and loading areas must be set back at least five feet (5') from any (nonstreet- side) side or rear lot line. However, parking and loading areas must be set back at least ten feet (10') from any side or rear lot line that abuts a property zoned residential. The City may exempt from these setback regulations any specific locations along a lot line where a parking area, aisle or drive is shared with an abutting lot.
      3.   Drives:
         a.   Drives that are internal to a parking area, including drives that provide circulation around the perimeter of a parking area, are considered part of the parking area and must meet the setback standards as specified above. Drives that are external to a parking area must be set back at least three feet (3') from any abutting property that is zoned nonresidential, unless the drive is pitched or curbed and drained to prevent the flow of water onto adjoining property or unless a drainage course has been established along lot lines to handle stormwater runoff. Any specific locations along a side or rear lot line where a drive is shared with an abutting lot may be exempted from these standards.
         b.   Drives that are external to a parking area must be set back at least ten feet (10') from any abutting property that is zoned residential.
   E.   Drive-Through Facilities: Drive-through facilities are regulated as an accessory use and are only allowed in certain zones according to the provisions specified for drive-through facilities in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
   F.   Pedestrian, Bicycle, And Vehicular Circulation: The site must be designed to promote safe and convenient pedestrian, bicycle, and vehicular circulation according to the following standards:
      1.   Pedestrian walkways must be provided between principal buildings and abutting rights-of-way. The walkways provided on site must connect to adjacent public sidewalks and trails.
      2.   On commercial sites with multiple buildings, sidewalks or other approved pedestrian routes must be provided between the principal buildings on the site. The City may exempt commercial sites where pedestrian traffic between buildings is rare or unlikely.
      3.   Pedestrian routes must be provided on site that connect parking areas to building entrances. Pedestrian routes from and through parking areas to principal building entrances must be identified on the site plan and integrated into the parking lot design.
      4.   Pedestrian routes must be continuous, clear of obstructions, and easily identifiable as protected pedestrian routes. Landscaping, curbing, raised paving, bollards, distinctive paving materials, and other similar means may be used to separate and protect pedestrian routes from vehicular traffic.
      5.   Bicycle parking facilities must be located in areas convenient to building entrances, but must be located so as not to impede pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
   G.   Landscaping And Screening:
      1.   All areas of the site that are not used for buildings, parking, vehicular and pedestrian use areas, sidewalk cafes and plazas must be landscaped with trees and/or plant materials. A landscaping plan must be submitted for site plan review.
      2.   Surface parking areas, loading areas, and drives must be screened from view of public rights of way to at least the S2 standard. (See chapter 5, article F, "Screening And Buffering Standards", of this title.)
      3.   Surface parking areas, loading areas, and drives must be screened from view of abutting properties to at least the S2 standard. Additional screening is required for properties that abut properties zoned residential. Parking areas, loading areas, and drives must be screened from view of any abutting property zoned residential to at least the S3 standard. The city may exempt from this landscaping requirement any specific locations along a side or rear lot line where a parking or loading area, aisle or drive is shared with an abutting lot.
      4.   Where a lot occupied by a commercial or industrial use abuts or is across a street or railroad right of way from a residential zone, daycare use, educational facility, parks and open space use, or the Iowa River, any parking and loading areas and outdoor work and storage areas must be located behind buildings or screened from view of said uses and zones to at least the S3 standard. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
      5.   Screening may be waived by the building official where the view is or will be blocked by a significant change in grade or by natural or humanmade features, such that the screening is effectively provided and the intent of the standard is met, as determined by the building official. (Ord. 06-4245, 12-12-2006)
   H.   Mechanical Structures: All mechanical structures must be set back and screened from public view according to the applicable provisions set forth in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
   I.   Outdoor Storage And Display:
      1.   CO-1 And CC-2 Zones: Outdoor storage and display of materials is not permitted in the CO-1 or CC-2 zone, except for the following: (Ord. 11-4450, 10-18-2011)
         a.   Outdoor display of merchandise for immediate sale is permitted in areas immediately adjacent to a principal building. However, the display area may not be located along any building wall that is within twenty feet (20') of a public street and may not be located in a manner that obstructs building entrances and exits, sidewalks, bicycle parking areas, pedestrian routes, or vehicular use areas.
         b.   An approved temporary use. A temporary use permit is required. (See chapter 4, article D of this title.)
         c.   In the CC-2 zone, an approved outdoor storage and display oriented retail use.
      2.   CH-1 And CI-1 Zones:
         a.   Outdoor storage of materials in the CH-1 and CI-1 zones is permitted, provided it is concealed from public view to the extent possible. If it is not feasible to conceal the storage areas behind buildings, the storage areas must be set back at least twenty feet (20') from any public right of way, including public trails and open space, and screened from view to at least the S3 standard. (See chapter 5, article F, "Screening And Buffering Standards", of this title.) If a fence is built around the storage area, the required screening must be located between the fence and the public right of way.
         b.   All outdoor storage areas that are located along a side or rear lot line that does not abut a public right of way must be set back at least ten feet (10') from said lot line and screened from view of the adjacent property to at least the S3 standard. If a fence is built around the storage area, the required screening must be located between the fence and the adjacent property.
         c.   The landscape screening requirement for outdoor storage areas may be waived by the building official upon presentation of convincing evidence that a planting screen cannot be expected to thrive because of intense shade, soil conditions, or other site characteristics. The presence of existing pavement, by itself, shall not constitute convincing evidence. If the landscape screening requirement is waived by the building official, a fence built to the S5 standard must be substituted for the landscape screening.
         d.   Outdoor display of merchandise for immediate sale is permitted in the CH-1 and CI-1 zones, provided it is set back at least ten feet (10') from public rights of way and landscaped to at least the S1 standard.
         e.   Any outdoor display area located along a side or rear lot line that does not abut a public right of way must be set back at least ten feet (10') from said lot line and screened from view of abutting properties to at least the S2 standard. If the display area is adjacent to a residential zone boundary, it has to be screened to the S3 standard.
         f.   The landscape screening requirement for outdoor display may be waived by the building official upon presentation of convincing evidence that a planting screen cannot be expected to thrive because of intense shade, soil conditions, or other site characteristics. The presence of existing pavement, by itself, shall not constitute convincing evidence. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
         g.   Screening for outdoor storage and display areas may be waived by the building official where the view is or will be blocked by a significant change in grade or by natural or humanmade features, such that screening is effectively provided and the intent of the standard is met, as determined by the building official. (Ord. 06-4245, 12-12-2006)
      3.   All Commercial Zones: The storage of combustible or flammable materials or liquids is strictly regulated according to the provisions of chapter 5, article H, "Performance Standards", of this title, and the international fire code, as amended.
   J.   Balconies:
      1.   Balconies may not be located on any side of a building that is adjacent to a property that is zoned single-family residential.
      2.   The outer edge of a balcony shall not be closer than four feet (4') from a side lot line.
      3.   The design of any balcony must utilize columns, piers, supports, walls, and railings that are designed and constructed of materials that are similar or complementary to the design and materials used for the rest of the building. Unpainted and unstained lumber is not permitted.
   K.   Standards For Large Retail Uses:
      1.   Applicability: The provisions of this subsection apply to retail uses over fifty thousand (50,000) square feet in size. The intent of these standards is to facilitate adaptive reuse of large retail commercial structures, to moderate scale of large buildings, and to ensure consistent appearance with other shopping center developments.
      2.   Facades And Exterior Walls:
         a.   Facades over one hundred feet (100') in length that are visible from public streets and/or include public entrances shall incorporate wall projections or recesses a minimum of three feet (3') in depth for a minimum of twenty (20) contiguous feet within each one hundred feet (100') of facade length. Such recesses and/or projections shall extend over a minimum of twenty percent (20%) of the length of the facade, and no uninterrupted facade may exceed one hundred feet (100') in length.
         b.   For facades that face public streets or include public entrances, features that provide visual interest such as arcades, storefront windows that allow views into the interior of the building, display windows that are set into the building wall, entry areas, awnings or similar features must be incorporated along at least sixty percent (60%) of the facade. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
      3.   Building Details: Buildings must include details and features that provide visual interest, reduce the perception of the mass of the building, and provide a cohesive pattern to the building. Any building facade that faces a public street or includes a public entrance shall include no less than three (3) of the elements listed below. At least one of these elements shall occur along the vertical plane of the building. An example of a change that occurs on the vertical plane would be a change from stone on the lower portion of the building to stucco on the upper portion. All elements that occur along the horizontal plane of the building shall repeat at intervals of no more than fifty feet (50'). These visual patterns must be cohesive with the articulation of the facade.
         a.   Color change.
         b.   Texture change.
         c.   Material module change.
         d.   Expression of an architectural or structural bay through a change in plane no less than twelve inches (12") in width, such as an offset, reveal or projection. (Ord. 06-4245, 12-12-2006)
      4.   Roof Details:
         a.   Flat roofs must incorporate parapets that conceal rooftop equipment such as HVAC units from public view. The average height of such parapets shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the height of the supporting wall and at no point shall exceed one- third (1/3) of the height of the supporting wall. Such parapets shall feature a three-dimensional cornice treatment.
         b.   Sloping roofs must not exceed the average height of the supporting walls and must include overhanging eaves that extend no less than three feet (3') past the supporting walls.
         c.   The roof of the building must be designed with three (3) or more roof slope planes. It is encouraged that changes in the roof correspond with articulation of the building facade. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
      5.   Building Materials:
         a.   The building materials shall be predominantly quality exterior building materials, including brick, masonry, stone, stucco, or textured concrete masonry units. Concrete panels with a veneer of brick or masonry may be approved provided the material gives the appearance of one or more of the high quality building materials listed above. Stamped concrete panels will only be considered if they are finished with patterns and colors such that they appear to be brick or masonry. "Predominantly" is defined as at least seventy five percent (75%) of the exterior of the entire building, but not necessarily of each building wall. For example, use of such materials should be concentrated along building walls that are visible from public streets or that contain public entrances.
         b.   Use of smooth faced concrete block, unadorned tilt-up concrete panels, prefabricated steel or vinyl panels or sheets should be minimized. If used, these materials may cover no more than twenty five percent (25%) of the exterior of the entire building and should be reserved for building walls that are less visible to the public. (Ord. 06-4220, 7-18-2006)
      6.   Entryways: Each principal building shall have a clearly defined, highly visible customer entrance with no less than three (3) of the features listed below. Where additional stores are located within the principal building, each store shall have at least one exterior customer entrance with no less than three (3) of the following features:
         a.   Canopy or portico.
         b.   Overhang.
         c.   Recess/projection.
         d.   Arcade.
         e.   Raised cornice parapet over the door.
         f.   Archway.
         g.   Outdoor patio.
         h.   Display windows.
         i.   Storefront windows that allow views into the interior of the store.
         j.   Tile work and moldings that are integrated into the building structure and design.
         k.   Integral planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas and/or places for sitting. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)

14-2C-7: CN-1 ZONE SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS:

   A.   Purpose: The CN-1 zone site development standards ensure that commercial development is compatible in scale and intensity to the surrounding residential neighborhoods. These standards also ensure that neighborhood commercial areas are carefully designed to be inviting for pedestrians by requiring buildings to be located close to and oriented toward streets or pedestrian plazas; ensuring that pedestrian routes are clearly separated from driveways and parking areas; requiring that buildings be constructed with street level storefront windows and clearly demarcated pedestrian entrances; and by requiring that parking be located away from the street in well landscaped areas.
   B.   Applicability:
      1.   The standards of this section apply to all new development in a CN-1 zone.
      2.   Exceptions to the standards and requirements of this section may be approved during the site plan review process in CN-1 zones that were in existence and at least partially developed by June 7, 2002, if the city determines that compliance with the subject standard or requirement is not feasible. However, all proposed development must meet the standards of this section to the extent possible.
      3.   Alternative design solutions may be approved during the site plan review process if it is demonstrated that the alternative design solution meets the intent of this section.
   C.   CN-1 Site Plan Review Procedure:
      1.   Prior to submitting a request for site plan review, the developer must participate in a preapplication conference with the director of planning and community development or designee to discuss the application of the CN-1 zone site development standards to the subject property.
      2.   Review for compliance with the standards and requirements of this section will occur concurrently and as a part of the site plan review process.
   D.   Rezoning To CN-1:
      1.   A CN-1 zoning district may not exceed ten (10) acres in size.
      2.   A plan showing the general design of the proposed development must be submitted with any CN-1 rezoning application. The plan must include provisions for landscaping, screening and buffering between the proposed commercial development and adjacent residential zones.
   E.   Build-To Line: The required build-to line in the CN-1 zone is an imaginary line running parallel to and located five feet (5') back from the street-side lot line along the subject lot's primary street frontage. The primary street frontage is the frontage to which the street address is assigned.
      1.   Requirement: All new buildings must be located such that at least sixty five percent (65%) of the primary street frontage of the subject lot contains buildings set back no further than the build-to line.
      2.   Exceptions: Exceptions to the build-to line requirement may be approved during the site plan review process for the following site elements:
         a.   Building facades that are recessed in accordance with the articulation standard in subsection M of this section.
         b.   Building entrances, including stoops, stairways, and ramps.
         c.   Trees and landscaping.
         d.   Pedestrian plazas.
         e.   Arcades.
         f.   Public art.
         g.   Sidewalk cafes.
   F.   Location Of Parking, Loading, Drives, And Aisles:
      1.   No more than thirty five percent (35%) of the street frontage of a lot may be comprised of off street parking spaces, drives, and aisles located in front of a building. Loading areas are not permitted in front of the building. For purposes of this provision, "in front of the building" means between the street right of way line and the building.
      2.   On corner lots, no off street parking spaces may be located in front of a building within one hundred feet (100') of the point of intersection of street right of way lines.
      3.   Parking and loading areas must be set back at least twenty feet (20') from any street-side lot line and at least five feet (5') from any nonstreet-side or rear lot line, unless the lot abuts a residential zone. Parking areas must be set back at least twenty feet (20') from any rear or side lot line that abuts a residential zone.
      4.   Loading spaces must be located so that trucks or vans loading or unloading do not back onto or out of a street.
      5.   Drives that are internal to a parking area, including drives that provide circulation around the perimeter of a parking area, are considered part of the parking area and must meet the setback standards as specified above. Drives that are external to a parking area must be set back at least three feet (3') from any abutting property that is zoned nonresidential, unless the drive is pitched or curbed and drained to prevent the flow of water onto adjoining property or unless a drainage course has been established along lot lines to handle storm water runoff. Any specific locations along a side or rear lot line where a drive is shared with an abutting lot may be exempted from these standards.
      6.   Drives that are external to a parking area must be set back at least twenty feet (20') from any abutting property that is zoned residential.
   G.   Drive-Through Facilities: Drive-through facilities are regulated as an accessory use and are only allowed according to the provisions specified for drive-through facilities in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
   H.   Pedestrian, Bicycle, And Vehicular Circulation:
      1.   Pedestrian access must be provided to adjacent residential areas and to abutting rights of way. The sidewalks provided on site must connect to adjacent public sidewalks and trails.
      2.   Each commercial tenant space must be accessible from other tenant spaces by sidewalks or other approved pedestrian routes. Pedestrian routes must be continuous, clear of obstructions, and easily identifiable as a protected pedestrian route.
      3.   Pedestrian routes must be separated from parking and vehicular use areas by curbs, landscaping or other physical barriers. When pedestrian paths cross drives, aisles, and vehicle travel lanes, they must be clearly identified with materials such as textured or brick paving, and must be integrated into the wider network of pedestrian walkways. Pavement textures are encouraged elsewhere in the parking lot as surface materials or as accents.
      4.   Parking lot layout and design must promote safe and convenient pedestrian and vehicular circulation. Protected pedestrian walkways, leading to sidewalks that abut store entrances, must be provided within parking lots.
      5.   Bicycle parking facilities must be located in convenient areas of the development and must be located so as not to impede pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
   I.   Landscaping And Screening:
      1.   All areas of the site that are not used for buildings, parking, vehicular and pedestrian access, sidewalk cafes and plazas must be landscaped with trees and plant materials. A landscaping plan must be submitted for site plan review.
      2.   Parking areas, loading areas, and drives must be screened from public rights of way to at least the S2 standard. (See chapter 5, article F, "Screening And Buffering Standards", of this title.)
      3.   Parking areas, loading areas, and drives must be screened from view of abutting properties to at least the S2 standard. Additional screening is required for properties that abut properties zoned residential. Parking areas, loading areas, and drives must be screened from view of any abutting property zoned residential to at least the S3 standard. The city may exempt from this landscaping requirement any specific locations along a side or rear lot line where a parking area, aisle or drive is shared with an abutting lot. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
      4.   Screening may be waived by the building official where the view is or will be blocked by a significant change in grade or by natural or humanmade features, such that screening is effectively provided and the intent of the standard is met, as determined by the building official. (Ord. 06-4245, 12-12-2006)
   J.   Mechanical Structures: All mechanical structures must be set back and screened from public view according to the applicable provisions set forth in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
   K.   Outdoor Storage And Display:
      1.   Outdoor storage of materials is not permitted in the CN-1 zone.
      2.   Outdoor display of materials is not permitted, except in the following situations:
         a.   Outdoor display of merchandise for immediate sale is permitted in areas immediately adjacent to a principal building. However, the display area may not be located along any building wall that is within twenty feet (20') of a public street and may not be located in a manner that obstructs building entrances and exits, sidewalks, bicycle parking areas, pedestrian routes, or vehicular use areas.
         b.   A temporary use permit is required. (See chapter 4, article D of this title.)
      3.   The storage of combustible or flammable materials or liquids is strictly regulated according to the provisions of chapter 5, article H, "Performance Standards", of this title and according to the international fire code, as amended. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
   L.   Street Level Windows: A minimum of fifty percent (50%) of the building facade between two (2) and ten feet (10') in height from the adjacent exterior grade must be comprised of clear and highly transparent windows and doors. Reflective (mirrored) or colored glass is not permitted. Such windows must allow views into the interior space or be storefront display windows that are set into the wall. Display cases attached to the outside building wall do not qualify. The bottom of such windows must be no more than four feet (4') above the level of the adjacent sidewalk (see figure 2C.2 of this section). (Ord. 14-4586, 6-3-2014)
Figure 2C.2 - Storefront Window Example
 
(Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
   M.   Building Bulk And Articulation:
      1.   The maximum length of any building wall is two hundred seventy feet (270'). This standard applies whether the building contains a single business or multiple businesses or storefronts.
      2.   For buildings greater than fifty feet (50') in width, the horizontal plane of any street-facing facade of the building must be broken into modules that give the appearance of smaller, individual storefronts. These modules must meet the following standards:
         a.   Each module must be no greater than fifty feet (50') in width.
         b.   Each module must be distinguished from the adjacent module by at least three (3) of the following means:
            (1)   Variation in the wall plane by recessing a building module from the adjacent building module;
            (2)   Variation in material colors, types or textures;
            (3)   Variation in the building and/or parapet height;
            (4)   Variation in the architectural details such as decorative banding, reveals, stone, or tile accents;
            (5)   Break or variation in window pattern;
            (6)   Variation in the use of upper floor balconies and recesses. (Ord. 06-4245, 12-12-2006)
      3.   For buildings that are fifty feet (50') or less in width, at least every twelve feet (12') in length of the street-facing wall must be articulated by a window, doorway, perceptible change in the wall plane, setback, artwork, or a change in building material. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 07-4253, 2-20-2007)
   N.   Building Entrances:
      1.   Primary building entries must be distinguished by at least two (2) of the following means:
         a.   Canopies or awnings.
         b.   Recesses.
         c.   Raised cornice or similar architectural features.
         d.   Architectural details, such as tile work and moldings, that are integrated in the building structure and design. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 06-4220, 7-18-2006)
      2.   To encourage commercial activity at the street level, entrances to storefronts and the ground level floor height should be no more than one foot (1') above the level of the abutting sidewalk or pedestrian plaza. On sloping building sites and for existing buildings, the city may adjust this requirement. However, on sloping sites at least a portion of the ground level floor height of any new building must be located no more than one foot (1') above the level of the abutting sidewalk or pedestrian plaza; and the floor height of the ground level floor of the building must be no more than three feet (3') above the level of the abutting public sidewalk or pedestrian plaza at any point along a street-facing building facade.
   O.   Balconies And Exterior Stairways, Corridors And Lifts: For purposes of this subsection the term, "exterior stairways", refers to stairways that lead to floors of a building that are above the first or ground level floor of a building. "Exterior corridors" refers to unenclosed corridors located above the first or ground level floor of a building. Balconies and exterior stairways, exterior corridors and exterior lifts must comply with the following standards:
      1.   Exterior stairways, exterior corridors, and exterior lifts are prohibited. The city may allow exterior fire egress structures on existing buildings that cannot otherwise reasonably meet code requirements, provided the fire egress structure is not located on a wall of a building that faces a street.
      2.   Balconies may not be located on any side of a building that is adjacent to a property that is zoned single-family residential.
      3.   The outer edge of a balcony shall not be closer than four feet (4') from a side lot line.
      4.   The design of any balcony must utilize columns, piers, supports, walls, and railings that are designed and constructed of materials that are similar or complementary to the design and materials used for the rest of the building. Unpainted and unstained lumber is not permitted. (Ord. 06-4220, 7-18-2006)

14-2C-8: CENTRAL BUSINESS SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS:

   A.   Purpose: The following site development standards are intended to help ensure that the city's central business district develops as an attractive, compact urban area. The standards ensure that parking facilities are integrated into the design of developments so that streets are safe and attractive for pedestrians. Particular attention is focused on street level building facades in order to prevent fortresslike facades, monotonous streetscapes, and to enhance public safety by providing opportunities for surveillance of the street from the interior of buildings. Excellence in design is encouraged in order to enhance and maintain economic development opportunities in the downtown area. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
   B.   Applicability And Procedure: The standards of this section apply to all development in the CB-2, CB-5, and CB-10 zones, unless otherwise noted herein.
   C.   Site Plan Review Procedure:
      1.   Prior to submitting a request for site plan review, the developer must participate in a preapplication conference with the director of planning and community development or designee to discuss the application of the central business site development standards to the subject property. (Ord. 11-4450, 10-18-2011)
      2.   Review for compliance with the standards and requirements of this section will occur concurrently and as a part of the site plan review process.
      3.   Alternative design solutions may be approved if it is demonstrated that the alternatives meet the intent of this section.
   D.   Minimum Setback:
      1.   A setback is not required, except for buildings that abut Burlington Street.
      2.   The first story of buildings that abut Burlington Street must be set back ten feet (10') from the right of way line. Building columns supporting upper stories may be located within this ten foot (10') setback; provided, that an adequate pedestrian passageway is maintained.
      3.   Doorways adjacent to a right of way must be set back so that doors do not swing into a right of way. Similarly, stairways and ramps must not be located in a right of way. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
   E.   Maximum Setback:
      1.   No portion of the first story of a building shall be set back more than twelve feet (12') from a front or street-side lot line, or a lot line that abuts City Plaza. If a setback is provided, the setback area must be used for one or more of the following purposes: (Ord. 11-4450, 10-18-2011)
         a.   Building facades that are recessed in accordance with the articulation standard in subsection O of this section.
         b.   Building entrances, including stoops, stairways and ramps.
         c.   Trees and landscaping.
         d.   Pedestrian plazas.
         e.   Arcades.
         f.   Public art.
         g.   Sidewalk cafes. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 11-4450, 10-18-2011)
      2.   In the CB-10 zone, to prevent unsafe, unkempt spaces between buildings, the first two (2) stories of a building must be built to the side lot line, unless the subject building wall abuts an alley or usable outdoor space, such as a plaza, green, courtyard, or midblock pedestrian passage. Minor adjustments to this standard may be approved by the building official to account for irregular lot lines or to accommodate structural requirements, such as installing footings or foundations, or to maintain the structural integrity of an adjacent building, as long as the intent of this standard is achieved. (Ord. 11-4450, 10-18-2011)
   F.   Parking In CB-10 Zone: Off street parking is strictly regulated in the CB-10 zone according to the procedures and standards listed in chapter 5, article A, "Off Street Parking And Loading Standards", of this title. (Ord. 08-4326, 12-22-2008)
   G.   Surface Parking Location Standards In The CB-2 And CB-5 Zones: If surface parking and loading areas are provided on the street level, they must be subordinate to a principal use allowed in the zone. Therefore, the following standards apply: (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
      1.   Location:
         a.   Parking and loading are not permitted for the first thirty feet (30') of lot depth as measured from the front building line. Surface parking, parking within accessory structures, and all loading and unloading facilities must be located behind principal building(s) and concealed from view of fronting streets. Parking and loading areas may not be located between the building and the street or within any side setback area. (Ord. 11-4450, 10-18-2011)
         b.   Parking and loading areas must be set back at least five feet (5') from any side or rear lot line that abuts a nonresidential zone. Any specific locations along a side or rear lot line where a parking area, aisle or drive is shared with an abutting lot may be exempted from this standard.
         c.   Parking and loading areas must be set back at least ten feet (10') from any rear or side lot line that abuts a residential zone. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
      2.   Drives:
         a.   Vehicular access to parking should be located and designed to minimize traffic congestion and hazards to pedestrians and to preserve street frontages for active building uses. If available, alley or rear lane access is preferred. If alley access is not feasible due to topographical limitations or other unique circumstances, driveway access from a street may be allowed, but must be designed in a manner that will best meet the objectives listed in this subsection G2a. (Ord. 06-4220, 7-18-2006)
         b.   Drives that are internal to a parking area, including drives that provide circulation around the perimeter of a parking area are considered part of the parking area and must meet the location standards for parking areas as specified above. Drives that are external to a parking area must be set back at least three feet (3') from any abutting property that is zoned nonresidential, unless the drive is pitched or curbed and drained to prevent the flow of water onto adjoining property or unless a drainage course has been established along lot lines to handle stormwater runoff. Any specific locations along a side or rear lot line where a drive is shared with an abutting lot may be exempted from these standards.
         c.   Drives that are external to a parking area must be set back at least ten feet (10') from any abutting property that is zoned residential. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
      3.   Landscape Screening:
         a.   Any portion of a parking area that is not completely concealed from view of a fronting street must be screened to the S2 standard. (See chapter 5, article F, "Screening And Buffering Standards", of this title.) Parking areas, loading areas, and drives must be screened from view of abutting properties to at least the S2 standard. Additional screening is required for properties that abut properties zoned residential. Parking areas, loading areas, and drives must be screened from view of any abutting property zoned residential to at least the S3 standard. The city may exempt from this landscaping requirement any specific locations along a side or rear lot line where a parking area, aisle or drive is shared with an abutting lot. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 11-4450, 10-18-2011)
         b.   Screening may be waived by the building official where the view is or will be blocked by a significant change in grade or by natural or humanmade features, such that screening is effectively provided and the intent of the standard is met, as determined by the building official. (Ord. 06-4245, 12-12-2006; amd. Ord. 11-4450, 10-18-2011)
   H.   Landscaping: All areas of the site that are not used for buildings, parking, vehicular and pedestrian use areas, sidewalk cafes, and plazas, must be landscaped with trees and/or plant materials. A landscaping plan for such areas must be submitted for site plan review.
   I.   Drive-Through Facilities: Drive-through facilities are not permitted in the CB-5 and CB-10 zones.
   J.   Mechanical Equipment, Utility Meters, And Dumpsters:
      1.   In no case shall mechanical equipment or utility meters be located along the street side of a building. Mechanical equipment and meters must be placed at the rear of the property whenever possible. If this cannot be achieved, such equipment may be located along the side of the building, provided that the equipment is screened and set back according to the provisions for mechanical structures set forth in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
      2.   Dumpsters and recycling bins must be located in areas that are not visible from public streets and may not be located in a right of way.
   K.   Outdoor Storage And Display:
      1.   Outdoor storage and display areas are not permitted in the CB-2, CB-5 and CB-10 zones, except for approved temporary uses (see chapter 4, article D of this title) and special exceptions (see chapter 4, article B of this title).
      2.   The storage of combustible or flammable materials or liquids is strictly regulated according to the provisions of chapter 5, article H, "Performance Standards", of this title, and according to the international fire code, as amended.
   L.   Commercial Space:
      1.   On the ground level floor of a building, the floor to structural ceiling height must be at least fourteen feet (14').
      2.   In the CB-10 zone, on the second floor of a building, the floor to structural ceiling height must be at least eleven feet (11').
      3.   In the CB-2 and CB-5 zones, the first floor of a building must meet the building code specifications for commercial uses. In the CB-10 zone, for the first two (2) floors of a building, construction must meet the building code specifications for commercial uses.
   M.   Building Entrances:
      1.   Primary building entries must be distinguished by at least two (2) of the following means:
         a.   Canopies or awnings;
         b.   Recesses;
         c.   Raised cornice or similar architectural features;
         d.   Architectural details, such as tile work and moldings that are integrated in the building structure and design.
      2.   To encourage commercial activity at the street level, entrances to storefronts must be at grade and the ground level floor height should be no more than one foot (1') above the level of the abutting sidewalk or pedestrian plaza. On sloping building sites and for existing buildings, the city may adjust this requirement. However, on sloping sites at least a portion of the ground level floor height of any new building must be located no more than one foot (1') above the level of the abutting sidewalk or pedestrian plaza; and the floor height of the ground level floor of the building must be no more than three feet (3') above the level of the abutting public sidewalk or pedestrian plaza at any point along a street-facing building facade.
      3.   To provide safe access for residents within a mixed use building, any building containing a residential use must have at least one door located on the exterior of the building that provides pedestrian access to the dwelling units within the building. Said entrance must be located on a building wall that faces a street, public sidewalk, or pedestrian plaza and is visible from and easily accessed from said street, sidewalk, or plaza. Access to dwelling units must not be solely through a parking garage or from an alley. (Ord. 11-4450, 10-18-2011)
   N.   Minimum Fenestration:
      1.   Along any street-facing building facade and along any portion of a storefront facade that abuts a pedestrian plaza, a minimum of fifty percent (50%) of the building facade between two (2) and ten feet (10') in height from the adjacent exterior grade must be comprised of clear and highly transparent windows and doors. Reflective (mirrored) or colored glass is not permitted. Such windows must allow views into the interior space or be storefront display windows that are set into the wall. Display cases attached to the outside building wall do not qualify. Where possible, the bottom of such storefront windows should be no more than two feet (2') above the level of the adjacent exterior grade. However, on sloping sites where it is difficult to meet this two foot (2') standard, the height above grade may vary, but shall not exceed four feet (4') above the adjacent exterior grade (see section 14-2C-7, figure 2C.2 of this article). (Ord. 14-4586, 6-3-2014)
      2.   In the CB-10 zone, to encourage office and other commercial uses on the second floor of a building, no less than thirty percent (30%) of any second floor facade that faces a public street or pedestrian plaza shall be comprised of windows. Glazing shall not be reflective (mirrored).
   O.   Building Articulation:
      1.   For buildings greater than fifty feet (50') in width, the horizontal plane of any street-facing facade of the building must be broken into modules that give the appearance of smaller, individual storefronts. These modules must meet the following standards:
         a.   Each module must be no greater than fifty feet (50') in width.
         b.   Each module must be distinguished from the adjacent module by at least three (3) of the following means:
            (1)   Variation in the wall plane by recessing a building module from the adjacent building module;
            (2)   Variation in material colors, types or textures;
            (3)   Variation in the building and/or parapet height;
            (4)   Variation in the architectural details such as decorative pilasters, banding, reveals, stone or tile accents;
            (5)   Break or variation in window pattern;
            (6)   Variation in the use of upper floor balconies and recesses.
      2.   For buildings that are fifty feet (50') or less in width, at least every twelve feet (12') in length of the street-facing wall must be articulated by a window, doorway, perceptible change in the wall plane, setback, artwork, or a change in building material. (Ord. 11-4450, 10-18-2011)
   P.   Balconies And Exterior Stairways, Corridors, And Lifts: For purposes of this subsection the term, "exterior stairways", refers to stairways that lead to floors of a building that are above the first or ground level floor of a building. "Exterior corridors" refers to unenclosed corridors located above the first or ground level floor of a building. Balconies and exterior stairways, exterior corridors and exterior lifts must comply with the following standards:
      1.   Exterior stairways, exterior corridors, and exterior lifts are prohibited, with the following exceptions: The city will allow exterior lifts on existing buildings that cannot otherwise reasonably meet accessibility requirements, provided the lift is not located on a wall of a building that faces a street or the city plaza. The city may allow exterior fire egress structures on existing buildings that cannot otherwise reasonably meet code requirements, provided the fire egress structure is not located on a wall of a building that faces a street or the city plaza.
      2.   Balconies may not be located on any side of a building that is adjacent to a property that is zoned single-family residential.
      3.   The outer edge of a balcony shall not be closer than four feet (4') from a side lot line.
      4.   The design of any balcony must utilize columns, piers, supports, walls, and railings that are designed and constructed of materials that are similar or complementary to the design and materials used for the rest of the building. Unpainted and unstained lumber is not permitted. (Ord. 06-4220, 7-18-2006; amd. Ord. 11-4450, 10-18-2011)
   Q.   Bonus Provisions: The following bonus provisions are intended to provide an incentive for developments to incorporate features that provide a public benefit and to encourage excellence in architectural design. Floor area in excess of that allowed by the permitted base floor area or dwelling units in excess of the density otherwise achievable under the provisions of this article may be granted. The director of planning and community development will determine whether the proposed features are appropriate in design and location. Decisions of the director may be appealed to the board of adjustment. Bonuses allowed are enumerated in table 2C-4 of this section: (Ord. 06-4245, 12-12-2006; amd. Ord. 11-4450, 10-18-2011)
Table 2C-4: Bonus Provisions
Public Benefit
Bonus Allowed
Public Benefit
Bonus Allowed
CB-2 and CB-5 zones:
 
Masonry finish or architectural metal, not including metal siding, on all nonfenestrated areas of walls visible from a public street. For purposes of this provision, "masonry" shall be defined as fired brick, stone, or similar such material, not including concrete blocks and undressed poured concrete. Masonry may include stucco or like material when used in combination with other masonry finish.
0.75 floor area ratio.
The provision of a theater.
5 square feet of floor area for every 1 square foot of theater area.
The provision of funds for all street furniture, lighting and landscaping improvements along adjacent street right of way in accordance with any streetscape plan approved by the city.
0.25 floor area ratio.
Provision of pedestrian activity areas, such as sidewalk cafes, adjacent to but not in the public right of way, provided such areas do not exceed a depth of 12 feet from the front lot line.
3 square feet of floor area for every 1 square foot of pedestrian activity area.
Usable open space of size and at a grade that, at a minimum, allows passive recreational uses and is accessible to all residential occupants of a building. Such space may include areas such as yards, courtyards, terraces, and rooftop gardens designed and improved for outdoor activities. Balconies serving individual dwelling units and required setback areas are not eligible for this bonus.
2 square feet of floor area for every 1 square foot of usable open space.
Adaptive reuse of any property designated as an Iowa City landmark, eligible for landmark designation, registered on the national register of historic places, or listed as a historically significant building as determined by the survey and evaluation of the historic and architectural resources for the vicinity.
Up to 3 square feet of floor area for every 1 square foot of floor area reused. Additional floor area may be constructed on the vacant portions of the property that is being reused or on abutting properties.
CB-10 zone:
 
Provision of an off street loading area that meets the requirements set forth in chapter 5, article A, "Off Street Parking And Loading Standards", of this title.
An additional 2.0 floor area ratio, not to exceed 12.
Provision of class A office space on floors above the ground level floor of the building. To qualify for this bonus, only nonresidential uses shall be allowed in the class A office space. As defined by the Building Owners And Managers Association International (BOMA), class A office space is space that is of a quality that is attractive for premier office users with rents above average for the area. Class A office buildings have high quality standard finishes, state of the art systems, exceptional accessibility and a definite market presence.
Up to 2 square feet of floor area for every 1 square foot of class A office space provided on floors above the ground level floor of the building.
 
(Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 11-4450, 10-18-2011; Ord. 12-4479, 5-1-2012)
   R.   Alternative Dimensional And Site Development Standards For CB-2 Properties In The Riverfront Crossings District: As envisioned in the downtown and riverfront crossings master plan, properties zoned CB-2 that are located in the riverfront crossings district shall be allowed additional building height and floor area, and alternative minimum fenestration standards, building articulation standards, and lower parking requirements as set forth below:
      1.   Maximum building height: Six (6) stories, not to exceed eighty five feet (85').
      2.   Maximum FAR: Five (5).
      3.   Along any building facade that faces a primary street, as designated in the adopted downtown and riverfront crossings master plan, seventy percent (70%) of the ground level building facade must be comprised of transparent windows and doors (with no more than 10 percent daylight reduction).
      4.   Along any building facade that faces a street that is not designated a primary street in the adopted downtown and riverfront crossings master plan, a minimum of forty percent (40%) of the ground level building facade must be comprised of transparent windows and doors (with no more than 10 percent daylight reduction).
      5.   Alternative building articulation methods may be allowed by design review to accommodate midrise and high rise buildings that have a more contemporary architectural style, provided the building is designed in a manner that provides a similar or greater level of visual interest or relief as would be achieved under subsection O, "Building Articulation", of this section. Design review may consider elements that provide visual interest or relief, such as variations in building materials, glazing or window patterns; extensive building transparency that allows for exceptional daylighting of interior spaces and views into the interior of the building; canopies or awnings; entranceway features; unique signage, artwork, or other architectural features.
      6.   Private, off street parking shall be required at the same ratios as required in the CB-10 zone, as specified in section 14-5A-4, table 5A-1 of this title. (Ord. 13-4556, 10-1-2013)

14-2C-9: SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS IN MU ZONE:

   A.   Purpose: The following site development standards help commercial and residential uses coexist in a mixed use zone by ensuring that buildings are similar in scale and are designed in a manner that will allow buildings to be used for a variety of land uses over time. These standards ensure that building sites are designed to be inviting for pedestrians by requiring buildings to be located close to and oriented toward streets or pedestrian plazas; requiring that buildings be constructed with street level storefront windows and clearly demarcated pedestrian entrances; and by requiring that parking be located away from the street and screened by landscaping.
   B.   Applicability And Procedure: The standards of this section apply to all development in the mixed use zone.
   C.   MU Zone Site Plan Review Procedure:
      1.   Prior to submitting a request for site plan review, the developer must participate in a preapplication conference with the director of planning and community development or designee to discuss the application of the MU site development standards to the subject property.
      2.   Review for compliance with the standards and requirements of this section will occur concurrently and as a part of the site plan review process.
      3.   Alternative design solutions may be approved if it is demonstrated that the alternatives meet the intent of this section.
   D.   Maximum Setback: For new multi-family, group living, commercial, and civic/institutional buildings, no portion of the first story of a principal building shall be set back more than fifteen feet (15') from the front lot line. Buildings constructed prior to December 28, 2005, are exempt from this maximum. The setback area must be used for one or more of the following purposes:
      1.   Building facades that are recessed in accordance with the building standard in subsection G of this section.
      2.   Building entrances, including stoops, stairways and ramps.
      3.   Trees and landscaping.
      4.   Pedestrian plazas.
      5.   Arcades.
      6.   Public art.
      7.   Sidewalk cafes.
   E.   Location And Design Standards For Surface Parking And Detached Garages For Multi-Family, Group Living, Commercial, And Civic/Institutional Uses:
      1.   Location: Surface parking, parking within accessory structures, and loading areas must be located behind principal building(s) and concealed from view of fronting streets. Parking and loading areas may not be located directly between a principal building and the street or within the required side setback area. Any portion of a parking or loading area that is not completely concealed from view of a fronting street must be screened to the S2 standard. (See figures 2C.3 and 2C.4 below.)
Figure 2C.3 - Location Of Surface Parking For Properties With A Single Building
 
Figure 2C.4 - Location Of Parking For Properties With Multiple Buildings
 
      2.   Aisles And Drives: Drives that are internal to a parking area, including drives that provide circulation around the perimeter of the parking area are considered part of the parking area and must meet the location standards for parking areas as stated in subsection E1 of this section, and the landscape buffering standard as stated in subsection E3 of this section. A nonhard surfaced drive or aisle that is external to a parking area may not be located closer than three feet (3') to a lot line, except at the point of access with a street, alley, or private rear lane. Hard surfaced drives that are external to a parking area must be set back at least three feet (3') from any side or rear lot line, except under the following circumstances:
         a.   The drives and aisles are pitched or curbed and drained to prevent the flow of water onto adjoining property; or
         b.   A drainage course has been established along lot lines to handle storm water runoff; or
         c.   Any specific location along a side or rear lot line where a drive is shared with an abutting lot; or
         d.   At the point of access with an alley or private rear lane.
      3.   Landscape Buffering:
         a.   A buffer area at least ten feet (10') in width and landscaped to at least the S2 standard must be provided between any parking area and adjacent properties and between any parking area and street rights of way. (See chapter 5, article F, "Screening And Buffering Standards", of this title.) The city may exempt from this landscaping requirement any specific locations along a side or rear lot line where a parking area, aisle or drive is shared with an abutting lot.
         b.   A buffer area at least five feet (5') in width and landscaped to the S1 standard must be provided between any parking area containing more than eight (8) parking spaces and an adjacent alley.
         c.   No parking area or drive shall be closer than ten feet (10') to any portion of a building other than a garage entrance or loading area apron. This ten foot (10') area must be used for walkways and landscaping consisting of at least fifty percent (50%) vegetative coverage. If parking spaces are located where headlights of vehicles shine onto a wall containing ground level windows, said parking spaces must be screened from view of the windows to at least the S2 standard.
         d.   Screening may be waived by the building official where the view is or will be blocked by a significant change in grade or by natural or humanmade features, such that screening is effectively provided and the intent of the standard is met, as determined by the building official.
   F.   Building Entrances For Multi-Family, Group Living, Commercial, And Civic/Institutional Buildings:
      1.   For residential uses, buildings must have at least one door on the exterior of the building that provides pedestrian access to dwelling units within the building. Access to dwelling units must not be solely through a parking garage.
      2.   When a lot contains one principal building, the building must be oriented such that at least one facade faces a public or private street. The street-facing facade must have at least one main entrance to the building, or may contain separate main entrances to ground level dwelling units. If the building is located on a corner lot, only one wall must meet this requirement.
      3.   When a lot contains two (2) or more principal buildings, the buildings must be oriented towards a public street, private street, or interior courtyard. Any building with a street-facing facade must have at least one main entrance oriented toward the street. Buildings located interior to a lot must have main entrances that are clearly visible from interior private streets/drives or surface parking areas.
      4.   Main entrances to a building, including main entrances to ground level individual dwelling units, must be clearly demarcated by at least one of the following means:
         a.   Recesses.
         b.   Raised cornice or similar architectural features.
         c.   Covered porch, canopy, or awning.
         d.   Transom and sidelight windows.
         e.   Pilasters and pediment.
         f.   Other significant architectural treatment that emphasizes main entrances. Simple trim around the doorway does not meet this standard.
      5.   Patio style doors, such as sliding glass doors, may not be used for main entrance doors.
      6.   To provide for the safety of residents, access to entrance doors of any individual dwelling units located above the ground level floor of a building must be provided from an enclosed lobby or corridor and stairway. Unenclosed or partially enclosed exterior stairways may not be used as the primary means of access to upper level units. This provision does not preclude the use of fire egress structures.
      7.   A pedestrian circulation system must be provided that connects residential entrances to adjacent public rights of way, and to parking areas and other on site facilities.
   G.   Building Scale For Multi-Family, Group Living, Commercial, And Civic/Institutional Buildings: The width of the front facade of new buildings must be no more than forty feet (40'). Buildings may exceed this limitation if the horizontal plane of any street- facing facade of the building is broken into modules that give the appearance of smaller, individual buildings. Each module must meet the following standards:
      1.   Each module must be no greater than thirty feet (30') and no less than ten feet (10') in width and must be distinguished from adjacent modules by a variation in the wall plane of at least sixteen inches (16") in depth. For buildings that are three (3) or more stories in height, the width of the module may be increased to forty feet (40').
      2.   Each module must have a corresponding change in the roofline.
      3.   Each module must be distinguished from the adjacent module by at least one of the following means:
         a.   Variation in material colors, types or textures;
         b.   Variation in the building and/or parapet height;
         c.   Variation in the architectural details such as decorative banding, reveals, stone, or tile accents;
         d.   Variation in window pattern;
         e.   Variation in the use of balconies and recesses.
   H.   Balconies And Exterior Stairways, Corridors And Lifts For Multi-Family, Group Living, Commercial, And Civic/Institutional Buildings: For purposes of this subsection the term, "exterior stairways", refers to stairways that lead to floors of a building that are above the first or ground level floor of a building. "Exterior corridors" refers to unenclosed corridors located above the first or ground level floor of a building. Balconies and exterior stairways, exterior corridors and exterior lifts must comply with the following standards:
      1.   Exterior stairways, exterior corridors, and exterior lifts are prohibited, with the following exceptions: The city will allow exterior lifts on existing buildings that cannot otherwise reasonably meet accessibility requirements, provided the lift is not located on a wall of a building that faces a street. The city may allow exterior fire egress structures on existing buildings that cannot otherwise reasonably meet code requirements, provided the fire egress structure is not located on a wall of a building that faces a street.
      2.   Balconies may not be located on any side of a building that is adjacent to a property that is zoned single-family residential or that contains an existing single-family use. Buildings that are set back at least forty feet (40') from any such property are exempt from this standard.
      3.   The outer edge of a balcony shall not be closer than four feet (4') from a side lot line.
      4.   The design of any balcony must utilize columns, piers, supports, walls, and railings that are designed and constructed of materials that are similar or complementary to the design and materials used for the rest of the building. Unpainted and unstained lumber is not permitted.
   I.   Building Materials For Multi-Family, Group Living, Commercial, And Civic/Institutional Buildings:
      1.   Buildings not constructed of masonry or stucco must have the following trim elements incorporated into the exterior design and construction of the building:
         a.   Window and door trim that is not less than three inches (3") wide.
         b.   Corner boards that are not less than three inches (3") wide, unless wood clapboards are used and mitered at the corners.
         c.   Frieze boards, not less than five inches (5") wide, located below the eaves.
Figure 2C.5 - Building Materials
 
      2.   Any portion of a building that is clearly visible from the street must be constructed using similar materials and design as the front facade.
      3.   Exposed, unpainted or unstained lumber may not be used along any facade that faces a street-side lot line.
      4.   Where an exterior wall material changes along the horizontal plane of a building, the change must occur on an inside corner of the building.
      5.   Where an exterior wall material changes along the vertical plane of the building, the materials must be separated by a horizontal band, such as a belt course, soldier course, band board or other trim, to provide a transition from one material to the other.
Figure 2C.6 - Changes In Exterior Wall Materials
 
   J.   Mechanical Equipment/Utility Meters:
      1.   In no case shall mechanical equipment or utility meters be located along the street side of a building. Mechanical structures must be set back and screened according to the applicable provisions set forth in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
      2.   Dumpsters and recycling bins must be located in areas that are not visible from public streets and may not be located in a right of way.
   K.   Ground Floor Commercial Space: The following provisions apply to new buildings constructed for multi-family, group living, or commercial uses. These provisions provide the opportunity for ground level commercial uses by requiring buildings to be constructed in a way that is conducive for commercial uses. These provisions do not apply to buildings that are constructed for single-family and two-family uses and are not intended to prevent buildings constructed originally for single-family and two-family uses from being converted over time to other uses allowed in the MU zone.
      1.   On the ground level floor, the floor to ceiling height must be at least fourteen feet (14').
      2.   For the ground level floor of the building, construction must meet the building code specifications for commercial uses.
      3.   A minimum of fifty percent (50%) of the building facade between two (2) and ten feet (10') in height from the adjacent exterior grade must be comprised of clear and highly transparent windows and doors. Reflective (mirrored) or colored glass is not permitted. Such windows must allow views into the interior space or be storefront display windows that are set into the wall. Display cases attached to the outside building wall do not qualify. The bottom of such windows must be no more than four feet (4') above the level of the adjacent sidewalk (see section 14-2C-7, figure 2C.2 of this article).
      4.   To encourage commercial activity at the street level, entrances to the ground level floor of a building that fronts on a public street or pedestrian plaza should be no more than one foot (1') above the level of the abutting sidewalk or pedestrian plaza. In addition, the ground level floor height for buildings that front on a street should be no more than one foot (1') above the level of the abutting sidewalk or pedestrian plaza. On sloping building sites and for existing buildings, the city may adjust these requirements. However, on sloping sites at least a portion of the ground level floor height of any new building must be located no more than one foot (1') above the level of the abutting sidewalk or pedestrian plaza; and the floor height of the ground level floor of the building must be no more than three feet (3') above the level of the abutting public sidewalk or pedestrian plaza at any point along a street-facing building facade.
   L.   Drive-Through Facilities: Drive-through facilities are not permitted in the MU zone.
   M.   Outdoor Storage And Display:
      1.   Outdoor storage and display areas are not permitted in the MU zone, except for approved temporary uses. (See chapter 4, article D of this title.)
      2.   The storage of combustible or flammable materials or liquids is strictly regulated according to the provisions of chapter 5, article H, "Performance Standards", of this title, and according to the international fire code, as amended.
   N.   Single-Family And Two-Family Uses In MU Zone: The following provisions apply to single-family uses and two-family uses in the MU zone. Two-family uses and attached single-family dwellings are also subject to the applicable provisions contained in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title. If provisions of this subsection conflict with provisions in chapter 4, article B of this title, the provisions of this subsection will apply.
      1.   Garage entrances and/or off street parking must be oriented toward and accessed from a rear alley or private rear lane, if available. If an alley or private rear lane is not available, then driveway access is permitted from the street, provided the driveway does not exceed twelve feet (12') in width and any street-facing garage entrance is set back at least twenty feet (20') further than the street-facing facade of the dwelling. The length of any street-facing garage wall that is visible from the street may not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the length of the street-facing building facade, as measured along the same street frontage. On corner lots, only one street-facing garage wall must meet this standard. (See figure 2C.7 of this section for some examples of acceptable garage placement.)
Figure 2C.7 - Examples Of Garage Placement In The MU Zone
 
      2.   Each dwelling unit must have a main entrance that is visible from and oriented toward the street. To meet this standard, the main entrance must face the street, be at an angle of up to forty five degrees (45°) from the street, or open onto a porch. The main entrance may not face an alley.
      3.   At least fifteen percent (15%) of any street-facing facade must be windows or pedestrian entryway doors. Windows in garage doors do not count toward meeting this standard, but windows in a garage wall do count toward meeting this standard. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; Ord. 06-4220, 7-18-2006; Ord. 06-4245, 12-12-2006; Ord. 14-4586, 6-3-2014; Ord. 23-4914, 11-6-2023)

14-2C-10: SPECIAL EXCEPTIONS AND MINOR MODIFICATIONS TO SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS:

A special exception may be granted to waive or modify certain provisions of section 14-2C-6, 14-2C-7, 14-2C-8, or 14-2C-9 of this article through the commercial reuse or historic preservation exceptions in accordance with section 14-2C-11, “Special Provisions.” A minor modification to adjust specific provisions of section 14-2C-6, 14-2C-7, 14-2C-8, or 14-2C-9 of this article, may be requested in either of the qualifying situations listed below. Such requests will be reviewed by the design review committee, the director of planning and community development, and the building official according to the procedures for minor modifications as set forth in chapter 8, article B of this title and must meet the following approval criteria. The following approval criteria are to be applied in lieu of the general approval criteria listed in section 14-4B-1, “Minor Modifications”, of this title:
   A.   Qualifying Situation: The configuration of the lot or other existing physical condition of the lot makes the application of a specific standard impractical. In such a case, the applicant must demonstrate that the following approval criteria are met:
      1.   The applicant must provide evidence that the configuration of the lot, the topography, or other physical characteristic of the property makes the application of a specific standard impractical. Examples of situations that may qualify include double fronting lots, triangular shaped lots, and steeply sloping lots.
      2.   The applicant must demonstrate that the proposed alternative design is not contrary to the intent of the site development standards.
      3.   The applicant must propose an alternative site or building design that best meets the intent of the specific standard being modified.
      4.   The requested modification will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare or be injurious to other property or improvements in the vicinity and in the zone in which the property is located.
      5.   The requested modification does not allow a use or activity not otherwise expressly authorized by the regulations governing the subject property.
      6.   The requested modification complies with other applicable statutes, ordinances, laws and regulations.
   B.   Qualifying Situation: The proposed site or building is uniquely designed to fit the site and the surrounding area. In such a situation, the applicant must demonstrate that the following approval criteria are met:
      1.   The applicant proposes an alternative design solution that equally or better meets the intent of the specific standard being modified.
      2.   The proposed site or building design is uniquely designed to fit the characteristics of the site and the surrounding area such that it equally or better meets the purpose of the site development standards.
      3.   The requested modification will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare or be injurious to other property or improvements in the vicinity and in the zone in which the property is located.
      4.   The requested modification does not allow a use or activity not otherwise expressly authorized by the regulations governing the subject property.
      5.   The requested modification complies with other applicable statutes, ordinances, laws and regulations. (Ord. 06-4220, 7-18-2006)

14-2C-11: SPECIAL PROVISIONS:

   A.   Historic Preservation Exception: The Board of Adjustment may grant a special exception to waive or modify any dimensional or site development standards listed in this article or in chapter 5 of this title or any approval criteria listed in chapter 4, article B of this title that would prevent use or occupancy of a property located in a Historic District Overlay (OHD) or registered on the National Register of Historic Places. In addition to the general special exception approval criteria set forth in chapter 4, article B of this title, the following approval criteria must be met:
      1.   The modification or waiver will help preserve the historic, aesthetic, or cultural attributes of the property.
      2.   The applicant must obtain a certificate of appropriateness from the Historic Preservation Commission.
   B.   Highway Commercial Zone Exemption:
      1.   Dairy products processing and packaging facilities established in the highway commercial zone prior to January 1983 are to be treated as a conforming use and as such may continue. Such a facility must otherwise comply with all the requirements and regulations of the highway commercial zone and other applicable regulations of this title.
      2.   If an existing dairy products processing and packaging facility, as described in subsection B1 of this section, is discontinued for a period of one year, such facility will lose the conforming rights granted in said subsection B1 of this section and must be converted to a use that is allowed in the CH-1 zone according to section 14-2C-2, table 2C-1, of this article. The dairy products processing and packaging facility will be deemed “converted” when the existing use is terminated and a new use commences and continues for a period of seven (7) consecutive days.
   C.   Riverfront Crossings District:
FIGURE 2C.8
RIVERFRONT CROSSINGS DISTRICT BOUNDARIES
   D.   Commercial Reuse Exception
      1.   Purpose. The commercial reuse exception allows the alteration of existing buildings for which the constraints of the building and/or site make it difficult to meet certain zoning code standards. It is intended primarily for use in less intense commercial areas in or near developed residential neighborhoods.
      2.   Applicability. The exception provides flexibility in the design and use of existing structures provided the following circumstances are met:
         a.   The exception is requested for an alteration or expansion of an existing building;
         b.   The project does not result in the demolition of any existing principal structures;
         c.   The property is not designated as an Iowa City landmark or registered in the National Register of Historic Places; and
         d.   The property is not in a CI-1, CH-1, or CB-10 zone.
      3.   Waivers. The Board of Adjustment may grant a special exception to waive or modify any approval criteria listed in 14-4B-4 “Specific Approval Criteria for Provisional Uses and Special Exceptions” or 14-4C-2 “Specific Approval Criteria,” or any standard in 14-2C-4 “Dimensional Requirements”, 14-2C-6 “Commercial Site Development Standards”, 14-2C-7 “Central Business Site Development Standards”, 14-2C-8 “CN-1 Zone Site Development Standards”, 14-2C-9 “Site Development Standards in MU Zone”, or 14-5 “Site Development Standards. However, waivers and modifications cannot be requested for required minimum distances separating land uses or standards in 14-5I “Sensitive Lands and Features” and 14-5J “Floodplain Management Standards”.
      4.   Approval Criteria. In addition to the general special exception approval criteria set forth in chapter 4, article B of this title, the following approval criteria must be met:
         a.   The exception is necessary due to existing building or site constraints that make it difficult to meet that standard.
         b.   The exception will be compatible with and/or complementary to adjacent development in terms of building mass and scale, relative amount of open space, traffic circulation, general layout, and lighting.
         c.   The exception will not adversely affect views, noise, stormwater runoff, light and air, and privacy of neighboring properties any more than would a development that satisfies the applicable standard.
         d.   The exception is not contrary to the intent of the standard.
         e.   The exception will be in the public interest.
   E.   Sustainability Density Bonus: The minimum lot size or minimum lot area per unit may be reduced by ten percent (10%) of the applicable requirement for each of the following provisions that is met, up to a maximum of twenty-five percent (25%). This bonus may be used in conjunction with subsection 14-5A-4F10 (Sustainability Parking Reduction).
      1.   A solar energy system is installed onsite where the size is equal to forty percent (40%) of the surface area of the roofs of all buildings.
      2.   All uses within the development utilize electricity for one hundred percent (100%) of their regular energy consumption after construction.
      3.   All buildings within the development are constructed to the most current edition of the International Energy Conservation Code standards published by the International Code Council.
   F.   Affordable Housing Bonus: Residential uses are eligible to utilize affordable housing bonuses pursuant to Article 14-4F, "Affordable Housing". (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 06-4220, 7-18-2006; Ord. 13-4520, 4-9-2013; Ord. 20-4833, 11-17-2020; Ord. 22-4884, 8-2-2022; Ord. 23-4893, 1-24-2023; Ord. 23-4914, 11-6-2023)

14-2D-1: ESTABLISHMENT AND INTENT OF INDUSTRIAL AND RESEARCH ZONES:

The full names, short names, and map symbols of the established industrial and research zones are listed below. When this title refers to industrial zones it is referring to the general industrial zone (I-1) and the heavy industrial zone (I-2) listed below. When this title refers to the research zones, it is referring to the research development park zone (RDP) and the office research park zone (ORP) listed below.
   A.   General Industrial Zone (I-1): The purpose of the general industrial zone (I-1) is to provide the opportunity for the development of most types of industrial firms. Regulations are designed to protect adjacent development.
   B.   Heavy Industrial Zone (I-2): The purpose of the heavy industrial zone (I-2) is to provide for heavy or intense industries. The zone is designed primarily for manufacturing and fabrication activities, including large scale or specialized operations having external effects that could impact adjacent less intense commercial or industrial uses.
   C.   Research Development Park Zone (RDP): The purpose of the research development park zone (RDP) is to provide areas for the development of office, research, production or assembly firms and other complementary uses. Office and research uses should predominate in the zone. The requirements of this zone protect uses in this zone from adverse impacts of uses on adjacent land. Hotels, motels and similar uses should be located along the periphery of the zone or in locations that do not adversely affect the setting and quality of other development for the uses permitted in the zone.
   D.   Office Research Park Zone (ORP): The purpose of the office and research park zone (ORP) is to provide areas for the development of large office and research firms and other complementary uses. The requirements of this zone protect uses in the zone from adverse impact of uses on adjacent land and protect adjacent more restrictive uses. Hotels, motels and similar uses should be located along the periphery of the zone or in such other locations that do not adversely affect the setting and quality of development for the permitted uses of this zone. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)

14-2D-2: LAND USES ALLOWED:

   A.   Determining Principal Uses Allowed:
      1.   Table 2D-1, located at the end of this section, indicates whether a principal land use is permitted (P), allowed with provisions (PR), or allowed by special exception (S) in a particular industrial or research park zone. A number in superscript indicates that a special provision applies. See table notes for more information.
      2.   Specific land uses are grouped into the categories and subgroups listed in the table. For example, a firm that specializes in developing computer software is classified as technical/light manufacturing. To find out how a specific land use is categorized, see chapter 4, article A, "Use Categories", of this title.
      3.   Provisional uses are allowed, subject to the additional requirements contained in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title.
      4.   Uses listed as special exceptions are allowed only after approval from the Iowa City board of adjustment. The general approval criteria for special exceptions are stated in chapter 4, article B of this title along with specific approval criteria for most special exception uses.
   B.   Accessory Uses Allowed: Regulations pertaining to accessory uses are stated in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
Table 2D-1: Principal Uses Allowed In Industrial And Research Zones
Use Categories
Subgroups
I-1
I-2
RDP
ORP
Use Categories
Subgroups
I-1
I-2
RDP
ORP
Commercial uses:
 
 
 
 
 
Building trade
 
P
P
Commercial recreational1
Outdoor
Indoor
S
S
Office
General office
P
P
Medical/dental office
P
P
Redemption center
P
P
P
P
Retail
Sales oriented
Personal service oriented
Alcohol sales oriented
Repair oriented
Hospitality oriented retail
S
S
Outdoor storage and display oriented
 
Tobacco sales oriented
 
 
 
 
Industrial uses:
 
 
 
 
 
Industrial service
 
P
P
Manufacturing and production
Technical/light manufacturing
P
P
P
P
General manufacturing
PR
P
Heavy manufacturing
S
P
Salvage operations
 
S
Self-service storage
 
P
P
Warehouse and freight movement
 
P
P
PR
PR
Waste related
 
PR
PR
Wholesale sales
 
P
P
PR
PR
Institutional and civic uses:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic utility
 
PR
PR
PR/S
PR/S
Colleges and universities
Public
Private
S
S
Community service
General community service
S
Community service - shelter
Daycare
 
PR
PR
Parks and open space
 
PR
PR
Utility-scale ground-mounted solar energy systems
 
PR
PR
S
S
Other uses:
 
Aviation related
Airports
Helicopter landing facilities
S
S
S
S
Extraction
 
PR
Communication transmission facility
 
PR
PR
PR/S
PR/S
Consumer fireworks sales
 
PR
PR
 
 
P
=
Permitted
PR
=
Provisional
S
=
Special exception (See chapter 4, article B of this title for requirements for provisional uses and special exceptions.)
 
Note:
    1.    Any establishment that is licensed by the State to sell alcohol or alcoholic beverages is subject to the use classification process as set forth in subsection 14-4A-2G of this title.
(Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 09-4341, 6-2-2009; Ord. 09-4358, 10-20-2009; Ord. 11-4452, 10-18-2011; Ord. 17-4732, 11-21-2017; Ord. 20-4817, 1-7-2020; Ord. 24-4940, 11-4-2024; Ord. 24-4941, 12-10-2024)

14-2D-3: GENERAL PROVISIONS:

All principal and accessory uses allowed in this zone, whether allowed as a permitted, provisional or special exception use, are subject to the use regulations and site development standards contained in chapters 4 and 5 of this title and, if applicable, the overlay zone provisions contained in chapter 3 of this title. Said chapters are indicated as follows:
   A.   Overlay Zones:
      1.   Planned development overlay: See chapter 3, article A of this title.
      2.   Historic district and conservation district overlay: See chapter 3, article B of this title.
      3.   Design review: See chapter 3, article C of this title.
   B.   Use Regulations:
      1.   Minor modifications, variances, special exceptions and provisional uses: See chapter 4, article B of this title.
      2.   Accessory uses and buildings: See chapter 4, article C of this title.
      3.   Temporary uses: See chapter 4, article D of this title.
      4.   Nonconforming situations: See chapter 4, article E of this title.
   C.   Site Development Standards:
      1.   Off street parking and loading standards: See chapter 5, article A of this title.
      2.   Sign regulations: See chapter 5, article B of this title.
      3.   Access management standards: See chapter 5, article C of this title.
      4.   Intersection visibility standards: See chapter 5, article D of this title.
      5.   Landscaping and tree standards: See chapter 5, article E of this title.
      6.   Screening and buffering standards: See chapter 5, article F of this title.
      7.   Outdoor lighting standards: See chapter 5, article G of this title.
      8.   Performance standards: See chapter 5, article H of this title.
      9.   Sensitive lands and features: See chapter 5, article I of this title.
      10.   Floodplain management standards: See chapter 5, article J of this title.
      11.   Neighborhood open space requirements: See chapter 5, article K of this title. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)

14-2D-4: DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS:

The dimensional requirements for the industrial and research zones are stated in table 2D-2, located at the end of this section. The following subsections describe in more detail the regulations for each of the dimensional requirements listed in the table. Provisional uses and uses allowed by special exception may have specific dimensional requirements not specified in table 2D-2, located at the end of this section.
   A.   Minimum Lot Requirements:
      1.   Purpose: The minimum lot area and width requirements are intended to ensure that a lot is of a size, width, and frontage that is appropriate for the uses permitted in the subject zone and will ensure, in most cases, that the other site development standards of this title can be met.
      2.   Standards: Generally, the minimum lot area and width standards for the various industrial and research zones are stated in table 2D-2, located at the end of this section. The industrial zones do not have minimum lot size, width, or frontage requirements in order to provide opportunities for industrial businesses of all types and sizes to find appropriate locations within the city. The research zones have large minimum lot sizes in order to provide the opportunity for land intensive industrial/research firms to locate within the city, and, in the case of the ORP zone, to preserve a campus like setting.
      3.   Minimum Lot Sizes For Specific Land Uses:
         a.   Provisional uses and uses allowed by special exception may have specific lot size requirements not specified in table 2D-2, located at the end of this section. Approval criteria for these uses are addressed in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title.
         b.   If a minimum lot size is specified within a zone for a particular land use, whether permitted, provisional or a special exception, that use may not be established on a smaller lot, even if smaller lots are permitted in the subject base zone, except as permitted under chapter 4, article E, "Nonconforming Situations", of this title.
   B.   Minimum Setback Requirements:
      1.   Purpose: The minimum setback requirements are intended to:
         a.   Maintain light, air, separation for fire protection, and access for firefighting;
         b.   Provide opportunities for privacy between buildings;
         c.   Promote a reasonable physical relationship between buildings; and
         d.   Provide flexibility to site a building so that it is compatible with buildings in the vicinity.
      2.   General Setback Requirements: Generally, the minimum required setbacks for principal buildings in the industrial and research zones are stated in table 2D-2, located at the end of this section. The minimum setbacks for principal buildings create required setback areas within which principal buildings are not allowed, except for certain building features as specified in this subsection.
      3.   Specific Setback Requirements: The following provisions contain setback requirements for the industrial and research zones that apply in specific situations:
         a.   Side And Rear Setbacks: If a side or rear setback is provided where not required, the side or rear setback must be at least five feet (5'). Additional setbacks may apply if the property is in proximity to a residential zone. See subsection B3d of this section.
         b.   Lots With Multiple Frontages:
            (1)   On corner lots, no building, structure or planting, unless specifically exempted, may be located within the vision triangle, as set forth in chapter 5, article D, "Intersection Visibility Standards", of this title.
            (2)   If a lot fronting on two (2) or more streets is required to have a front setback, a minimum setback equal to the required front setback must be provided along all streets, and such setback will be considered a front setback for purposes of this title.
         c.   Lots With Multiple Buildings: The principal buildings on a lot must be separated by a horizontal distance of at least ten feet (10'). Proximity of building walls will be subject to all current building code fire protection requirements.
         d.   Lots In Proximity To Residential Zone: Where a side or rear lot line for a lot in an industrial zone abuts a residential zone, a setback at least equal to the required setback in the abutting residential zone must be provided along the residential zone boundary. In addition, any building containing an industrial use must be set back at least one hundred feet (100') from any residential zone boundary.
      4.   Building Features Permitted Within Required Setback Area: The following building features may extend into the required principal building setback area specified, subject to the conditions indicated, and provided that location of such a feature does not violate the provisions of chapter 5, article D, "Intersection Visibility Standards", of this title. The setback regulations for detached accessory structures and structures not considered part of the principal building are addressed in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
         a.   Awnings, uncovered balconies, bay windows, belt courses, buttresses, canopies, chimneys, cornices, sills, and other similar features that extend beyond the wall of a principal building may project up to six feet (6') into the required front or rear setbacks. Except for balconies, bay windows, and chimneys, all such projecting building features may extend up to three feet (3') into the required side setback. Balconies and bay windows may not extend into the required side setback. Chimneys may extend up to two feet (2') into the required side setback. Projections from the principal building must in all cases be at least two feet (2') from any side lot line.
         b.   Covered porches, covered decks, and covered patios that are attached to the principal building must comply with the principal building setbacks of the base zone. The standards for uncovered decks and patios are specified in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title. Covered porches, covered decks, and covered patios that are attached to an accessory building must comply with the standards for accessory buildings as specified in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
         c.   Fire escapes may extend into any setback, provided they do not extend more than three and one-half feet (31/2') into any side setback.
         d.   Stoops and wheelchair ramps that function as a means of access to the ground or first floor of a building may extend into the rear setback, up to eight feet (8') into the required front setback, and into the side setback, provided they are set back at least three feet (3') from any side lot line. In cases where, due to topography or other site characteristics, a wheelchair ramp cannot meet this standard, a minor modification may be requested according to the approval criteria and procedures for minor modifications contained in chapter 4, article B of this title.
      5.   Adjustments To Principal Building Setback Requirements:
         a.   A minor modification to reduce principal building setback requirements may be requested according to the approval criteria and procedures for minor modifications contained in chapter 4, article B of this title.
         b.   A special exception may be requested to reduce principal building setback requirements beyond what is allowed by minor modification. The board of adjustment may adjust setback requirements if the owner or lawful occupant of a property demonstrates that the general special exception approval criteria and the following specific approval criteria have been satisfied:
            (1)   The situation is peculiar to the property in question;
            (2)   There is practical difficulty in complying with the setback requirements;
            (3)   Granting the exception will not be contrary to the purpose of the setback regulations; and
            (4)   Any potential negative effects resulting from the setback exception are mitigated to the extent practical.
            (5)   The subject building will be located no closer than three feet (3') to a side or rear property line, unless the side or rear property line abuts a public right of way or permanent open space.
   C.   Height Standards:
      1.   Purpose: The height regulations are intended to promote a reasonable building scale and relationship between buildings; provide options for light, air, and privacy; and discourage buildings that visually dominate other buildings in the vicinity.
      2.   Standards: Generally, the maximum height standards for principal structures in the industrial and research zones are stated in table 2D-2, located at the end of this section. Height standards for accessory buildings are addressed in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
      3.   Exemptions: If allowed in the subject zone, the following structures or parts thereof are exempt from the maximum height standards, provided an increase in height does not conflict with chapter 6, "Airport Zoning", of this title:
         a.   Chimneys or flues.
         b.   Spires on religious or other institutional buildings.
         c.   Cupolas, domes, skylights and other similar roof protrusions not used for the purpose of obtaining habitable floor space.
         d.   Farm structures, including barns, silos, storage bins and similar structures when accessory to an allowed agriculture use.
         e.   Flagpoles that extend not more than ten feet (10') above the height limit or not more than five feet (5') above the highest point of the roof, whichever is less.
         f.   Grain elevators.
         g.   Parapet or fire walls.
         h.   Poles, towers and other structures accessory to a basic utility use, such as streetlights and utility poles.
         i.   If allowed in the subject zone, basic utilities and communication transmission facilities are exempt from the base zone height standards, but are subject to any limitations set forth in chapter 4, article B of this title.
         j.   Roof structures, including solar energy systems, elevator bulkheads, stairways, ventilating fans, cooling towers and similar necessary mechanical and electrical appurtenances required to operate and maintain the building.
         k.   Stacks.
         l.   Storage tanks and water towers.
         m.   Television antennas and similar apparatus.
      4.   Adjustment Of Maximum Height Standards:
         a.   The maximum height for a principal building may be increased; provided, that for each foot of height increase above the height standard, the front, side, and rear setbacks are each increased by an additional two feet (2'); and provided, that an increase in height does not conflict with the provisions of chapter 6, "Airport Zoning", of this title.
         b.   A minor modification may also be requested to adjust the maximum height for a particular building or property according to the procedures and approval criteria for minor modifications contained in chapter 4, article B of this title.
   D.   Maximum Lot Coverage Standards:
      1.   Purpose: The maximum lot coverage standard helps to define the character of zone by limiting the land area that can be covered by buildings. These standards work in conjunction with the minimum lot requirements and height standards to determine how built up an area appears.
      2.   Standards: The maximum lot coverage standards for the industrial and research zones are stated in table 2D-2, located at the end of this section. The maximum lot coverage standard establishes the percentage of the total area of a lot that can be covered by buildings. The total footprint of all buildings on the property, including both principal and accessory buildings, is used to calculate the lot coverage.
Table 2D-2: Dimensional Requirements For Industrial And Research Zones
 
 
Minimum Lot Requirements
Minimum Setbacks
Maximum Height (ft.)
Maximum Lot Coverage (percent)
Zone
Total Area (s.f.)
Width (ft.)
Minimum Frontage (ft.)
Front (ft.)
Side (ft.)
Rear (ft.)
I-1
none
none
none
201
01
01
45
none
I-2
none
none
none
100
01
01
45
none
RDP
1 acre
none
none
201
01
01
45
50
ORP
7 acres
none
none
150
100
100
none
none
 
Note to table 2D-2:
   1.   A setback is not required where a side or rear lot line abuts a nonresidential zone. However, where a side or rear lot line abuts a residential zone, a setback at least equal to the required setback in the abutting residential zone must be provided along the residential zone boundary. In addition, any building containing an industrial use must be set back at least 100 feet from any residential zone boundary.
(Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 09-4365, 12-1-2009; Ord. 23-4893, 1-24-2023)

14-2D-5: INDUSTRIAL AND RESEARCH ZONE SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS:

   A.   Purpose: The industrial and research zone site development standards ensure that industrial uses and parking areas are set back and screened from view of dissimilar uses and that on site storage of materials is handled in a safe manner.
   B.   Applicability: The standards of this section apply to all development in the I-1, I-2, RDP, and ORP zones, unless specifically exempted.
   C.   Site Plan Review Procedure: Review for compliance with the standards and requirements of this section will occur as a part of the site plan review process.
   D.   Setback Standards For Parking And Loading Areas:
      1.   Front Setback Requirements:
         a.   In the ORP zone, parking and loading areas must be set back at least one hundred fifty feet (150') from any front or street-side lot line. However, up to ten percent (10%) of the required parking spaces may encroach within that setback, but may be located no closer than fifty feet (50') to a street.
         b.   In the I-1, I-2, and RDP zones, parking and loading areas must be set back at least ten feet (10') from any front and street- side lot lines. However, any parking spaces and aisles located within fifty feet (50') of a residential zone boundary must be set back at least twenty feet (20') from any front and street- side lot lines.
      2.   Side And Rear Setback Requirements: Parking areas and loading areas must be set back at least five feet (5') from any (nonstreet-side) side or rear lot line. However, parking areas, loading areas, aisles and drives must be set back at least ten feet (10') from any side or rear lot line that abuts a property zoned residential. The city may exempt from these setback regulations any specific locations along a lot line where a parking area, aisle or drive is shared with an abutting lot.
      3.   Drives:
         a.   Drives that are internal to a parking area, including drives that provide circulation around the perimeter of a parking area are considered part of the parking area and must meet the setback standards as specified above. Drives that are external to a parking area must be set back at least three feet (3') from any abutting property that is zoned nonresidential, unless the drive is pitched or curbed and drained to prevent the flow of water onto adjoining property or unless a drainage course has been established along lot lines to handle storm water runoff. Any specific locations along a side or rear lot line where a drive is shared with an abutting lot may be exempted from these standards.
         b.   Drives must be set back at least ten feet (10') from any abutting property that is zoned residential.
   E.   Screening Requirements:
      1.   Parking areas, loading areas, and drives must be screened from view along arterial street rights of way to at least the S2 standard. (See chapter 5, article F, "Screening And Buffering Standards", of this title.)
      2.   Where a lot occupied by a commercial or industrial use abuts or is across a street or railroad right of way from a residential zone, daycare use, educational facility, parks and open space use, or the Iowa River, any parking and loading areas and outdoor work and storage areas must be located behind buildings or screened from view of said uses and zones to at least the S3 standard.
      3.   Any aboveground storage tanks must be screened from public view to at least the S3 standard.
      4.   Screening may be waived by the building official where the view is or will be blocked by a change in grade or by the natural or humanmade features as determined by the building official.
      5.   Screening requirements may be waived by the building official upon presentation of convincing evidence that a planting screen cannot be expected to thrive in a particular location because of intense shade, soil conditions, or other site characteristics. The presence of existing pavement, by itself, shall not constitute convincing evidence. If a landscape screening requirement is waived by the building official because plantings cannot be expected to survive, a fence or wall built to the S5 standard must be substituted for the landscape screening.
   F.   Outdoor Storage:
      1.   Outdoor storage of materials and equipment is allowed in all industrial and research zones, provided it is concealed from public view to the extent possible. If it is not feasible to conceal the storage areas behind buildings, the storage areas must be set back at least twenty feet (20') from any public right of way, including public trails and open space, and screened from view to at least the S3 standard. (See chapter 5, article F, "Screening And Buffering Standards", of this title.) If a fence is built around the storage area, the required screening must be located between the fence and the public right of way. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
      2.   Screening may be waived by the building official where the view is or will be blocked by a significant change in grade or by natural or humanmade features, such that screening is effectively provided and the intent of the standard is met, as determined by the building official. (Ord. 06-4245, 12-12-2006)
      3.   The landscape screening requirement for outdoor storage areas may be waived by the building official upon presentation of convincing evidence that a planting screen cannot be expected to thrive because of intense shade, soil conditions, or other site characteristics. The presence of existing pavement, by itself, shall not constitute convincing evidence. If the landscape screening requirement is waived by the building official, a fence built to the S5 standard must be substituted for the landscape screening.
      4.   The storage of combustible or flammable materials or liquids is strictly regulated according to the provisions of chapter 4, article H, "Performance Standards", of this title, and according to the international fire code, as amended. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
   G.   Minor Modifications To Site Development Standards: A minor modification to adjust specific provisions of this section may be requested in either of the qualifying situations listed below. Such requests will be reviewed by the director of planning and community development and the building official according to the procedures for minor modifications as set forth in chapter 8, article B of this title and must meet the following approval criteria. The following approval criteria are to be applied in lieu of the general approval criteria listed in section 14-4B-1, "Minor Modifications", of this title:
      1.   Qualifying Situation: The configuration of the lot or other existing physical condition of the lot makes the application of a specific standard impractical. In such a case, the applicant must demonstrate that the following approval criteria are met:
         a.   The applicant must provide evidence that the configuration of the lot, the topography, or other physical characteristic of the property makes the application of a specific standard impractical. Examples of situations that may qualify include double fronting lots, triangular shaped lots, and steeply sloping lots.
         b.   The applicant must demonstrate that the proposed alternative design is not contrary to the intent of the site development standards.
         c.   The applicant must propose an alternative site or building design that best meets the intent of the specific standard being modified.
         d.   The requested modification will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare or be injurious to other property or improvements in the vicinity and in the zone in which the property is located.
         e.   The requested modification does not allow a use or activity not otherwise expressly authorized by the regulations governing the subject property.
         f.   The requested modification complies with other applicable statutes, ordinances, laws and regulations.
      2.   Qualifying Situation: The proposed site or building is uniquely designed to fit the site and the surrounding area. In such a situation, the applicant must demonstrate that the following approval criteria are met:
         a.   The applicant proposes an alternative design solution that equally or better meets the intent of the specific standard being modified.
         b.   The proposed site or building design is uniquely designed to fit the characteristics of the site and the surrounding area such that it equally or better meets the purpose of the site development standards.
         c.   The requested modification will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare or be injurious to other property or improvements in the vicinity and in the zone in which the property is located.
         d.   The requested modification does not allow a use or activity not otherwise expressly authorized by the regulations governing the subject property.
         e.   The requested modification complies with other applicable statutes, ordinances, laws and regulations. (Ord. 06-4220, 7-18-2006)

14-2E-1: ESTABLISHMENT AND INTENT OF INTERIM DEVELOPMENT ZONES:

The full names, short names, and map symbols of the established interim development zones are listed below. When this title refers to interim development zones, it is referring the zones listed below.
   A.   Purpose: The purpose of the interim development zone (ID) is to provide for areas of managed growth in which agricultural and other nonurban uses of land may continue until such time as the city is able to provide city services and urban development can occur. The interim development zone is the default zoning district to which all undeveloped areas should be classified until city services are provided. Upon provision of city services, the city or the property owner may initiate rezoning to zones consistent with the comprehensive plan, as amended.
   B.   Zone Designations: ID designations consist of interim development single-family residential (ID-RS), interim development multi-family residential (ID-RM), interim development commercial (ID-C), interim development industrial (ID-I) and interim development research park (ID-RP), to reflect the intended future use of the property according to the comprehensive plan, as amended. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)

14-2E-2: DETERMINING PRINCIPAL USES ALLOWED:

   A.   Determining Principal Uses Allowed:
      1.   Table 2E-1, located at the end of this section, indicates whether a principal land use is permitted (P), allowed with provisions (PR), or allowed by special exception (S) in the interim development zones.
      2.   Specific land uses are grouped into the categories and subgroups listed in the table. For example, a kennel is classified as an intensive animal related commercial use. To find out how a specific land use is categorized, see chapter 4, article A, "Use Categories", of this title.
      3.   Provisional uses are allowed, subject to the additional requirements contained in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title.
      4.   Uses listed as special exceptions are allowed only after approval from the Iowa City board of adjustment. The general approval criteria for special exceptions are stated in chapter 4, article B of this title along with specific approval criteria for most special exception uses.
   B.   Accessory Uses Allowed: Regulations pertaining to accessory uses are stated in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
Table 2E-1: Principal Uses Allowed In Interim Development Zones
USE CATEGORIES
SUBGROUPS
ID-RS
ID-RM
ID-C
ID-I
ID-RP
USE CATEGORIES
SUBGROUPS
ID-RS
ID-RM
ID-C
ID-I
ID-RP
Residential Uses
Household living uses
Detached single-family dwellings
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Commercial Uses
Animal related commercial uses
General
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
 
Intensive
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Commercial recreational uses
Outdoor oriented
S
S
S
S
S
Institutional And Civic Uses
 
Basic utility uses
 
PR/S
PR
PR/S
Parks and open space uses
 
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Religious/private group assembly uses
 
S
PR
PR
Utility-scale ground-mounted solar energy systems
 
S
PR
S
Other Uses
 
Agricultural uses
Plant related
P
P
P
P
P
Animal related
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
Communication transmission facility uses
 
PR/S
PR/S
PR/S
PR
PR/S
 
P = Permitted
PR = Provisional
S = Special exception (See chapter 4, article B of this title for requirements for provisional uses and special exceptions.)
(Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 09-4358, 10-20-2009; Ord. 20-4817, 1-7-2020)

14-2E-3: GENERAL PROVISIONS:

All principal and accessory uses allowed in this zone, whether allowed as a permitted, provisional or special exception use, are subject to the use regulations and site development standards contained in chapters 4 and 5 of this title, and if applicable, the overlay zone provisions contained in chapter 3 of this title. Said chapters are indicated as follows:
   A.   Overlay Zones:
      1.   Historic district and conservation district overlay: See chapter 3, article B of this title.
      2.   Design review: See chapter 3, article C of this title.
   B.   Use Regulations:
      1.   Minor modifications, variances, special exceptions and provisional uses: See chapter 4, article B of this title.
      2.   Accessory uses and buildings: See chapter 4, article C of this title.
      3.   Temporary uses: See chapter 4, article D of this title.
      4.   Nonconforming situations: See chapter 4, article E of this title.
   C.   Site Development Standards:
      1.   Off street parking and loading standards: See chapter 5, article A of this title.
      2.   Sign regulations: See chapter 5, article B of this title.
      3.   Access management standards: See chapter 5, article C of this title.
      4.   Intersection visibility standards: See chapter 5, article D of this title.
      5.   Landscaping and tree standards: Not applicable.
      6.   Screening and buffering standards: See chapter 5, article F of this title.
      7.   Outdoor lighting standards: See chapter 5, article G of this title.
      8.   Performance standards: See chapter 5, article H of this title.
      9.   Sensitive lands and features: See chapter 5, article I of this title.
      10.   Floodplain management standards: See chapter 5, article J of this title.
      11.   Neighborhood open space requirements: See chapter 5, article K of this title. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)

14-2E-4: DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS:

The dimensional requirements for the interim development zones are stated in table 2E-2, located at the end of this section. The following subsections describe in more detail the regulations for each of the dimensional requirements listed in the table. Provisional uses and uses allowed by special exception may have specific dimensional requirements not specified in table 2E-2, located at the end of this section. Approval criteria for these uses are addressed in chapter 4, article B of this title. Dimensional requirements may be waived or modified for developments approved through the planned development process (see chapter 3, article A, "Planned Development Overlay Zone (OPD)", of this title) or through the historic preservation exception as outlined in section 14-2E-6, "Special Provisions", of this article.
   A.   Minimum Lot Requirements:
      1.   Purpose: The minimum lot area and width requirements are intended to ensure that a lot is of a size, width, and frontage that is appropriate for the uses permitted in the subject zone and will ensure, in most cases, that the other site development standards of this title can be met.
      2.   Standards: Generally, the minimum lot area and width standards for the interim development zones are stated in table 2E-2, located at the end of this section.
      3.   Minimum Lot Sizes For Specific Land Uses: Provisional uses and uses allowed by special exception may have specific lot size requirements not specified in table 2E-2, located at the end of this section. Approval criteria for these uses are addressed in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title.
   B.   Minimum Setback Requirements:
      1.   Purpose: The minimum setback requirements in the interim development zones are intended to ensure that any development that occurs in the interim will be compatible with the setbacks for future development of the property once city services are provided and the property is rezoned according to the comprehensive plan. The setback requirements also promote a reasonable physical relationship between development in the interim development zone and other adjacent zones.
      2.   General Setback Requirements: Generally, the minimum required setbacks for principal buildings in interim development zones are stated in table 2E-2, located at the end of this section. The minimum setbacks for principal buildings create required setback areas within which principal buildings are not allowed, except for certain building features as specified in this subsection.
      3.   Specific Setback Requirements: The following provisions contain setback requirements that apply in specific situations:
         a.   Setbacks Along Arterial Streets:
            (1)   On lots platted after December 31, 1983, a minimum forty foot (40') front setback is required along any lot line that abuts an arterial street or future arterial street as shown on the Iowa City arterial street map, located in chapter 5, article C, "Access Management Standards", of this title.
            (2)   If a lot is located along an arterial street that is substandard with regard to the width of the public right of way, as specified in title 15 of this code, then the minimum forty foot (40') front setback along said street is increased by the number of additional feet that will be required for future upgrade of said street to city standards. Lots platted prior to December 31, 1983, are exempt from this requirement.
         b.   Side And Rear Setbacks In All Zones: In all interim development zones, if a side or rear setback is provided where not required, the side or rear setback must be at least five feet (5').
         c.   Lots With Multiple Frontages:
            (1)   On corner lots, no building, structure or planting, unless specifically exempted, may be located within the vision triangle, as set forth in chapter 5, article D, "Intersection Visibility Standards", of this title.
            (2)   If a lot fronting on two (2) or more streets is required to have a front setback, a minimum setback equal to the required front setback must be provided along all streets, and such setback will be considered a front setback for purposes of this title.
         d.   Lots With Multiple Buildings: The principal buildings on the lot must be separated by a horizontal distance that is equal to the height of the highest building. Proximity of building walls will be subject to all current building code fire protection requirements.
         e.   Lots Adjacent To Residential Zone: Where a side or rear lot line for a lot in an interim development zone abuts a residential zone, a setback at least equal to the required setback in the abutting residential zone must be provided along the residential zone boundary.
      4.   Building Features Permitted Within Required Setback Area: The following building features may extend into the required principal building setback area specified, subject to the conditions indicated, and provided, that location of such a feature does not violate the provisions of chapter 5, article D, "Intersection Visibility Standards", of this title. The setback regulations for detached accessory structures and structures not considered part of the principal building are addressed in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
         a.   Awnings, uncovered balconies, bay windows, belt courses, buttresses, canopies, chimneys, cornices, sills, and other similar features that extend beyond the wall of a principal building may project up to six feet (6') into the required front or rear setbacks. Except for balconies, bay windows, and chimneys, all such projecting building features may extend up to three feet (3') into the required side setback. Balconies and bay windows may not extend into the required side setback. Chimneys may extend up to two feet (2') into the required side setback. Projections from the principal building must in all cases be at least two feet (2') from any side lot line.
         b.   Covered porches, covered decks, and covered patios that are attached to the principal building must comply with the principal building setbacks of the base zone. The standards for uncovered decks and patios are specified in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title. Covered porches, covered decks, and covered patios that are attached to an accessory building must comply with the standards for accessory buildings as specified in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
         c.   Fire escapes may extend into any setback, provided they do not extend more than three and one-half feet (31/2') into any side setback.
         d.   Stairways that function as the principal means of access to dwelling units located above the ground or first floor of a building may not extend into any required setback. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
         e.   Stoops and wheelchair ramps that function as a means of access to the ground or first floor of a building may extend into the rear setback, up to eight feet (8') into the required front setback, and into the side setback, provided they are set back at least three feet (3') from any side lot line. In cases where, due to topography or other site characteristics, a wheelchair ramp cannot meet this standard, a minor modification may be requested according to the approval criteria and procedures for minor modifications contained in chapter 4, article B of this title. (Ord. 09-4365, 12-1-2009)
      5.   Adjustments To Principal Building Setback Requirements:
         a.   A minor modification to reduce principal building setback requirements may be requested according to the approval criteria and procedures for minor modifications contained in chapter 4, article B of this title.
         b.   A special exception may be requested to reduce principal building setback requirements beyond what is allowed by minor modification. The board of adjustment may adjust setback requirements if the owner or lawful occupant of a property demonstrates that the general special exception approval criteria and the following specific approval criteria have been satisfied:
            (1)   The situation is peculiar to the property in question;
            (2)   There is practical difficulty in complying with the setback requirements;
            (3)   Granting the exception will not be contrary to the purpose of the setback regulations; and
            (4)   Any potential negative effects resulting from the setback exception are mitigated to the extent practical.
            (5)   The subject building will be located no closer than three feet (3') to a side or rear property line, unless the side or rear property line abuts a public right-of-way or permanent open space.
   C.   Minimum Building Width:
      1.   Purpose: The minimum building width requirements promote a reasonable building scale and relationship between dwellings in a neighborhood.
      2.   Standards: The minimum building width requirements for residential structures in the interim development zones are stated in table 2E-2 below. A building must be in compliance with the specified minimum building width for at least seventy five percent (75%) of the building's length.
Table 2E-2: Dimensional Requirements For The Interim Development Zones
 
Minimum Lot Requirements
Minimum Setbacks
Building Bulk Standards
Total Area
Width (Ft.)
Minimum Frontage (Ft.)
Front (Ft.)
Side (Ft.)
Rear (Ft.)
Minimum Building Width (Ft.)
10 acres 1
80
40
25
5+22
20
203
 
Notes:
   1.    In areas designated ID-RS, detached single-family dwellings may be developed on minimum lot areas of 5 acres according to the applicable provisions in chapter 4, article B of this title.
   2.    Minimum side setback is 5 feet for the first 2 stories, plus 2 feet for each additional story.
   3.    A building must be in compliance with the specified minimum building width for at least 75 percent of the building's length.
(Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)

14-2E-5: MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY FOR HOUSEHOLD LIVING USES:

The residential occupancy of a household living use is limited to one "household" per dwelling unit, as this term is defined in chapter 9, article A, "General Definitions", of this title. The residential occupancy of a household living use is constrained by the provisions of title 17, chapter 5, "Housing Code", of this Code. Occupancy of properties that are not in compliance with the minimum Zoning Code requirements may be limited as set forth in subsection 17-5-18S, "Regulation Of Noncompliant Situations", of this Code. (Ord. 18-4744, 4-2-2018)

14-2E-6: SPECIAL PROVISIONS:

   A.   Water And Sewer Facilities: All uses must provide approved private water and sanitary sewer facilities until such time as the City extends services to the area.
   B.   Historic Preservation Exceptions:
      1.   The Board of Adjustment may grant a special exception to waive or modify any dimensional or site development standards listed in this article or in chapter 5 of this title or any approval criteria listed in chapter 4, article B of this title that would prevent use or occupancy of a property designated as an Iowa City landmark or registered on the National Register of Historic Places. In addition to the general special exception approval criteria set forth in chapter 4, article B of this title, the following approval criteria must be met:
         a.   The modification or waiver will help preserve the historic, aesthetic, or cultural attributes of the property.
         b.   The applicant must obtain a certificate of appropriateness from the Historic Preservation Commission.
      2.   The Board of Adjustment may grant a special exception to allow a property designated as an Iowa City landmark or registered on the National Register of Historic Places to be adapted and reused as a community service use, specialized educational facility, or hospitality oriented retail use. In addition to the general special exception approval criteria listed in chapter 4, article B of this title, the applicant must also meet the following criteria in order for the board to grant this exception:
         a.   The exception will help preserve the historic, aesthetic, or cultural attributes of the property.
         b.   The applicant must obtain a certificate of appropriateness from the Historic Preservation Commission. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)

14-2F-1: ESTABLISHMENT AND INTENT OF PUBLIC ZONES:

The full names, short names, and map symbols of the established public zones are listed below. When this title refers to public zones, it is referring to the zones listed below.
   A.   Purpose: The purpose of the public zones is to provide reference to public ownership and use of land, or to use of the land for infrastructure services that need to be located in or near the area where the service is provided.
   B.   Zone Designations:
      1.   Neighborhood Public Zone (P-1): Uses such as schools, parks, police and fire stations, and other civic buildings owned or otherwise controlled by the County, the City, or the Iowa City Community School District, and necessary infrastructure, may be designated as P-1, neighborhood public zone. These uses are subject to certain development standards to create a consonant transition between public and private uses.
      2.   Institutional Public Zone (P-2): The institutional public zone (P-2) provides reference to public uses of land owned or otherwise controlled by the state or federal government, or their subdivisions, such as university campuses, regional medical facilities, or post offices. The following standards serve as minimum guidelines for state and federal government entities to use to help create a consonant transition between public and private uses. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 22-4880, 6-6-2022)

14-2F-2: LAND USES ALLOWED:

   A.   Determining Principal Uses Allowed:
      1.   Table 2F-1, located at the end of this section, indicates whether a principal land use is permitted (P), allowed with provisions (PR), or allowed by special exception (S) in the public zone.
      2.   Specific land uses are grouped into the categories and subgroups. To find out how a specific land use is categorized, see chapter 4, article A, "Use Categories", of this title.
      3.   Provisional uses are allowed, subject to the additional requirements contained in chapter 4, article B, "Minor Modifications, Variances, Special Exceptions, And Provisional Uses", of this title.
      4.   Uses listed as special exceptions are allowed only after approval from the Iowa City board of adjustment. The general approval criteria for special exceptions are stated in chapter 4, article B of this title along with specific approval criteria for most special exception uses.
   B.   Regulations pertaining to accessory uses are stated in chapter 4, article C, "Accessory Uses And Buildings", of this title.
Table 2F-1: Principal Uses Allowed in Public Zones
Use Categories
Subgroups
P-1
P-2
Use Categories
Subgroups
P-1
P-2
Land, buildings, or structures used for public or governmental purposes and owned by the federal, state, or local governments, or political subdivisions thereof, or the Iowa City Community School District
P
P
Institutional and civic uses:
Basic utility uses
PR/S
 
Utility-scale ground-mounted solar energy systems
PR
PR
Other Uses:
Agricultural Uses
Planted related
P
P
Animal related
 
 
Communication transmission facility uses
PR/S
PR/S
 
(Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 06-4245, 12-12-2006; Ord. 09-4358, 10-20-2009; Ord. 20-4817, 1-7-2020; Ord. 22-4880, 6-6-2022)

14-2F-3: GENERAL PROVISIONS:

All principal and accessory uses allowed in the public zone, whether allowed as a permitted, provisional or special exception use, are subject to certain use regulations and site development standards contained in chapters 3, 4 and 5 of this title. Said chapters are indicated as follows:
   A.   Overlay Zones:
      1.   Historic district and conservation district overlay: See chapter 3, article B of this title.
      2.   Design review: See chapter 3, article C of this title.
   B.   Use Regulations:
      1.   Minor modifications, variances, special exceptions and provisional uses: See chapter 4, article B of this title. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
      2.   Accessory uses and buildings: See chapter 4, article C of this title. (Ord. 09-4352, 7-6-2009)
      3.   Nonconforming situations: See chapter 4, article E of this title. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 09-4352, 7-6-2009)
   C.   Site Development Standards:
      1.   Off street parking and loading standards: Section 14-5A-5, "Construction And Design Standards", of this title is applicable to uses within the public zone. (Ord. 09-4352, 7-6-2009)
      2.   Sign regulations: Sections 14-5B-3 and 14-5B-4 of this title are applicable to uses within the public zones. (Ord. 06-4245, 12-12-2006; amd. Ord. 09-4352, 7-6-2009)
      3.   Access management standards: See chapter 5, article C of this title.
      4.   Intersection visibility standards: See chapter 5, article D of this title. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 06-4245, 12-12-2006; Ord. 09-4352, 7-6-2009)
      5.   Landscaping and tree standards: See chapter 5, article E of this title.
      6.   Screening and buffering standards: See chapter 5, article F of this title. (Ord. 09-4352, 7-6-2009)
      7.   Outdoor lighting standards: See chapter 5, article G of this title; except, that uses in the public zone are exempt from section 14-5G-5, "Total Outdoor Light Output Standards", of this title.
      8.   Performance standards: See chapter 5, article H of this title.
      9.   Sensitive lands and features: See chapter 5, article I of this title.
      10.   Floodplain management standards: See chapter 5, article J of this title. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 06-4245, 12-12-2006; Ord. 09-4352, 7-6-2009)

14-2F-4: DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS:

   A.   Setbacks For Lots Adjacent To A Residential Zone: Where a lot in a public zone abuts or is across the street from a residential zone, principal building setbacks and setbacks for accessory uses, structures, and buildings at least equal to the required principal building setbacks and required setbacks for accessory uses, structures, and buildings in the abutting residential zone must be provided along the residential zone boundary.
   B.   Maximum Height Standard:
      1.   Standard: Where a lot in a public zone abuts or is across the street from a residential zone, the height for buildings and structures on the lot zoned public must not exceed the maximum height standard specified for the abutting residential zone.
      2.   Exemptions: If allowed in the subject zone, the following structures or parts thereof are exempt from the maximum height standard, provided an increase in height does not conflict with chapter 6, "Airport Zoning", of this title.
         a.   Chimneys, flues, and stacks.
         b.   Spires on religious and other institutional buildings.
         c.   Cupolas, domes, skylights and other similar roof protrusions not used for the purpose of obtaining habitable floor space.
         d.   Farm structures, including barns, silos, storage bins and similar structures when accessory to an allowed agriculture use.
         e.   Flagpoles that extend not more than ten feet (10') above the height limit or not more than five feet (5') above the highest point of the roof, whichever is less.
         f.   Parapet and fire walls.
         g.   Poles, towers and other structures accessory to a basic utility use, such as streetlights and utility poles.
         h.   If allowed in the subject zone, basic utilities and communication transmission facilities are exempt from the base zone height standards, but are subject to any limitations placed by the board of adjustment.
         i.   Roof structures, including solar energy systems, elevator bulkheads, stairways, ventilating fans, cooling towers and similar necessary mechanical and electrical appurtenances required to operate and maintain the building.
         j.   Television antennas and similar apparatus.
         k.   Grain elevators.
         l.   Storage tanks and water towers.
      3.   Adjustment Of Height Standards:
         a.   The maximum height for a principal building may be increased; provided, that for each foot of height increase above the height standard, the front, side, and rear setbacks are each increased by an additional two feet (2'); and provided, that an increase in height does not conflict with the provisions of chapter 6, "Airport Zoning", of this title.
         b.   A minor modification may also be requested to adjust the maximum height for a particular building or property according to the procedures and approval criteria for minor modifications contained in chapter 4, article B of this title. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 23-4893, 1-24-2023)

14-2F-5: PUBLIC ZONE SITE DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS:

   A.   Surface Parking Lot Setback Requirements:
      1.   Front Setback Requirements: Parking and loading areas must be set back at least ten feet (10') from any front and street side lot line. However, any loading area, parking spaces or aisles located within fifty feet (50') of a residential zone boundary must be set back at least twenty feet (20') from any front and street side lot line.
      2.   Side And Rear Setback Requirements: Parking and loading areas must be set back at least five feet (5') from any (nonstreet side) side or rear lot line. However, parking and loading areas must be set back at least ten feet (10') from any side or rear lot line that abuts a property zoned residential. The city may exempt from these setback regulations any specific locations along a lot line where a parking area, aisle or drive is shared with an abutting lot.
      3.   Drives:
         a.   Drives that are internal to a parking area, including drives that provide circulation around the perimeter of a parking area, are considered part of the parking area and must meet the setback standards as specified above. Drives that are external to a parking area must be set back at least three feet (3') from any abutting property that is zoned nonresidential, unless the drive is pitched or curbed and drained to prevent the flow of water onto adjoining property or unless a drainage course has been established along lot lines to handle stormwater runoff. Any specific locations along a side or rear lot line where a drive is shared with an abutting lot may be exempted from these standards.
         b.   Drives that are external to a parking area must be set back at least ten feet (10') from any abutting property that is zoned residential.
   B.   Landscaping And Tree Requirements For Parking Areas: Parking areas that contain more than eighteen (18) parking spaces must be designed to include trees and planting areas according to the provisions of chapter 5, article A, "Off Street Parking And Loading Standards", of this title.
   C.   Screening Requirements:
      1.   Surface parking areas, loading areas, and drives must be screened from public rights of way to at least the S2 standard. (See chapter 5, article F, "Screening And Buffering Standards", of this title.)
      2.   Surface parking areas, loading areas, and drives must be screened from view of abutting properties to at least the S2 standard. Additional screening is required for properties that abut properties zoned residential. Parking areas, loading areas, and drives must be screened from view of any abutting property zoned residential to at least the S3 standard. The city may exempt from this landscaping requirement any specific locations along a side or rear lot line where a parking area, loading area, aisle or drive is shared with an abutting lot.
      3.   Where a lot in a public zone abuts or is across a street or railroad right of way from a residential zone, daycare use, educational facility, parks and open space use, or the Iowa River, any parking and loading areas and outdoor work and storage areas must be located behind buildings or screened from view of said uses and zones to at least the S3 standard.
      4.   All ground level mechanical and utility equipment, such as heat pumps, air conditioners, emergency generators, and water pumps, must be screened from public view to at least the S2 standard. If it is not feasible to use landscape screening, the mechanical equipment must be screened using wall or fencing materials complementary to the principal structure.
      5.   Screening requirements may be waived by the building official upon presentation of convincing evidence that a planting screen cannot be expected to thrive in a particular location because of intense shade, soil conditions, or other site characteristics. The presence of existing pavement, by itself, shall not constitute convincing evidence. If a landscape screening requirement is waived by the building official because plantings cannot be expected to survive, a fence or wall built to the S5 standard must be substituted for the landscape screening. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
      6.   Screening may be waived by the building official where the view is or will be blocked by a change in grade or by natural or humanmade features, such that screening is effectively provided and the intent of the standard is met, as determined by the building official. (Ord. 06-4245, 12-12-2006)
   D.   Storage Of Materials And Equipment:
      1.   Outdoor storage of materials and equipment is allowed in all public zones, provided it is concealed from public view to the extent possible. If it is not feasible to conceal the storage areas behind buildings, the storage areas must be set back at least twenty feet (20') from any public right of way, including public trails and open space, and screened from view to at least the S3 standard. (See chapter 5, article F, "Screening And Buffering Standards", of this title.) If a fence is built around the storage area, the required screening must be located between the fence and the public right of way.
      2.   All outdoor storage areas that are located along a side or rear lot line that does not abut a public right of way must be set back at least ten feet (10') from said lot line and screened from view of the adjacent property to at least the S3 standard. If a fence is built around the storage area, the required screening must be located between the fence and the adjacent property.
      3.   The landscape screening requirement for outdoor storage areas may be waived by the building official upon presentation of convincing evidence that a planting screen cannot be expected to thrive because of intense shade, soil conditions, or other site characteristics. The presence of existing pavement, by itself, shall not constitute convincing evidence. If the landscape screening requirement is waived by the building official, a fence built to the S5 standard must be substituted for the landscape screening.
      4.   The storage of combustible or flammable materials or liquids is strictly regulated according to the provisions of chapter 5, article H, "Performance Standards", of this title, and according to the international fire code, as amended. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005)
   E.   Minor Modifications To Site Development Standards: A minor modification to adjust specific provisions of this section may be requested in either of the qualifying situations listed in the subsections below. Such requests will be reviewed by the director of planning and community development and the building official according to the procedures for minor modifications as set forth in chapter 8, article B of this title and must meet the following approval criteria. The following approval criteria are to be applied in lieu of the general approval criteria listed in section 14-4B-1, "Minor Modifications", of this title.
      1.   Qualifying situation one: The configuration of the lot or other existing physical condition of the lot makes the application of a specific standard impractical. In such a case, the applicant must demonstrate that the following approval criteria are met:
         a.   The applicant must provide evidence that the configuration of the lot, the topography, or other physical characteristic of the property makes the application of a specific standard impractical. Examples of situations that may qualify include double fronting lots, triangular shaped lots, and steeply sloping lots.
         b.   The applicant must demonstrate that the proposed alternative design is not contrary to the intent of the site development standards.
         c.   The applicant must propose an alternative site or building design that best meets the intent of the specific standard being modified.
         d.   The requested modification will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare or be injurious to other property or improvements in the vicinity and in the zone in which the property is located.
         e.   The requested modification does not allow a use or activity not otherwise expressly authorized by the regulations governing the subject property.
         f.   The requested modification complies with other applicable statutes, ordinances, laws and regulations.
      2.   Qualifying situation two: The proposed site or building is uniquely designed to fit the site and the surrounding area. In such a situation, the applicant must demonstrate that the following approval criteria are met:
         a.   The applicant proposes an alternative design solution that equally or better meets the intent of the specific standard being modified.
         b.   The proposed site and building design is uniquely designed to fit the characteristics of the site and the surrounding area such that it equally or better meets the purpose of the site development standards.
         c.   The requested modification will not be detrimental to the public health, safety, or welfare or be injurious to other property or improvements in the vicinity and in the zone in which the property is located.
         d.   The requested modification does not allow a use or activity not otherwise expressly authorized by the regulations governing the subject property.
         e.   The requested modification complies with other applicable statutes, ordinances, laws, and regulations. (Ord. 09-4352, 7-6-2009)

14-2F-6: SPECIAL PROVISIONS:

   A.   If the federal, state, or local government, or political subdivisions thereof, or the Iowa City Community School District, conveys a leasehold interest in any land zoned public for a use other than those allowed in the public zone, the land must be zoned to an appropriate zone in which the use is allowed. The use shall be subject to all requirements of the new zone. Further, the zone may be established as a dual zone, retaining the public zone designation. (Ord. 05-4186, 12-15-2005; amd. Ord. 22-4880, 6-6-2022)

14-2G-1: INTENT, APPLICABILITY, AND ADMINISTRATION:

   A.   Regulating Plan: The form based development standards in the following sections are intended to shape development and redevelopment in certain districts of the City. The standards are designed to promote the creation of economically vital, mixed use, pedestrian friendly districts. The form based standards describe required development patterns, building and frontage types, and parking locations and treatments. The standards are organized in sections with each section defining building and site development conditions affecting the quality of the built environment and ensuring projects are consistent with the goals, objectives, and guidelines in the downtown and riverfront crossings master plan and the central district plan.
   B.   Subdistricts:
      1.   The Riverfront Crossings District is divided into subdistricts, which are listed below with the corresponding zoning map symbol.
         a.   South Downtown Subdistrict (RFC-SD).
         b.   University Subdistrict (RFC-U).
         c.   Central Crossings Subdistrict (RFC-CX).
         d.   Gilbert Subdistrict (RFC-G).
         e.   Park Subdistrict (RFC-P).
         f.   South Gilbert Subdistrict (RFC-SG).
         g.   West Riverfront Subdistrict (RFC-WR). (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
         h.   Orchard Subdistrict (RFC-O). (Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
      2.   The Eastside Mixed Use District, which is located in the Central Planning District is designated with the following zoning map symbol:
         a.   Eastside Mixed Use District (EMU).
   C.   Applicability: All development within the Riverfront Crossings District and Eastside Mixed Use District as designated on the zoning map shall be subject to the provisions of this article and to the use regulations and site development standards contained in chapters 4 and 5 of this title and, if applicable, the overlay zone provision of chapter 3 of this title. In the case of any inconsistency or conflict between the provisions of this article, the provision that is more specific to the situation will control. When regulations are equally specific or when it is unclear which regulation to apply, the more restrictive provision will control.
For purposes of this article, "grade" shall be defined as the average point of elevation of the finished surface of the ground, paving, or sidewalk within the area between the building and the streetside property line(s), or when the streetside property line is more than five feet (5') from the building, between the building and a line five feet (5') from the building. Grade shall be calculated measuring the level of the surface of the ground at least every twenty feet (20') along the entire frontage of the property. If due to unavoidable site conditions, the finished surface of the ground has been or is proposed to be raised by adding fill, the slope of the fill within twenty feet (20') of the building shall not exceed four horizontal to one vertical (4:1) or twenty five percent (25%). Any story that has more than three feet (3') of its floor to ceiling height above grade along one (1) or more frontages shall be counted as a story for purposes of measuring height. Streetside property lines shall include those abutting approved pedestrian streets. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
   D.   Design Review: Any exterior alterations to, additions to, or new construction of buildings and structures, or alterations or additions to site development, including, but not limited to, parking areas, landscaping, screening, lighting, and access on property zoned to a Riverfront Crossings or Eastside Mixed Use designation shall be subject to design review. Design review shall be conducted by the Form Based Code Committee (FBC Committee), as designated by the City Manager. The FBC Committee shall review the proposed development for compliance with the applicable provisions of this article and the goals and objectives of the adopted downtown and riverfront crossings master plan and central district plan. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016; amd. Ord. 16-4685, 11-15-2016)

14-2G-2: REGULATING PLAN:

   A.   Regulating Plan: The Riverfront Crossings District regulating plan (see figure 2G-1 of this section) and Eastside Mixed Use District regulating plan (see figure 2G-1B of this section) indicate the location and extent of any subdistricts, primary street designations, required retail storefront locations, and required Ralston Creek frontage locations. The regulating plan identifies public parks and open spaces as well as proposed green space within subdistricts, which includes publicly accessible parks, plazas, and trails and open spaces along the Iowa River and Ralston Creek. Reference to the regulating plan is required to determine the applicability of standards included in the subdistrict standards, frontage types, building types, parking types, and general requirements. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
FIGURE 2G-1
REGULATING PLAN FOR THE RIVERFRONT CROSSINGS DISTRICT
 
FIGURE 2G-1B
REGULATING PLAN FOR THE EASTSIDE MIXED USE DISTRICT
 
   B.   Building Height Diagram: The building height diagram (see figure 2G-2 of this section) indicates the building heights permitted in the Riverfront Crossings District. Specific building height standards can be found in section 14-2G-3, "Subdistrict Standards", of this article. The diagram only indicates the base heights allowed in the respective subdistrict standards, bonus height provisions may be applicable (see subsection 14-2G-7G, "Building Height Bonus Provisions", of this article). (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
FIGURE 2G-2
BUILDING HEIGHT DIAGRAM FOR THE RIVERFRONT CROSSINGS DISTRICT
 
(Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017; amd. Ord. 20-4840, 12-15-2020)

14-2G-3: SUBDISTRICT STANDARDS:

   A.   South Downtown, Park, South Gilbert, And University Subdistricts:
      1.   Intent: The South Downtown, Park, South Gilbert, and University Subdistricts of the Riverfront Crossings District (shaded in dark in figure 2G-3 of this section) are intended for high intensity mixed use development in buildings with active ground floor uses opening onto pedestrian friendly streetscapes. Buildings are designed with facades aligned along public sidewalks with parking and service areas located behind buildings in rear lot and midblock locations.
The University Subdistrict is intended for continued use by the University Of Iowa. While not subject to these standards, new and renovated university facilities should adhere to the standards to the extent feasible. Properties within the University Subdistrict that are not owned by the University of Iowa, however, must fully comply with all applicable standards below.
Figure 2G-3
Subdistrict Locator - South Downtown, Park, South Gilbert, University
 
      2.   Uses: The principal uses allowed in the South Downtown, Park, South Gilbert, and University Subdistricts are the same as allowed in the CB-5 Zone, as specified in section 14-2C-2, table 2C-1 of this chapter, except as noted below. Provisions and special exception approval criteria that apply in the CB-5 Zone also apply in the South Downtown, Park, South Gilbert, and University Subdistricts, as set forth in chapter 4, article B of this title, except as noted below. In addition, the following restrictions and allowances shall apply:
         a.   In the South Downtown and Park Subdistricts, quick vehicle servicing uses are not allowed on any frontage designated as a primary street frontage, as specified on the regulating plan. In the South Gilbert Subdistrict, quick vehicle servicing uses are not allowed on any frontage designated as a required retail storefront, as specified on the regulating plan. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
         b.   Household living uses shall be allowed within permitted building types as specified in section 14-2G-5 of this article. For multi-family uses, the provisions in section 14-4B-4 of this title are superseded by the standards in this article, and therefore, do not apply. Residential occupancy is limited to one "household" per dwelling unit, as this term is defined in chapter 9, article A, "General Definitions", of this title. The residential occupancy of a household living use is constrained by the provisions of title 17, chapter 5, "Housing Code", of this Code. The maximum number of bedrooms per dwelling unit is three (3). Residential density (units per acre): no maximum. However, in the South Downtown and University Subdistricts for apartment buildings, multi-dwelling buildings and mixed use buildings the number of three bedroom units per lot may not exceed thirty percent (30%) of the total number of units on the lot. In the South Gilbert and Park Subdistricts for apartment buildings, multi-dwelling buildings, and mixed use buildings, the number of three bedroom units per lot may not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the total number of units on the lot. (Ord. 18-4744, 4-2-2018)
         c.   Residential uses are not allowed within required retail storefronts, as specified on the applicable regulating plan, except in midblock locations along South Gilbert Street, where storefront spaces may be configured as live-work units.
         d.   Independent and fraternal group living uses are allowed by special exception in the South Downtown and University Subdistricts according to the approval criteria set forth in section 14-4B-4 of this title. Residential occupancy is limited to one roomer per three hundred (300) square feet of floor area, not including floor area within a garage or structured parking area. These uses shall be allowed within permitted building types as specified in section 14-2G-5 of this article.
         e.   Assisted group living uses shall be allowed within permitted building types as specified in section 14-2G-5 of this article. Residential occupancy is limited to one roomer per three hundred (300) square feet of floor area, not including floor area within a garage or structured parking area.
         f.   In the Park and South Gilbert Subdistricts, drinking establishments are only allowed in required retail storefronts, as indicated on the regulating plan, and must also meet the applicable drinking establishment spacing requirement.
      3.   Principal Building Placement And Form:
         a.   Building Types:
            (1)   Principal buildings shall comply with section 14-2G-5, "Building Type Standards", of this article. The following building types are permitted in the South Downtown, Park, South Gilbert, and University Subdistricts (see also section 14-2G-5, table 2G-6 of this article):
Table 2G-1
Permitted Building Types - South Downtown, Park, South Gilbert, University
 
Riverfront Crossings Subdistricts
Permitted Building Types
Cottage Home
Row House
Townhouse
Apartment Building
Multi-Dwelling Building
Live-Work Townhouse
Commercial Building
Mixed Use Building
Liner Building
Civic Or Institutional Building
South Downtown
 
 
 
X
X
 
X
X
X
X
Park
 
 
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
South Gilbert
 
 
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
University
 
 
 
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
 
(Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
         b.   Building Placement:
            (1)   Principal buildings shall be placed to the front and corner of lots and aligned along setbacks in compliance with the following requirements as shown in figure 2G-4 of this section, except as indicated below: (Ord. 17-4696, 3-7-2017)
FIGURE 2G-4
BUILDING PLACEMENT DIAGRAM
 
               (A)   Primary (A) And Secondary (B) Street Setback: Two feet (2') minimum, eight feet (8') maximum (except as indicated below).
               (B)   Burlington Street Setback: Ten feet (10') minimum, sixteen feet (16') maximum. Along Burlington Street the minimum front setback area must be reserved for pedestrian movement along the street frontage and, therefore, must be integrated with and maintained at the same grade as the public sidewalk. To ensure safe pedestrian movement along the street frontage, at grade entrances are required and elevated terraces, patios, stoops, porticoes, or similar may not encroach into the required minimum setback area. However, outdoor seating and merchandising areas that are level with the sidewalk may encroach up to four feet (4') into the required minimum setback area.
               (C)   Lots Fronting On Pedestrian Streets: Five feet (5') minimum, ten feet (10') maximum from public right of way or access easement. See subsection 14-2G-7B of this article for additional requirements.
               (D)   Ralston Creek Frontage Setback: Five feet (5') minimum from stream corridor buffer line. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
               (E)   South Gilbert Subdistrict: In the south Gilbert subdistrict, for a lot with frontage on both Gilbert Street and Highway 6, the building facade that faces Highway 6 may be aligned along a minimum ten foot (10') wide pedestrianway with abutting perpendicular parking spaces aligned along an east-west drive aisle located between the building and Highway 6. Therefore, the maximum setback along the Highway 6 frontage may be adjusted accordingly. (Ord. 17-4696, 3-7-2017)
               (F)   Side Setback (C): Ten feet (10') minimum or zero feet (0') if building abuts or will abut the adjacent building, except for apartment buildings and multi-dwelling buildings where the minimum is always ten feet (10'). For mixed use buildings, facades on residential floors must be set back at least ten feet (10') from the side lot line.
               (G)   Rear Setback (D): Ten feet (10') minimum or five feet (5') minimum if set back along public alley or private rear lane.
               (H)   Above Third Floor: Above the third floor (or above the second floor if the height of the first 2 stories is at least 30 feet above grade) the maximum setback does not apply.
               (I)   Forecourts: Approved forecourt frontages may exceed the maximum setbacks stated above. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016; amd. Ord. 17-4696, 3-7-2017)
         c.   Building Height And Facade Step Backs:
            (1)   Principal building heights shall be regulated as provided below:
               (A)   In the south downtown subdistrict buildings shall be two (2) stories minimum and eight (8) stories maximum in height above grade.
               (B)   In the park, south Gilbert and university subdistricts, buildings shall be two (2) stories minimum and six (6) stories maximum in height above grade. Single-story buildings may be permitted in midblock locations in the south Gilbert subdistrict.
               (C)   Additional building height may be granted through transfer of development rights or through bonus height provisions as set forth in subsection 14-2G-7G, "Building Height Bonus Provisions", of this article.
               (D)   Building heights may be further restricted by FAA regulations.
            (2)   Upper floor building facades facing and visible from streets, plazas, or parks shall step back ten feet (10') minimum from the lower floor facade as follows:
               (A)   In the south downtown subdistrict above the fifth floor.
               (B)   In the park, south Gilbert, and university subdistricts above the fourth floor.
               (C)   At street corners, tower elements or similar corner emphasis treatments may be exempt from the step back requirement for up to one facade bay (maximum 35 feet) as approved by the FBC committee.
               (D)   The required facade step back may be established at a lower floor than stated above, provided it is established at least thirty feet (30') in height above grade.
         d.   Building Projections:
            (1)   The following building features may project into setbacks as follows:
               (A)   Bay windows, eaves, cornices, belt courses, buttresses, sills, and other similar features: Two feet (2') maximum.
               (B)   Balconies on upper floors may project up to six feet (6') into front setbacks. Balconies may project beyond nonstreet-facing facades on upper floors up to four feet (4') maximum, but shall extend no closer than eight feet (8') from a side or rear lot line, unless said lot line abuts an alley or permanent open space.
               (C)   Canopies, awnings, stoops, terraces, covered building entries, and similar elements as permitted in section 14-2G-4, "Frontage Type Standards", of this article.
            (2)   Awnings and canopies may also project into public rights of way according to the applicable provisions of the building code. Certain permitted signs may also project into public rights of way according to applicable standards set forth in chapter 5, article B, "Sign Regulations", of this title. Projections into the right of way shall not interfere with utilities, street trees and other important right of way features.
            (3)   Arcades and galleries projecting beyond ground level street- facing building facades are not permitted. (An arcade is a facade with an attached colonnade that projects over the sidewalk/walkway with upper story building space above. A gallery is a colonnade that is attached to a ground level facade that projects over the sidewalk/walkway.) Upper floor facades may project (cantilever) up to five feet (5') closer to the streetside property line than the ground level building facade, provided that the upper floor facade does not project into the minimum setback, is at least sixteen feet (16') clear above the level of the sidewalk, and does not include a supporting colonnade within any streetside setback area.
         e.   Building And Frontage Types:
            (1)   Principal buildings and building facades shall be designed in compliance with sections 14-2G-4, "Frontage Type Standards", and 14-2G-5, "Building Type Standards", of this article.
         f.   Facade Continuity:
            (1)   To define pedestrian friendly streetscapes and create a mostly continuous frontage of buildings along primary streets, principal buildings shall occupy a minimum of seventy five percent (75%) of the primary street lot frontage. In the absence of a building along the remainder of the lot frontage, a street screen shall be built in compliance with subsection 14-2G-7D of this article.
      4.   Parking, Loading, And Service Areas:
         a.   Parking: Parking shall be provided using a permitted parking type appropriate for the selected building type in compliance with section 14-2G-6, "Parking Type Standards", of this article, and at the minimum ratios specified in section 14-5A-4, "Minimum Parking Requirements", of this title.
         b.   Parking, Loading, And Service Area Placement And Screening: Parking, loading, and service areas shall be located within and behind principal buildings in compliance with the following requirements as shown in figure 2G-5 of this section:
FIGURE 2G-5
PARKING AND SERVICE PLACEMENT DIAGRAM
 
            (1)   Primary Street, Pedestrian Street, And Designated Ralston Creek Frontage Setback (E) And Screening: (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
               (A)   Surface parking, loading, and service areas: Thirty feet (30') minimum from primary street building facade and located behind fully enclosed, occupied building space, except as allowed in subsection A4b(2)(B) of this section. (Ord. 17-4696, 3-7-2017)
               (B)   Building/structured parking: Thirty feet (30') minimum from the primary street building facade and located behind fully-enclosed, occupied building space, except the setback may be reduced to twenty feet (20') for buildings with ground-level residential uses. (Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
               (C)   Underground parking: Zero feet (0') minimum from primary street building facade.
            (2)   Secondary Street Setback (F) And Screening:
               (A)   Surface parking, loading, and service area: Ten feet (10') minimum and set back three feet (3') minimum from the secondary street building facade and screened by low masonry walls and landscaping as specified for S2 standard, alternative materials (option B), set forth in chapter 5, article F, "Screening And Buffering Standards", of this title. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
               (B)   In the South Gilbert Subdistrict, for a corner lot with frontage on both Gilbert Street and Highway 6, one (1) double loaded aisle of surface parking is permitted within the private frontage area along the Highway 6 frontage. Surface parking must be set back a minimum of ten feet (10') from the Highway 6 right-of- way and screened to the S2 standard. Said surface parking must be set back ten feet (10') minimum from the Gilbert Street right-of-way and three feet (3') minimum from the primary street building facade on Gilbert Street and screened to the S2 standard. (Ord. 17-4696, 3-7-2017)
               (C)   Building/structured parking: Two feet (2') minimum and set back one foot (1') minimum from the secondary street building facade and screened from view by architecturally finished building facades, according to the standards for structured parking set forth in subsection 14-5A-5F of this title.
               (D)   Underground parking: Two feet (2') minimum and set back zero feet (0') minimum from secondary street building facade. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016; amd. Ord. 17-4696, 3-7-2017)
            (3)   Side (G) And Rear (H) Setbacks And Screening:
               (A)   Surface parking, loading, and service area: Must comply with the same side and rear setback requirements as principal buildings, or zero feet (0') where parking is shared with the adjacent property. Setback area shall be landscaped to the S2 standard.
               (B)   Building/structured parking: Must comply with the same side and rear setback requirements as principal buildings. Parking must be screened from view by architecturally finished building facades, according to the standards for structured parking set forth in subsection 14-5A-5F of this title.
               (C)   Underground parking: Must comply with the same side and rear setback requirement as principal buildings.
            (4)   Underground Parking: Underground parking shall be designed to ensure ground floor finished floor elevations meet elevation requirements for permitted frontage types.
            (5)   Buildings With Ground Floor Residential Use: For buildings with ground floor residential use, no surface parking shall be closer than ten feet (10') to any residential portion of a building (i.e., not including portions of the building containing garage space). This ten foot (10') area must be used for walkways and landscaping and/or may be included as part of a larger open space area. If parking spaces are located where headlights of vehicles shine onto a wall containing ground floor windows, said parking spaces must be screened from view of the windows to at least the S2 standard.
         c.   Access To Parking And Service Areas:
            (1)   All parking, loading, and service areas shall be accessed from public alleys, private rear lanes, or driveways on secondary streets consistent with the riverfront crossings plan, except where permitted as specified in subsection A4c(2) of this section.
            (2)   If access from an alley, private rear lane, or driveway from the secondary street is not feasible due to topography, site conditions, configuration of the lot, and/or other constraints, access to a primary street may be granted by the FBC Committee. Any request for a curb cut on an arterial street will be reviewed according to the applicable provisions set forth in section 14-5C-6, "Arterial Street Access Requirements", of this title.
         d.   Construction And Design Standards For Parking Areas:
            (1)   The following subsections of section 14-5A-5, "Construction And Design Standards", of this title shall apply:
               A.   Purpose.
               B.   Paving materials.
               C.   Parking and stacking space size.
               D.   Drainage.
               E.   Location.
               F.   Standards for structured parking.
               H.   Design and layout of surface parking areas.
               I.   Landscaping and tree requirements within parking areas.
               J.   Screening and setback requirements.
               K.   Design of bicycle parking areas.
      5.   Accessory Uses, Buildings And Structures:
         a.   Accessory uses, buildings and structures shall comply with the provisions of chapter 4, article C of this title. However, if the provisions contained in the Riverfront Crossings Code are more specific or restrictive, said provisions shall supersede the provisions of chapter 4, article C of this title.
         b.   Garages and parking structures must be located and constructed in compliance with the provisions of subsection A4, "Parking, Loading, And Service Areas", of this section.
         c.   Accessory buildings other than garages and parking structures must be located behind principal buildings according to the same setback standards as surface parking. Facades of accessory buildings within public view must be architecturally finished in a manner that is consistent with the principal building. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
   B.   Central Crossings And Orchard Subdistricts And Eastside Mixed Use District:
      1.   Intent: The Central Crossings Subdistrict is intended for moderate intensity mixed use development in buildings with entries opening onto pedestrian friendly public streets and streetscapes. The Eastside Mixed Use District is intended for lower intensity mixed use and residential development in buildings with street-facing entries opening onto pedestrian friendly streetscapes that provide a transition between higher intensity mixed use areas in downtown Iowa City and residential neighborhoods to the east. The Orchard Subdistrict is intended for lower intensity residential development in buildings with street-facing entries opening onto pedestrian-friendly streetscapes that provide a transition between higher intensity mixed-use areas along Riverside Drive and low-scale residential neighborhoods to the west. Buildings are designed with facades aligned along primary streets and parking located within buildings behind active uses and in mid-block parking lots and structures.
      2.   Uses: The principal uses allowed in the Central Crossings Subdistrict, Orchard Subdistrict and Eastside Mixed Use District are the same as allowed in the CB-5 Zone, as specified in section 14-2C-2, table 2C-1 of this chapter, except as noted below. Provisions and special exception approval criteria that apply in the CB-5 Zone also apply in these districts as set forth in chapter 4, article B of this title, except as noted below. In addition, the following restrictions and allowances shall apply: (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016; amd. Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
         a.   In the Orchard Subdistrict, commercial and industrial uses are not allowed, except in live-work townhouses, which may contain commercial uses allowed in the CB-5 Zone, provided the building is constructed to accommodate such uses and provided the use is not prohibited in the list below. Quick vehicle service uses are not allowed. (Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
         b.   In the Central Crossings Subdistrict, quick vehicle servicing uses are not allowed on any frontage designated as primary street or Ralston Creek frontage, as specified in the Riverfront Crossings regulating plan. In the Eastside Mixed Use District, quick vehicle servicing uses are not allowed, except by special exception on property at the corner of Burlington and Van Buren Streets. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016; amd. Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
         c.   Household living uses shall be allowed within permitted building types as specified in section 14-2G-5 of this article. For multi-family uses, the provisions in section 14-4B-4 of this title are superseded by the standards in this article and, therefore, do not apply. Residential occupancy is limited to one "household" per dwelling unit, as this term is defined in chapter 9, article A, "General Definitions", of this title. The residential occupancy of a household living use is constrained by the provisions of title 17, chapter 5, "Housing Code", of this title. The maximum number of bedrooms per dwelling unit is three (3). Residential density (units per acre): no maximum. However, in the Central Crossings Subdistrict for apartment buildings, multi-dwelling buildings and mixed use buildings the number of three-bedroom units per lot may not exceed thirty percent (30%) of the total number of units on the lot, except for south of the Iowa-Interstate Rail Line, where the number of three-bedroom units for these building types may not exceed twenty percent (20%). In the Eastside Mixed Use District and Orchard Subdistrict, the number of three-bedroom units for these building types may not exceed twenty percent (20%). (Ord. 18-4744, 4-2-2018)
         d.   Residential uses are not allowed within required retail storefronts, as specified in the Riverfront Crossings regulating plan, except in the Central Crossings Subdistrict for housing subsidized by a Federal or State program that requires at least sixty percent (60%) of the units to be rent restricted and income restricted. (Ord. 18-4768, 9-18-2018)
         e.   Assisted group living uses shall be allowed within permitted building types as specified in section 14-2G-5 of this article. Residential occupancy is limited to one roomer per three hundred (300) square feet of floor area, not including floor area within a garage or structured parking area.
         f.   Drinking establishments are not allowed.
         g.   Animal related commercial, repair oriented retail, and alcohol sales oriented retail uses are not allowed in the Eastside Mixed Use District and Orchard Subdistrict.
         h.   In the Eastside Mixed Use District and Orchard Subdistrict, commercial recreational uses, eating establishments, sales oriented retail, and personal service oriented retail uses shall not be open to the public between the hours of eleven o'clock (11:00) P.M. and six o'clock (6:00) A.M., except if located in a storefront with frontage on Van Buren Street or Burlington Street.
      3.   Principal Building Placement And Form:
         a.   Building Types:
            (1)   Principal buildings shall comply with section 14-2G-5, "Building Type Standards", of this article. The following building types are permitted in the Central Crossings Subdistrict, Orchard Subdistrict and the Eastside Mixed Use District (see also section 14-2G-5, table 2G-6 of this article):
TABLE 2G-2
PERMITTED BUILDING TYPES - CENTRAL CROSSINGS, ORCHARD AND EASTSIDE MIXED USE
 
Subdistricts
Permitted Building Types
Cottage Home
Rowhouse
Townhouse
Apartment Building
Multi- Dwelling Building
Live-Work Townhouse
Commercial Building
Mixed-Use Building
Liner Building
Civic Or Institutional Building
Central Crossings
 
 
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Eastside Mixed Use
X
X
X
X
X
X
X1
X1
 
X
Orchard
X
X
X
X
X
X2
 
 
X
 
 
Notes:
   1.    Only allowed on properties with frontage on Van Buren Street or Burlington Street.
   2.    Only allowed in locations with frontage on Orchard Street.
(Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016; amd. Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
         b.   Building Placement:
            (1)   Principal buildings shall be placed to the front and corner of lots and aligned along setbacks in compliance with the following requirements as shown in figure 2G-7 of this section.
FIGURE 2G-7
BUILDING PLACEMENT DIAGRAM
 
               (A)   Primary (A) and secondary (B) street setback:
                  (i)   Central Crossings: Ten feet (10') minimum, sixteen feet (16') maximum.
                  (ii)   Eastside Mixed Use:
                     (a)   Primary (A): Twenty feet (20') minimum, thirty feet (30') maximum.
                     (b)   Secondary (B): Ten feet (10') minimum, twenty feet (20') maximum. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
                  (iii)   Orchard: Six feet (6') minimum, twelve feet (12') maximum. (Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
               (B)   Lots fronting on pedestrian streets: Five feet (5') minimum, ten feet (10') maximum from public right- of-way or access easement. See subsection 14-2G-7B of this article for additional requirements.
               (C)   Ralston Creek frontage setback: Five feet (5') minimum from stream corridor buffer line.
               (D)   Side setback (C): Ten feet (10') minimum or zero feet (0') if building abuts or will abut the adjacent building, except for apartment buildings and multi-dwelling buildings where the minimum is always ten feet (10'). For mixed use buildings, facades on residential floors must be set back at least ten feet (10') from the side lot line.
               (E)   Rear setback (D): Ten feet (10') minimum or five feet (5') minimum if set back along public alley or private rear lane. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
               (F)   In the Central Crossings Subdistrict and Eastside Mixed Use District, the maximum setback does not apply above the second floor. In the Orchard District, the maximum setback does not apply above the second floor and is increased to a maximum of twenty five feet (25') above the first floor. (Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
               (G)   Approved forecourt frontages may exceed the maximum setbacks stated above. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
               (H)   In the Orchard District, thirty feet (30') minimum from RS-8 Zone boundary. (Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
         c.   Building Height And Facade Stepbacks:
            (1)   Central Crossings: Except as provided below, principal buildings shall be four (4) stories maximum in height above grade.
               (A)   Additional building height may be granted through transfer of development rights or through bonus height provisions as set forth in subsection 14-2G-7G, "Building Height Bonus Provisions", of this article.
               (B)   Building heights may be further restricted by FAA regulations. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
            (2)   Eastside Mixed Use and Orchard: Principal buildings shall be three (3) stories maximum in height above grade. (Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
            (3)   In the Central Crossings Subdistrict above the third floor, building facades facing and visible from streets, plazas, or parks shall step back ten feet (10') minimum from the lower floor facade. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016; amd. Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
               (A)   At street corners, tower elements or similar corner emphasis treatments may be exempt from the step back requirement for up to one (1) facade bay (maximum 35 feet) as approved by the FBC Committee.
               (B)   The required facade step back may be established at a lower floor than stated above, provided it is established at least thirty feet (30') in height above grade. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
            (4)   In the Orchard Subdistrict, above the second floor, building facades facing streets and RS-8 Zone boundaries shall step back ten feet (10') minimum, twenty five feet (25') maximum from the lower floor facade. At street corners, tower elements or similar corner emphasis treatments may be exempt from the stepback requirement for up to one (1) facade bay (maximum 35 feet) as approved by the FBC Committee. Alternatively, if approved by the FBC, the required facade stepback may be established above the first floor or may be tiered with the ten foot (10') minimum stepback achieved with smaller stepbacks above both the first and second stories. (Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
         d.   Building Projections:
            (1)   The following building features may project into setbacks as follows:
               (A)   Bay windows, eaves, roof overhangs, cornices, belt courses, buttresses, sills, and other similar features: Two feet (2') maximum.
               (B)   Balconies on upper floors may project up to six feet (6') into front setbacks. Balconies may project beyond nonstreet-facing facades on upper floors up to four feet (4') maximum, but shall extend no closer than eight feet (8') from a side or rear lot line, unless said lot line abuts an alley or permanent open space.
               (C)   Canopies, awnings, stoops, terraces, covered building entries, and similar elements as permitted in section 14-2G-4, "Frontage Type Standards", of this article.
            (2)   Awnings and canopies may also project into public rights-of- way according to the applicable provisions of the building code. Certain permitted signs may also project into public rights-of- way according to applicable standards set forth in chapter 5, article B, "Sign Regulations", of this title. Projections into the right-of-way shall not interfere with utilities, street trees and other important right-of-way features.
            (3)   Arcades and galleries projecting beyond ground level street- facing building facades are not permitted. (An arcade is a facade with an attached colonnade that projects over the sidewalk/walkway with upper story building space above. A gallery is a colonnade that is attached to a ground level facade that projects over the sidewalk/walkway.) Upper floor facades may not project closer to the streetside property line than the ground level building facade, except for building features noted above.
         e.   Building And Frontage Types:
            (1)   Principal buildings and building facades shall be designed in compliance with sections 14-2G-4, "Frontage Type Standards", and 14-2G-5, "Building Type Standards", of this article. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
         f.   Facade Continuity:
            (1)   Central Crossings and Orchard: To define pedestrian friendly streetscapes and create a mostly continuous frontage of buildings along primary streets, principal buildings shall occupy a minimum of seventy five percent (75%) of the primary street lot frontage. Only in the Central Crossings Subdistrict, in the absence of a building along the remainder of the lot frontage, a street screen shall be built in compliance with subsection 14-2G-7D of this article. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016; amd. Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
            (2)   Eastside Mixed Use: To define pedestrian friendly streetscapes while maintaining a lower intensity development character along primary streets, principal buildings shall occupy a minimum of fifty percent (50%) and a maximum of seventy five percent (75%) of the primary street lot frontage.
      4.   Parking, Loading, And Service Areas:
         a.   Parking: Parking shall be provided using a permitted parking type appropriate for the selected building type in compliance with section 14-2G-6, "Parking Type Standards", of this article and at the minimum ratios specified in section 14-5A-4, "Minimum Parking Requirements", of this title.
         b.   Parking, Loading, And Service Area Placement And Screening: Parking, loading, and service areas shall be located within and behind principal buildings in compliance with the following requirements as shown in figure 2G-8 of this section.
FIGURE 2G-8
PARKING AND SERVICE PLACEMENT DIAGRAM
 
            (1)   Primary Street, Pedestrian Street, And Designated Ralston Creek Frontage Setback (E) And Screening:
               (A)   Surface parking and service areas: Thirty feet (30') minimum from primary street building facade and located behind fully enclosed, occupied building space. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
               (B)   Building/structured parking: Thirty feet (30') min. from the primary street building facade and located behind fully-enclosed, occupied building space, except the setback may be reduced to twenty feet (20') for buildings with ground-level residential uses. (Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
               (C)   Underground parking: Zero feet (0') minimum from primary street building facade.
            (2)   Secondary Street Setback (F) And Screening:
               (A)   Surface parking, loading, and service area: Ten feet (10') minimum and set back three feet (3') minimum from the secondary street building facade and screened by low masonry walls and landscaping as specified for S2 standard, alternative materials (option B), set forth in chapter 5, article F, "Screening And Buffering Standards", of this title. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
               (B)   Building/structured parking: One foot (1') minimum from the secondary street building facade and screened from public view by architecturally finished building facades, according to the standards for structured parking set forth in subsection 14-5A-5F of this title. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016; amd. Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
               (C)   Underground parking: Ten feet (10') minimum and set back zero feet (0') minimum from secondary street building facade.
            (3)   Side (G) And Rear (H) Setbacks And Screening:
               (A)   Surface parking, loading, and service area: Must comply with the same side and rear setback requirements as principal buildings, or zero feet (0') where parking is shared with the adjacent property. Setback area shall be landscaped to the S2 standard.
               (B)   Building/structured parking: Must comply with the same side and rear setback requirements as principal buildings. Parking must be screened from view by architecturally finished building facades, according to the standards for structured parking set forth in subsection 14-5A-5F of this title.
               (C)   Underground parking: Must comply with the same side and rear setback requirement as principal buildings.
            (4)   Underground Parking: Underground parking shall be designed to ensure ground floor finished floor elevations meet elevation requirements for permitted frontage types.
            (5)   Buildings With Ground Floor Residential Use: For buildings with ground floor residential use, no surface parking shall be closer than ten feet (10') to any residential portion of a building (i.e., not including portions of the building containing garage space). This ten foot (10') area must be used for walkways and landscaping and/or may be included as part of a larger open space area. If parking spaces are located where headlights of vehicles shine onto a wall containing ground floor windows, said parking spaces must be screened from view of the windows to at least the S2 standard.
         c.   Access To Parking, Loading, And Service Areas:
            (1)   All parking, loading, and service areas shall be accessed from public alleys, private rear lanes or driveways on secondary streets consistent with the applicable regulating plan, except as allowed in subsection B4c(2) of this section.
            (2)   If access from an alley, private rear lane, or driveway from the secondary street is not feasible due to topography, site conditions, configuration of the lot, and/or other constraints, access to a primary street may be granted by the FBC committee. Any request for a curb cut on an arterial street will be reviewed according to the applicable provisions set forth in section 14-5C-6, "Arterial Street Access Requirements", of this title.
         d.   Construction And Design Standards For Parking And Loading Areas:
            (1)   The following subsections of section 14-5A-5, "Construction And Design Standards", of this title shall apply:
               A.   Purpose.
               B.   Paving materials.
               C.   Parking and stacking space size.
               D.   Drainage.
               E.   Location.
               F.   Standards for structured parking.
               H.   Design and layout of surface parking areas.
               I.   Landscaping and tree requirements within parking areas.
               J.   Screening and setback requirements.
               K.   Design of bicycle parking areas.
      5.   Accessory Uses, Buildings And Structures:
         a.   Accessory uses, buildings and structures shall comply with the provisions of chapter 4, article C of this title. However, if the provisions contained in this article are more specific or restrictive, said provisions shall supersede the provisions of chapter 4, article C of this title.
         b.   Garages and parking structures must be located and constructed in compliance with the provisions of subsection B4, "Parking, Loading, And Service Areas", of this section.
         c.   Accessory buildings other than garages and parking structures must be located behind principal buildings according to the same setback standards as surface parking. Facades of accessory buildings within public view must be architecturally finished in a manner that is consistent with the principal building.
   C.   Gilbert Subdistrict:
      1.   Intent: The Gilbert subdistrict (shaded in dark in figure 2G-9 of this section) is intended for lower intensity mixed use development in buildings with street-facing entries opening onto pedestrian friendly streetscapes. Buildings are designed with facades aligned along primary streets, modest setbacks, and parking located within buildings behind active uses and in midblock parking lots. This area is intended to create a transition between higher intensity mixed use areas and lower to medium intensity residential areas.
Figure 2G-9
Subdistrict Locator - Gilbert
 
      2.   Uses: The principal uses allowed in the Gilbert Subdistrict are the same as allowed in the CB-5 Zone, as specified in section 14-2C-2, table 2C-1 of this chapter. Provisions and special exception approval criteria that apply in the CB-5 Zone also apply in the Gilbert Subdistrict as set forth in chapter 4, article B of this title, except as noted below. In addition, the following restrictions and allowances shall apply: (Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
         a.   Household living uses shall be allowed within permitted building types as specified in section 14-2G-5 of this article. For multi-family uses, the provisions in section 14-4B-4 of this title are superseded by the standards in this article and, therefore, do not apply. Residential occupancy is limited to one "household" per dwelling unit, as this term is defined in chapter 9, article A, "General Definitions", of this title. The residential occupancy of a household living use is constrained by the provisions of title 17, chapter 5, "Housing Code", of this Code. The maximum number of bedrooms per dwelling unit is three (3). Residential density (units per acre): no maximum. However, for apartment buildings, multi-dwelling buildings and mixed use buildings the number of three-bedroom units per lot may not exceed thirty percent (30%) of the total number of units on the lot, except for south of the Iowa-Interstate Rail Line, where the number of three-bedroom units for these building types may not exceed twenty percent (20%). (Ord. 18-4744, 4-2-2018)
         b.   Residential uses are not allowed within required retail storefronts, as specified in the riverfront crossings regulating plan.
         c.   Assisted group living uses shall be allowed within permitted building types as specified in section 14-2G-5 of this article. Residential occupancy is limited to one roomer per three hundred (300) square feet of floor area, not including floor area within a garage or structured parking area.
         d.   Building trade uses shall be allowed on properties located south of the Iowa-Interstate Railroad, provided all aspects of the operation are conducted indoors and, except for fleet vehicle parking, outdoor storage of materials and equipment is not allowed.
         e.   Drinking establishments are not allowed.
      3.   Principal Building Placement And Form:
         a.   Building Types:
            (1)   Principal buildings shall comply with section 14-2G-5, "Building Type Standards", of this article. The following building types are permitted in the Gilbert Subdistrict (see also section 14-2G-5, table 2G-6 of this article):
TABLE 2G-3
PERMITTED BUILDING TYPES - GILBERT
 
Riverfront Crossings Subdistricts
Permitted Building Types
Cottage Home
Row House
Townhouse
Apartment Building
Multi- Dwelling Building
Live-Work Townhouse
Commercial Building
Mixed Use Building
Liner Building
Civic Or Institutional Building
Gilbert
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
 
         b.   Building Placement:
            (1)   Principal buildings shall be placed to the front and corner of lots and aligned along setbacks in compliance with the following requirements as shown in figure 2G-10 of this section.
FIGURE 2G-10
BUILDING PLACEMENT DIAGRAM
 
               (A)   Primary (A) and secondary (B) street setback: Ten feet (10') minimum, twenty feet (20') maximum.
               (B)   Lots fronting on pedestrian streets: Five feet (5') minimum, ten feet (10') maximum from public right of way or access easement. See subsection 14-2G-7B of this article for additional requirements.
               (C)   Side setback (C): Ten feet (10') minimum or zero feet (0') if building abuts or will abut the adjacent building, except for apartment buildings, multi-dwelling buildings, and cottage homes where the minimum is always ten feet (10'). For mixed use buildings, facades on residential floors must be set back at least ten feet (10') from the side lot line.
               (D)   Rear setback (D): Ten feet (10') minimum.
               (E)   Above the third floor (or above the second floor if the height of the first 2 stories is at least 30 feet above grade) the maximum setback does not apply.
               (F)   Approved forecourt frontages may exceed the maximum setbacks stated above.
         c.   Building Height And Facade Step Backs:
            (1)   Except as provided below, principal buildings shall be three (3) stories maximum in height above grade.
               (A)   Additional building height may be granted through transfer of development rights or through bonus height provisions as set forth in subsection 14-2G-7G, "Building Height Bonus Provisions", of this article.
            (2)   Above the third floor, building facades facing and visible from public streets, plazas, or parks shall step back ten feet (10') minimum from the lower floor facade.
               (A)   At street corners, tower elements or similar corner emphasis treatments may be exempt from the step back requirement for up to one facade bay (maximum 35 feet) as approved by the FBC committee.
               (B)   The required facade step back may be established at a lower floor than stated above, provided it is established at least thirty feet (30') in height above grade.
         d.   Building Projections:
            (1)   The following building features may project into setbacks as follows:
               (A)   Bay windows, eaves, roof overhangs, cornices, belt courses, buttresses, sills, and other similar features: Two feet (2') maximum.
               (B)   Balconies on upper floors may project up to six feet (6') into front setbacks. Balconies may project beyond nonstreet-facing facades on upper floors up to four feet (4') maximum, but shall extend no closer than eight feet (8') from a side or rear lot line, unless said lot line abuts an alley or permanent open space.
               (C)   Canopies, awnings, stoops, terraces, covered building entries, and similar elements as permitted in section 14-2G-4, "Frontage Type Standards", of this article.
            (2)   Awnings and canopies may also project into public rights of way according to the applicable provisions of the building code. Certain permitted signs may also project into public rights of way according to applicable standards set forth in chapter 5, article B, "Sign Regulations", of this title. Projections into the right of way shall not interfere with utilities, street trees, and other important right of way features.
            (3)   Arcades and galleries projecting beyond ground level street- facing building facades are not permitted. (An arcade is a facade with an attached colonnade that projects over the sidewalk/walkway with upper story building space above. A gallery is a colonnade that is attached to a ground level facade that projects over the sidewalk/walkway.) Upper floor facades may not project closer to the streetside property line than the ground level building facade, except for building features noted above.
         e.   Building And Frontage Types:
            (1)   Principal buildings and building facades shall be designed in compliance with sections 14-2G-4, "Frontage Type Standards", and 14-2G-5, "Building Type Standards", of this article.
         f.   Facade Continuity:
            (1)   To define pedestrian friendly streetscapes while maintaining a lower intensity development character along primary streets, principal buildings shall occupy a minimum of fifty percent (50%) and a maximum of seventy five percent (75%) of the primary street lot frontage.
      4.   Parking, Loading, And Service Areas:
         a.   Parking: Parking shall be provided using a permitted parking type appropriate for the selected building type in compliance with section 14-2G-6, "Parking Type Standards", of this article and at the minimum ratios specified in section 14-5A-4, "Minimum Parking Requirements", of this title.
         b.   Parking, Loading, And Service Area Placement And Screening: Parking, loading, and service areas shall be located within, behind and to the side of principal buildings in compliance with the following requirements as shown in figure 2G-11 of this section.
FIGURE 2G-11
PARKING AND SERVICE PLACEMENT DIAGRAM
 
            (1)   Primary Street, Pedestrian Street, And Designated Ralston Creek Frontage Setback (E) And Screening:
               (A)   Surface parking, loading, and service area: Thirty feet (30') minimum from primary street building facade and located behind fully enclosed, occupied building space.
               (B)   Surface parking located to the side of buildings: Ten feet (10') minimum from the streetside property line (E') and set back three feet (3') minimum from the primary street building facade (E) and screened by low masonry walls and landscaping as specified for S2 standard, alternative materials (option B), set forth in chapter 5, article F, "Screening And Buffering Standards", of this title. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
               (C)   Building/structured parking: Thirty feet (30') minimum from the primary street building facade and located behind fully-enclosed, occupied building space, except the setback may be reduced to twenty feet (20') for buildings with ground-level residential uses. (Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
               (D)   Underground parking: Zero feet (0') minimum from primary street building facade.
            (2)   Secondary Street Setback (F) And Screening:
               (A)   Surface parking, loading, and service area: Ten feet (10') minimum and located three feet (3') minimum from the secondary street building facade and screened by low masonry walls and landscaping as specified for S2 standard, alternative materials (option B), set forth in chapter 5, article F, "Screening And Buffering Standards", of this title.
               (B)   Building/structured parking: Ten feet (10') minimum and set back one foot (1') minimum from the secondary street building facade and screened from view by architecturally finished building facades, according to the standards for structured parking set forth in subsection 14-5A-5F of this title.
               (C)   Underground parking: Ten feet (10') minimum and set back zero feet (0') minimum from secondary street building facade.
            (3)   Side (G) And Rear (H) Setbacks And Screening:
               (A)   Surface parking, loading, and service area: Five feet (5') minimum or zero feet (0') where parking is shared with the adjacent property. Setback area shall be landscaped to the S2 standard.
               (B)   Building/structured parking: Must comply with the same side and rear setback requirements as principal buildings. Parking must be screened from view by architecturally finished building facades, according to the standards for structured parking set forth in subsection 14-5A-5F of this title.
               (C)   Underground parking: Must comply with the same side and rear setback requirements as principal buildings.
            (4)   Underground Parking: Underground parking shall be designed to ensure ground floor finished floor elevations meet elevation requirements for permitted frontage types.
            (5)   Buildings With Ground Floor Residential Use: For buildings with ground floor residential use, no surface parking shall be closer than ten feet (10') to any residential portion of a building (i.e., not including portions of the building containing garage space). This ten foot (10') area must be used for walkways and landscaping and/or may be included as part of a larger open space area. If parking spaces are located where headlights of vehicles shine onto a wall containing ground floor windows, said parking spaces must be screened from view of the windows to at least the S2 standard.
         c.   Access To Parking, Loading, And Service Areas:
            (1)   All parking, loading, and service areas shall be accessed from public alleys, private rear lanes or driveways on secondary streets consistent with the riverfront crossings plan, except as allowed in subsection C4c(2) of this section.
            (2)   If access from an alley, private rear lane, or driveway from the secondary street is not feasible due to topography, site conditions, configuration of the lot, and/or other constraints, access to a primary street may be granted by the FBC Committee. Any request for a curb cut on an arterial street will be reviewed according to the applicable provisions set forth in section 14-5C-6, "Arterial Street Access Requirements", of this title.
         d.   Construction And Design Standards For Parking And Loading Areas:
            (1)   The following subsections of section 14-5A-5, "Construction And Design Standards", of this title shall apply:
               A.   Purpose.
               B.   Paving materials.
               C.   Parking and stacking space size.
               D.   Drainage.
               E.   Location.
               F.   Standards for structured parking.
               H.   Design and layout of surface parking areas.
               I.   Landscaping and tree requirements within parking areas.
               J.   Screening and setback requirements.
               K.   Design of bicycle parking areas.
      5.   Accessory Uses, Buildings And Structures:
         a.   Accessory uses, buildings and structures shall comply with the provisions of chapter 4, article C of this title. However, if the provisions contained in the riverfront crossings code are more specific or restrictive, said provisions shall supersede the provisions of chapter 4, article C of this title.
         b.   Garages and parking structures must be located and constructed in compliance with the provisions of subsection C4, "Parking, Loading, And Service Areas", of this section.
         c.   Accessory buildings other than garages and parking structures must be located behind or to the side of principal buildings according to the same setback standards as surface parking. Facades of accessory buildings within public view must be architecturally finished in a manner that is consistent with the principal building.
   D.   West Riverfront Subdistrict:
      1.   Intent: The west riverfront subdistrict (shaded in dark in figure 2G-12 of this section) is intended for commercial and mixed use development in buildings with street-facing entries opening onto streetscapes designed to provide a comfortable and attractive environment for pedestrians buffered from vehicular traffic on Riverside Drive. Along the west side of Riverside Drive south of Benton Street, buildings are designed with facades fronting onto a pedestrianway and perpendicular parking aligned along a continuous north-south travelway allowing cross parcel connections among adjacent sites and a reduction in curb cuts along Riverside Drive. Along the Iowa River, buildings are located, oriented, and designed to take advantage of river views. Along streets in this district, buildings are designed with facades aligned parallel to Riverside Drive, Benton Street, and Sturgis Corner Drive, with parking located in midblock and side yard locations with front yard parking only along the west side of Riverside Drive south of Benton Street, and along some portions of Orchard Street and Highway 6.
Figure 2G-12
Subdistrict Locator - West Riverfront
 
      2.   Uses: The principal uses allowed in the West Riverfront Subdistrict are the same as allowed in the CB-5 Zone, as specified in section 14-2C-2, table 2C-1 of this chapter. Provisions and special exception approval criteria that apply in the CB-5 Zone also apply in the West Riverfront Subdistrict, as set forth in chapter 4, article B of this title, except as noted below. In addition, the following restrictions and allowances shall apply: (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
         a.   Household living uses shall be allowed within permitted building types as specified in section 14-2G-5 of this article. For multi-family uses, the provisions in section 14-4B-4 of this title are superseded by the standards in this article and, therefore, do not apply. Residential occupancy is limited to one "household" per dwelling unit, as this term is defined in chapter 9, article A, "General Definitions", of this title. The residential occupancy of a household living use is constrained by the provisions of title 17, chapter 5, "Housing Code", of this Code. The maximum number of bedrooms per dwelling unit is three (3). Residential density (units per acre): no maximum. However, for apartment buildings, multi-dwelling buildings and mixed use buildings the number of three-bedroom units per lot may not exceed thirty percent (30%) of the total number of units on the lot; south of Benton Street, the number of three-bedroom units for these building types may not exceed twenty percent (20%). (Ord. 18-4744, 4-2-2018)
         b.   Assisted group living uses shall be allowed within permitted building types as specified in section 14-2G-5 of this article. Residential occupancy is limited to one roomer per three hundred (300) square feet of floor area, not including floor area within a garage or structured parking area.
         c.   Residential uses are not allowed within required retail storefronts, as specified in the riverfront crossings regulating plan.
         d.   Outdoor commercial recreational uses shall be allowed by special exception. The Board of Adjustment may modify subdistrict standards as appropriate for the specific use.
         e.   Building trade uses shall be allowed, provided all aspects of the operation are conducted indoors and, except for fleet vehicle parking, outdoor storage of materials and equipment is not allowed.
         f.   Drinking establishments must meet the applicable drinking establishment spacing requirement.
      3.   Principal Building Placement And Form:
         a.   Building Types:
            (1)   Principal buildings shall comply with section 14-2G-5, "Building Type Standards", of this article. The following building types are permitted in the West Riverfront Subdistrict (see also section 14-2G-5, table 2G-6 of this article):
TABLE 2G-4
PERMITTED BUILDING TYPES - WEST RIVERFRONT
 
Riverfront Crossings Subdistricts
Permitted Building Types
Cottage Home
Row House
Townhouse
Apartment Building
Multi- Dwelling Building
Live-Work Townhouse
Commercial Building
Mixed Use Building
Liner Building
Civic Or Institutional Building
West riverfront
 
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
 
         b.   Building Placement:
            (1)   Principal buildings shall be placed to the front and corner of lots and aligned along setbacks in compliance with the following requirements as shown in figure 2G-13 of this section, except as allowed in subsections D3b(2), D3b(3), and D3b(4) of this section.
FIGURE 2G-13
BUILDING PLACEMENT DIAGRAM
 
               (A)   Primary (A) and secondary (B) street setback: Ten feet (10') minimum, twenty feet (20') maximum.
               (B)   Lots fronting on pedestrian streets: Five feet (5') minimum, ten feet (10') maximum from public right of way or access easement. Pedestrian streets that provide frontage for buildings located along the riverfront shall provide a connection through the block between the riverfront trail and the intersecting public street. See subsection 14-2G-7B of this article for additional requirements.
               (C)   Side setback (C): Ten feet (10') minimum or zero feet (0') if building abuts or will abut the adjacent building, except for apartment buildings and multi-dwelling buildings where the minimum is always ten feet (10'). For mixed use buildings, facades on residential floors must be set back at least ten feet (10') from the side lot line.
               (D)   Rear setback (D): Ten feet (10') minimum.
               (E)   Above the third floor (or above the second floor if the height of the first 2 stories is at least 30 feet above grade) the maximum setback does not apply.
               (F)   Approved forecourt frontages may exceed the maximum setbacks stated above.
            (2)   Setbacks along the west side of South Riverside Drive south of Benton Street shall be as shown in the riverfront crossings district master plan. Building facades shall be aligned along a pedestrianway with abutting perpendicular parking spaces aligned along a continuous north-south drive aisle, which allows cross parcel connections among adjacent sites.
            (3)   On lots with double frontages on Sturgis Corner Drive and South Riverside Drive or Sturgis Corner Drive and Highway 6, Sturgis Corner Drive shall be considered the primary street frontage. For these lots, there shall be no maximum building setback along the Riverside Drive and Highway 6 frontages.
            (4)   For lots with double frontages on Orchard Street and Riverside Drive, there shall be no maximum building setback along the Orchard Street frontage.
         c.   Building Height And Facade Step Backs:
            (1)   Except as provided below, principal buildings shall be four (4) stories maximum in height above grade.
               (A)   Principal buildings with frontage on the Iowa River may be eight (8) stories maximum in height before application of bonus provisions.
               (B)   Additional building height may be granted through transfer of development rights or through bonus height provisions as set forth in subsection 14-2G-7G, "Building Height Bonus Provisions", of this article.
            (2)   Above the third floor, building facades facing and visible from streets, plazas, parks, and single-family residential zones shall step back ten feet (10') minimum from the lower floor facade.
               (A)   At street corners, tower elements or similar corner emphasis treatments may be exempt from the step back requirement for up to one facade bay (maximum 35 feet) as approved by the FBC committee.
               (B)   Buildings with frontage on the Iowa River shall be exempt from the step back requirement.
               (C)   The required facade step back may be established at a lower floor than stated above, provided it is established at least thirty feet (30') in height above grade.
         d.   Building Projections:
            (1)   The following building features may project into setbacks as follows:
               (A)   Bay windows, eaves, roof overhangs, cornices, belt courses, buttresses, sills, and other similar features: Two feet (2') maximum.
               (B)   Balconies on upper floors may project up to six feet (6') into front setbacks. Balconies may project beyond nonstreet-facing facades on upper floors up to four feet (4') maximum, but shall extend no closer than eight feet (8') from a side or rear lot line, unless said lot line abuts an alley or permanent open space.
               (C)   Canopies, awnings, stoops, terraces, covered building entries, and similar elements as permitted in section 14-2G-4, "Frontage Type Standards", of this article.
            (2)   Awnings and canopies may also project into public rights of way according to the applicable provisions of the building code. Certain permitted signs may also project into public rights of way according to applicable standards set forth in chapter 5, article B, "Sign Regulations", of this title. Projections into the right of way shall not interfere with utilities, street trees and other important right of way features.
            (3)   Arcades and galleries projecting beyond ground level street- facing building facades are not permitted. (An arcade is a facade with an attached colonnade that projects over the sidewalk/walkway with upper story building space above. A gallery is a colonnade that is attached to a ground level facade that projects over the sidewalk/walkway.) Upper floor facades may not project closer to the streetside property line than the ground level building facade, except for building features noted above.
         e.   Building And Frontage Types:
            (1)   Principal buildings and building facades shall be designed in compliance with sections 14-2G-4, "Frontage Type Standards", and 14-2G-5, "Building Type Standards", of this article.
         f.   Facade Continuity:
            (1)   To define pedestrian friendly streetscapes while maintaining a lower intensity development character along primary streets, principal buildings shall occupy a minimum of fifty percent (50%) of the primary street lot frontage.
            (2)   To ensure public access and view corridors to the Iowa River, buildings located along the riverfront shall occupy no more than seventy five percent (75%) of the width of the lot as measured along the riverside lot line.
            (3)   Any building that exceeds five (5) stories in height must be separated from any other building that exceeds five (5) stories in height by a distance equal to the height of the taller building or one hundred feet (100'), whichever is less.
      4.   Parking And Service Areas:
         a.   Parking: Parking shall be provided using a permitted parking type appropriate for the selected building type in compliance with section 14-2G-6, "Parking Type Standards", of this article and at the minimum ratios specified in section 14-5A-4, "Minimum Parking Requirements", of this title.
         b.   Parking, Loading, And Service Area Placement And Screening: Parking, loading, and service areas shall be located within, behind and to the side of principal buildings in compliance with the following requirements as shown in figure 2G-14 of this section.
FIGURE 2G-14
PARKING AND SERVICE PLACEMENT DIAGRAM
 
            (1)   Primary Street And Pedestrian Street Setback (E) And Screening:
               (A)   Surface parking, loading, and service areas: Thirty feet (30') minimum from primary street building facade and located behind fully enclosed, occupied building space.
               (B)   Surface parking located to the side of buildings: Ten feet (10') minimum from the streetside property line (E') and set back three feet (3') minimum from the primary street building facade (E) and screened by low masonry walls and landscaping as specified for S2 standard, alternative materials (option B), set forth in chapter 5, article F, "Screening And Buffering Standards", of this title.
               (C)   Along the west side of South Riverside Drive south of Benton Street, one (1) single loaded aisle of parking is permitted within the private frontage area. The parking aisle shall be set back a minimum of five feet (5') from the front property line and the area between the parking aisle and the public sidewalk shall be landscaped to the S2 standard. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
               (D)   Building/structured parking: Thirty feet (30') minimum from the primary street building facade and located behind fully-enclosed, occupied building space, except the setback may be reduced to twenty feet (20') for buildings with ground-level residential uses. (Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
               (E)   Underground parking: Zero feet (0') minimum from primary street building facade.
            (2)   Secondary Street Setback (F) And Screening:
               (A)   Surface parking, loading, and service areas along Myrtle Avenue and Highway 1: Ten feet (10') minimum and set back three feet (3') minimum from secondary street building facades and screened to the S2 standard.
               (B)   Surface parking, loading, and service areas along Orchard Street: Ten feet (10') minimum and screened to the S2 standard.
               (C)   Building/structured parking: Ten feet (10') minimum and screened from view by architecturally finished building facades, according to the standards for structured parking set forth in subsection 14-5A-5F of this title.
               (D)   Underground parking: Ten feet (10') minimum and set back zero feet (0') minimum from secondary street building facades.
            (3)   Side (G) And Rear (H) Setbacks And Screening:
               (A)   Surface parking, loading, and service area: Five feet (5') minimum or zero feet (0') where parking is shared with the adjacent property. Setback area shall be landscaped to the S2 standard.
               (B)   Building/structured parking: Must comply with the same side and rear setback requirements as principal buildings. Parking must be screened from view by architecturally finished building facades, according to the standards for structured parking set forth in subsection 14-5A-5F of this title.
               (C)   Underground parking: Must comply with the same side and rear setback requirement as principal buildings.
            (4)   Underground Parking: Underground parking shall be designed to ensure ground floor finished floor elevations meet elevation requirements for permitted frontage types.
            (5)   Buildings With Ground Floor Residential Use: For buildings with ground floor residential use, no surface parking shall be closer than ten feet (10') to any residential portion of a building (i.e., not including portions of the building containing garage space). This ten foot (10') area must be used for walkways and landscaping and/or may be included as part of a larger open space area. If parking spaces are located where headlights of vehicles shine onto a wall containing ground floor windows, said parking spaces must be screened from view of the windows to at least the S2 standard.
         c.   Access To Parking And Service Areas:
            (1)   All parking and service areas shall be accessed from public alleys, private rear lanes or driveways on secondary streets consistent with the riverfront crossings plan. Limited access to primary streets is allowed consistent with the riverfront crossings plan. However, in order to improve traffic circulation upon redevelopment, the city may require closure of inappropriately located curb cuts in favor of shared access points along the frontage.
            (2)   FBC committee approval is required for the placement of new driveway and curb cuts along primary streets. Any request for a curb cut on an arterial street will be reviewed according to the applicable provisions set forth in section 14-5C-6, "Arterial Street Access Requirements", of this title.
         d.   Construction And Design Standards For Parking And Loading Areas:
            (1)   The following subsections of section 14-5A-5, "Construction And Design Standards", of this title shall apply:
               A.   Purpose.
               B.   Paving materials.
               C.   Parking and stacking space size.
               D.   Drainage.
               E.   Location.
               F.   Standards for structured parking.
               H.   Design and layout of surface parking areas.
               I.   Landscaping and tree requirements within parking areas.
               J.   Screening and setback requirements.
               K.   Design of bicycle parking areas.
      5.   Accessory Uses, Buildings And Structures:
         a.   Accessory uses, buildings and structures shall comply with the provisions of chapter 4, article C of this title. However, if the provisions contained in the riverfront crossings code are more specific or restrictive, said provisions shall supersede the provisions of chapter 4, article C of this title.
         b.   Garages and parking structures must be located and constructed in compliance with the provisions of subsection D4, "Parking And Service Areas", of this section.
         c.   Accessory buildings other than garages and parking structures must be located behind and to the side of principal buildings according to the same setback standards as surface parking. Facades of accessory buildings within public view must be architecturally finished in a manner that is consistent with the principal building. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016; amd. Ord. 20-4840, 12-15-2020)

14-2G-4: FRONTAGE TYPE STANDARDS:

   A.   Generally: A building's frontage condition, the transition from public to private space, from indoor to outdoor at the main entrance, the design treatment of ground floor building facades, the configuration of facade projections, and the disposition of improvements within required setbacks, strongly influences the quality and character of public streets and spaces.
All principal buildings in the form based zoning districts shall be designed with frontage types meeting the requirements of this section. The standards recognize that different types of buildings, as defined in the building type standards in section 14-2G-5 of this article, may call for different frontage conditions. Illustrations within this section are intended to demonstrate basic frontage type standards and are not intended to promote a particular architectural style or represent the architectural detail necessary for high quality buildings.
Table 2G-5 of this section identifies which of the frontage types are permitted in conjunction with each of the building types: (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
TABLE 2G-5
PERMITTED FRONTAGE TYPES
Building Types
Permitted Frontage Types
Storefront
Urban Flex
Terrace
Stoop
Porch And Yard
Portico
Forecourt
Building Types
Permitted Frontage Types
Storefront
Urban Flex
Terrace
Stoop
Porch And Yard
Portico
Forecourt
Cottage home
 
 
 
X
X
 
 
Row house
 
 
X
X
X
 
 
Townhouse
 
 
X
X
X
 
 
Apartment building
 
 
X3
X3
 
X
X1
Multi-dwelling building
 
 
X3
X3
 
X
X1
Live-work townhouse
 
X
X
X
 
 
 
Commercial building
X
X
 
 
 
 
X1
Mixed-use building
X
X
X2,3
X2,3
 
X2
X1
Liner building
X
X
X3
X3
 
 
 
Civic or institutional building
 
X
X
X
 
X
X1
 
Notes:
   1.    Subordinate frontage type, to be used in conjunction with other permitted frontage type(s).
   2.    Frontage type may be allowed by the FBC for appropriate horizontal mixing of uses, e.g., for large mixed use buildings with multiple street frontages.
   3.   Allowed for access to individual dwelling units or live-work units.
(Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016; amd. Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
   B.   Storefront:
      1.   Description: The storefront frontage is the primary frontage type for buildings with active commercial ground floor uses, such as retail, personal services, and restaurants; see table 2G-5 of this section to determine appropriate building types. The frontage provides storefront facades that are typically aligned close to the streetside property line, with large transparent windows and multiple building entries at the grade of the fronting sidewalk. The regulating plan indicates locations where this frontage type is required.
FIGURE 2G-15
STOREFRONT
 
      2.   Standards:
         a.   The private frontage area between the public sidewalk and the building facade shall be designed for additional sidewalk width and other pedestrian oriented uses, such as plaza space, outdoor patio space for restaurant and cafe seating, landscaping, public art, or recessed entryways.
         b.   To encourage commercial activity at the street level, private frontage areas should be seamlessly integrated with and at the same level as the public sidewalk to the extent possible. With approval of the FBC committee, on sloping sites in specific locations where there is a desire to provide usable outdoor space the private frontage area may be slightly raised above sidewalk grade to create a level plaza or patio area. The elevation of the raised area shall not exceed the elevation of the ground floor finished floor (see subsection B2d of this section). A transparent, decorative wrought iron or similar metal railing may be located at the edge of the raised area if required for safety, but shall be limited to forty two inches (42") maximum in height. Opaque railings, fences or walls shall not be permitted. Access to raised areas shall be provided directly from the sidewalk through steps and/or ramps. The use of ramps and railings shall be minimized to maintain a seamless transition from sidewalk to storefront. Transparent, decorative wrought iron or similar metal fencing/railings not to exceed forty two inches (42") are allowed for outdoor service areas and sidewalk cafes for eating and drinking establishments, as approved by the city. Any such fencing/railings for outdoor service areas and sidewalk cafes must include landscaped planters or planter boxes along at least fifty percent (50%) of its length.
         c.   A minimum seventy percent (70%) of the area of the ground floor facade between two (2) and ten feet (10') in height above adjacent ground level shall consist of storefront windows and doors. Glazing shall be clear and highly transparent and individual lites for display windows should be as large as possible to invite views into the interior space. Transom windows are encouraged above storefront display windows. Residential window types, closely spaced mullions, and punched windows are not allowed for storefront frontages. Reflective (mirrored) or colored glass is not permitted. Low-E glazing will reduce transparency, so is discouraged for storefront windows, but if used, the glass chosen should have a high visible light transmittance and low reflectivity. Such windows must allow views into the interior space. The bottom of storefront windows shall be no more than two feet (2') above the adjacent ground level, except along sloping sites, where this standard shall be met to the extent possible so that views into the interior are maximized and blank walls are avoided.
         d.   The ground floor finished floor elevation shall match the elevation of the abutting public sidewalk or publicly accessible plaza. On sloping sites the FBC committee may adjust this requirement, provided that the height of the ground floor of the building is no more than three feet (3') above the level of the abutting public sidewalk or public pedestrian plaza at any point along a street-facing facade.
         e.   The ground floor floor-to-structural ceiling height shall be fourteen feet (14') minimum.
         f.   Ground floor building space shall be designed to meet building code requirements for commercial uses.
         g.   Entries to individual ground floor tenant spaces and entries to common lobbies accessing upper floor space shall open directly onto public sidewalks or publicly accessible outdoor plazas. Thresholds at building entries shall match the grade of the adjacent sidewalk or plaza area.
         h.   Storefront entries shall be recessed a minimum of eighteen inches (18") and sheltered by awnings or canopies that project a minimum of six feet (6') from the building facade. Entries must also be distinguished by facade design, materials, articulation, or other architectural details that provide relief to the building facade and draw attention to the entrance.
         i.   Awnings or canopies designed to provide weather protection are required along at least sixty percent (60%) of the street-facing facade and shall project four feet (4') minimum, eight feet (8') maximum from the front facade and shall be located eight feet (8') minimum above the adjacent sidewalk.
   C.   Urban Flex:
      1.   Description: The urban flex frontage is a frontage type appropriate for buildings with ground floor commercial uses where more flexibility is desired for nonretail uses, such as offices, institutional uses, building trade uses, and live-work uses, or along secondary frontages where views into the interior of the building are not as critical, but where architecturally finished facades with elements that provide visual interest and comfort to pedestrians are important. See table 2G-5 of this section to determine appropriate building types. The frontage provides ground floor storefront conditions with high proportions of transparency, but to a lesser degree than the storefront frontage.
FIGURE 2G-16
URBAN FLEX
 
      2.   Standards:
         a.   The private frontage area between the public sidewalk and the building facade shall be designed for pedestrian oriented uses, such as plaza space, outdoor patio space for restaurant and cafe seating, landscaping, public art, or recessed entryways.
         b.   To encourage commercial activity at the street level, private frontage areas should be seamlessly integrated with and at the same level as the public sidewalk to the extent possible. With approval of the FBC committee, on sloping sites in specific locations where there is a desire to provide usable outdoor space the private frontage area may be slightly raised above sidewalk grade to create a level plaza or patio area. The elevation of the raised area shall not exceed the elevation of the ground floor finished floor (see subsection C2d of this section). A transparent, decorative wrought iron or similar metal railing may be located at the edge of the raised area if required for safety, but shall be limited to forty two inches (42") maximum in height. Opaque railings, fences or walls shall not be permitted. Access to raised areas shall be provided directly from the sidewalk through steps and/or ramps. The use of ramps and railings shall be minimized to maintain a seamless transition from sidewalk to storefront. Transparent, decorative wrought iron or similar metal fencing/railings not to exceed forty two inches (42") are allowed for outdoor service areas and sidewalk cafes for eating and drinking establishments, as approved by the city. Any such fencing/railings for outdoor service areas and sidewalk cafes must include landscaped planters and/or planter boxes along at least fifty percent (50%) of its length.
         c.   A minimum fifty percent (50%) of the area of the ground floor facade between two (2) and ten feet (10') in height above adjacent ground level shall consist of storefront windows and doors. Glazing shall be clear and highly transparent. Residential window types, closely spaced mullions, and punched windows are not allowed for urban flex frontages. Reflective (mirrored) or colored glass is not permitted. Low-E glazing will reduce transparency, so is discouraged for storefront windows, but if used, the glass chosen should have a high visible light transmittance and low reflectivity. Such windows must allow views into the interior space. The bottom of storefront windows shall be no more than three feet (3') above the adjacent ground level, except along sloping sites, where this standard shall be met to the extent possible so that views into the interior are maximized and blank walls are avoided.
         d.   The ground floor finished floor elevation shall not exceed twelve inches (12") maximum above the elevation of the abutting public sidewalk or publicly accessible plaza. On sloping sites the FBC committee may adjust this requirement, provided that at least a portion of the ground floor finished floor elevation is located within twelve inches (12") of the elevation of the abutting public sidewalk or publicly accessible plaza, views into storefronts are maximized to the extent possible, and blank walls are avoided.
         e.   The ground floor floor-to-structural ceiling height shall be fourteen feet (14') minimum.
         f.   Ground floor building space shall be designed to meet building code requirements for commercial uses.
         g.   Entries to ground floor building space and common lobbies accessing upper floor space shall open directly onto public sidewalks or publicly accessible outdoor plazas where present, or shall be directly connected to sidewalks by a paved walkway.
         h.   Thresholds at building entries shall match the grade of adjacent sidewalks, plaza areas, or paved walkways.
         i.   Building entries shall be recessed a minimum of eighteen inches (18") and sheltered by awnings or canopies that project a minimum of six feet (6') from the building facade. Entries must also be distinguished by facade design, materials, articulation, or other architectural details that provide relief to the building facade and draw attention to the entrance.
         j.   Awnings and canopies designed to provide weather protection along frontages are encouraged and may project eight feet (8') maximum from the front facade and shall be located eight feet (8') minimum above the adjacent sidewalk.
   D.   Terrace:
      1.   Description: The terrace frontage provides for vertical separation of building space from sidewalk grade and creates semiprivate outdoor space for individual dwelling units by elevating and partially enclosing a portion of the private frontage area. The terrace frontage is suited for ground floor residential uses in urban settings and may be appropriate for live-work and institutional uses. See table 2G-5 of this section to determine appropriate building types.
FIGURE 2G-17
TERRACE
      2.   Standards:
         a.   The private frontage area between the sidewalk and the building facade shall be designed as a raised terrace, which is elevated up to thirty six inches (36") maximum above grade by a garden wall to provide a semiprivate outdoor space. The terrace may also be suitable for outdoor seating for live-work uses.
         b.   A terrace shall project six feet (6') minimum, ten feet (10') maximum beyond the front facade. A terrace may extend along the front facade for the width of the dwelling unit. The terrace frontage is only allowed for access to individual dwelling units, individual live-work units, or for institutional uses. To enhance privacy, adjacent terrace frontages shall be separated by walls and/or railings, or by a minimum six feet (6') wide landscaped area.
         c.   Terraces may be hardscaped or landscaped, or a combination of both. Wood or composite decking shall not be permitted. Where present, any private frontage area between the terrace and the edge of sidewalk shall be landscaped, except for walkways leading to the terrace.
         d.   Terraces shall be enclosed by garden walls up to forty two inches (42") maximum in height above grade. The garden wall's design and materials shall be of high quality and compatible with the building's architecture. A decorative, transparent railing or fence, constructed of metal and glass, wrought iron, or metal faithfully imitating wrought iron, may be affixed atop the garden walls if additional height is necessary for safety. The railing height shall not exceed forty two inches (42") maximum above the terrace grade. Steps or a ramp shall be provided for access to the terrace. Steps and/or ramps may be perpendicular or parallel to the sidewalk.
         e.   To provide vertical separation and enhance privacy, the finished floor elevation of ground floor residential building space shall be elevated eighteen inches (18") minimum above the elevation of the abutting public sidewalk, and thirty six inches (36") maximum above grade and may be flush with or slightly elevated above the terrace level.
         f.   Building entries shall be accessed directly from the terrace.
         g.   Landscaping of the terrace may include ground covers, grasses, garden plants, low shrubs, and ornamental trees. All plant material shall be of a variety that will not exceed forty two inches (42") in height at maturity (except trees) so as not to obstruct ground floor windows. Plant material shall be selected to prevent encroachment of the public sidewalk. Thorny plants are not permitted.
   E.   Stoop:
      1.   Description: The stoop frontage is a frontage type appropriate for certain buildings with ground floor residential or institutional use. See table 2G-5 of this section to determine appropriate building types. The stoop frontage provides for vertical separation of building space from sidewalk grade and modest projections of stoops and covered entries for individual dwelling units beyond building facades. The stoop frontage typically is used in conjunction with shallow setbacks.
FIGURE 2G-18
STOOP
 
      2.   Standards:
         a.   The private frontage area between the sidewalk and the building facade shall be landscaped with the intent to provide privacy for residents and attractive landscape for pedestrians. The private frontage area is not intended as outdoor gathering space (such as patios) and hardscaped areas other than stoop, stair, accessible ramp, and paved walkway are not permitted.
         b.   To provide vertical separation and enhance privacy, the finished floor elevation of ground floor residential space shall be elevated eighteen inches (18") minimum above the elevation of the abutting public sidewalk, and thirty six inches (36") maximum above grade.
         c.   Stoops shall be provided at the entries of individual units along front building facades and shall consist of an exterior floor area raised eighteen inches (18") minimum above the elevation of the abutting public sidewalk, and thirty six inches (36") maximum above grade to generally match the interior ground floor finished floor elevation. For buildings with multiple stoops, or a combination of stoops, porches, and porticoes, a six foot (6') minimum landscaped area shall be provided between adjacent frontages.
         d.   Stoops shall project four feet (4') minimum, six feet (6') maximum beyond the front facade and extend five feet (5') minimum, eight feet (8') maximum along the front facade.
         e.   The exterior stair of a stoop may be perpendicular or parallel to the sidewalk.
         f.   Landscaping on both sides of the stoop is required. Landscaping may be at grade or elevated, and may be demarcated by a garden wall up to twenty four inches (24") in height or a maximum forty two inches (42") decorative, transparent fence constructed of wrought iron or metal that faithfully imitates wrought iron. Plants may include ground covers, grasses, garden plants, low shrubs, and ornamental trees. All plant material (except trees) shall be of a variety whose height at maturity will not obstruct ground floor windows. Plant material shall be selected to prevent encroachment of the public sidewalk. Thorny plants are not permitted within three feet (3') of the public sidewalk.
   F.   Porch And Yard:
      1.   Description: The porch and yard frontage is a frontage type appropriate for certain residential buildings. See table 2G-5 of this section to determine appropriate building types. The porch and yard frontage provides for vertical separation of building space from sidewalk grade, projections of usable porches beyond building facades, and is typically set back from the streetside property line to provide a front yard area. An optional fence may be built at or close to the property line to delineate the front yard.
FIGURE 2G-19
PORCH AND YARD
 
      2.   Standards:
         a.   The private frontage area between the sidewalk and the building facade shall be landscaped with the intent to provide privacy for residents and attractive landscape for pedestrians. The private frontage area is not intended as outdoor gathering space (such as patios) and hardscaped areas other than porch, stair, accessible ramps, and paved walkway are not permitted.
         b.   To provide vertical separation and enhance privacy, the finished floor elevation of ground floor residential space shall be elevated eighteen inches (18") minimum above the elevation of the abutting public sidewalk, and thirty six inches (36") maximum above grade.
         c.   Porches shall be provided at the entries of single- or two- family dwellings along front building facades and shall consist of an exterior floor area raised eighteen inches (18") minimum above the elevation of the abutting public sidewalk, and thirty six inches (36") maximum above grade to generally match the interior ground floor finished floor elevation. For buildings with multiple porches, or a combination of porches and stoops, a six foot (6') minimum landscaped area shall be provided between adjacent frontages.
         d.   Porches shall project six feet (6') minimum, ten feet (10') maximum beyond the front facade and extend at least fifty percent (50%) of the facade width along the front facade.
         e.   An optional fence enclosing the front yard shall not exceed forty eight inches (48") maximum in height. Fences shall be made of high quality materials and construction compatible with the building's architecture. Permitted materials include vertical wood pickets, wood lattice, wrought iron, and metal that faithfully imitates wrought iron. Fences shall be semitransparent with maximum fifty percent (50%) opacity. Chainlink or wire mesh fences are prohibited.
         f.   Front yard landscaping may include ground covers, grasses, garden plants, low shrubs, and ornamental trees. All plant material (except trees) shall be of a variety whose height at maturity will not obstruct ground floor windows. Plant material shall be selected to prevent encroachment of the public sidewalk. Thorny plants are not permitted within three feet (3') of the public sidewalk.
   G.   Portico:
      1.   Description: The portico frontage is a frontage type appropriate for certain buildings with ground floor residential use as well as institutional uses. See table 2G-5 of this section to determine appropriate building types. The portico frontage has its building facade aligned close to the streetside property line with the ground floor elevated above the sidewalk level to provide privacy for the ground floor windows and is accessed by a covered, generously sized exterior stairway and landing.
FIGURE 2G-20
PORTICO
 
      2.   Standards:
         a.   The private frontage area between the sidewalk and the building facade shall be landscaped with the intent to provide privacy for residents and attractive landscape for pedestrians. The private frontage area is not intended as outdoor gathering space (such as patios) and hardscaped areas other than portico, stair, accessible ramp, and paved walkway are not permitted.
         b.   To provide vertical separation and enhance privacy, the finished floor elevation of ground floor residential space shall be elevated eighteen inches (18") minimum above the elevation of the abutting public sidewalk, and thirty six inches (36") maximum above grade.
         c.   Porticoes shall be provided at building entries along front building facades and shall consist of an exterior floor area raised eighteen inches (18") minimum above the elevation of the abutting public sidewalk, and thirty six inches (36") maximum above grade to generally match the interior ground floor finished floor elevation. Porticoes may provide access to a central lobby of a multi-unit building or may provide direct access to no more than two (2) entrances to individual dwelling units.
         d.   Porticoes shall project six feet (6') minimum, ten feet (10') maximum beyond the front facade and extend ten feet (10') minimum, twenty feet (20') maximum along the front facade. A flat or pitched roof that is supported by columns or piers shall extend over the entire portico. Alternatively a flat metal canopy suspended from support rods or cables may extend over the entirety of the portico. For buildings with multiple porticoes, or a combination of stoops and porticoes, a six foot (6') minimum landscaped area shall be provided between adjacent frontages.
         e.   Landscaping on both sides of the portico is required. Landscaping may be at grade or elevated, and may be demarcated by a garden wall up to twenty four inches (24") in height or a maximum forty two inches (42") decorative, transparent fence constructed of wrought iron or metal that faithfully imitates wrought iron. Plants may include ground covers, grasses, garden plants, low shrubs, and ornamental trees. All plant material (except trees) shall be of a variety whose height at maturity will not obstruct ground floor windows. Plant material shall be selected to prevent encroachment of the public sidewalk. Thorny plants are not permitted within three feet (3') of the public sidewalk.
   H.   Forecourt:
      1.   Description: The forecourt frontage is a subordinate frontage type intended for use in combination with one or more of the above permitted frontage types. See table 2G-5 of this section to determine appropriate building types. The forecourt frontage is created by setting back the central portion of the building facade to create an entry plaza or green that is surrounded by building facades on three (3) sides. Forecourts at corners are not permitted.
FIGURE 2G-21
FORECOURT
      2.   Standards:
         a.   Forecourts shall be twenty feet (20') minimum in depth and width, however, neither dimension shall exceed 1.5 times the other dimension. In addition, the width of a forecourt shall not exceed one-third (1/3) of the overall facade width.
         b.   Forecourts may provide access to a central lobby of a larger building or may provide access to multiple uses through individual entrances. Depending on ground floor uses, forecourts may be appropriate for either semiprivate or public uses, such as outdoor cafes, gardens, public art, or fountains.
         c.   The forecourt may be hardscaped or landscaped, or a combination thereof, and may be elevated twenty four inches (24") maximum above the elevation of the public sidewalk to maintain visual connectivity between the forecourt and the public sidewalk. If elevated, steps and/or ramps shall be provided to directly connect the forecourt with the adjacent sidewalk.
         d.   Garden walls twenty four inches (24") maximum in height may be used to separate the forecourt from the public sidewalk while maintaining visual connectivity. The garden wall's design and materials shall be high quality and compatible with the building's architecture.
         e.   Where landscaped areas are provided, plants may include ground covers, grasses, garden plants, low shrubs, and ornamental trees. All plant material (except trees) shall be of a variety whose height at maturity will not obstruct ground floor windows. Plant material shall be selected to prevent encroachment of the public sidewalk or walkways necessary to gain access to the building. Thorny plants are not permitted within three feet (3') of public sidewalks or walkways necessary to gain access to the building.
         f.   Other design standards required for the primary frontage types shall apply. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)

14-2G-5: BUILDING TYPE STANDARDS:

   A.   Generally: The building type standards differentiate and define a range of principal building typologies deemed appropriate for the Riverfront Crossings District and the Eastside Mixed Use District. The building types describe basic building configuration and massing, pedestrian access, vehicle access, and parking specific to each typology. The standards are intended to complement the subdistrict standards and frontage type standards set forth in previous sections. Illustrations are intended to demonstrate basic building type standards, and are not intended to promote a particular architectural style or represent the architectural detail necessary for high quality buildings. In the event of conflicting requirements the more stringent requirement shall control.
Table 2G-6 of this section identifies which of the building types are allowed in each of the subdistricts: (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
TABLE 2G-6
PERMITTED BUILDING TYPES
Permitted Building Types
Form-Based Zoning Districts
South Downtown
Park
South Gilbert
University
Central Crossings
Gilbert
West Riverfront
Eastside Mixed Use
Orchard
Permitted Building Types
Form-Based Zoning Districts
South Downtown
Park
South Gilbert
University
Central Crossings
Gilbert
West Riverfront
Eastside Mixed Use
Orchard
Cottage home
X
X
X
Rowhouse
X
X
X
X
Townhouse
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Apartment building
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Multi-dwelling building
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Live-work townhouse
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X2
Commercial building
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X1
Mixed-use building
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X1
Liner building
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Civic or institutional building
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
 
Notes:
   1.   Only allowed on properties with frontage on Van Buren Street or Burlington Street.
   2.    Only allowed on properties with frontage on Orchard Street.
(Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016; amd. Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
   B.   Cottage Home:
      1.   Description: The cottage home is a detached single-family house on a fee simple lot. The cottage home provides a semiprivate front yard and a private back yard. Garages are located in the rear yards, accessed either from an alley or by narrow driveways between adjacent cottage homes. Table 2G-6 of this section identifies the subdistricts where this building type is permitted.
FIGURE 2G-22
COTTAGE HOME (ALLEY ACCESS)
 
FIGURE 2G-23
COTTAGE HOME (DRIVEWAY ACCESS)
 
      2.   Building Size And Massing:
         a.   Buildings shall be composed of one-, one and a half-, or two- story volumes.
      3.   Primary Pedestrian Access:
         a.   The main entrance shall be located within the facade and shall be accessed directly from a street through an allowed frontage type. See section 14-2G-4, table 2G-5 of this article.
      4.   Vehicle Parking:
         a.   Parking shall be provided in a garage located in the rear yard behind the principal building. Garages may be detached, attached to the principal building, or connected to the principal building by a covered or enclosed breezeway.
         b.   Vehicular access shall be provided as follows:
            (1)   Where a public alley or private rear lane is present garages shall be accessed from the alley or rear lane.
            (2)   Where no rear access is possible, garages shall be accessed through maximum ten feet (10') wide driveways accessed from the front of the lot between adjacent cottage homes. Shared driveways between adjacent lots are encouraged.
         c.   Refer to section 14-2G-6, "Parking Type Standards", of this article for additional requirements.
   C.   Row House:
      1.   Description: The row house is a single-family unit that shares common walls with one or two (2) of the adjacent units. A row house may be located on a separate fee simple lot or be part of a multi-unit development. The row house provides a semiprivate front yard and a private back yard. Table 2G-6 of this section identifies the subdistricts where this building type is permitted.
FIGURE 2G-24
ROW HOUSE
 
      2.   Building Size And Massing:
         a.   Buildings shall be composed of two-, two and a half-, or three-story volumes.
         b.   Groups of row houses may consist of two (2) to six (6) attached units.
      3.   Primary Pedestrian Access:
         a.   The main entrance shall be located within the facade and shall be accessed directly from a street through an allowed frontage type. See section 14-2G-4, table 2G-5 of this article.
      4.   Vehicle Parking:
         a.   Parking shall be provided in a garage, which may be detached or attached to the principal building.
         b.   Garage doors must be oriented to an alley or private rear lane and shall not face the street.
         c.   Refer to section 14-2G-6, "Parking Type Standards", of this article for additional requirements.
   D.   Townhouse:
      1.   Description: The townhouse is a single-family unit that shares common walls with one or two (2) of the adjacent units. A townhouse may be located on a separate fee simple lot or be part of a multi-unit development. The townhouse provides a semiprivate front yard but no private back yard. Table 2G-6 of this section identifies the subdistricts where this building type is permitted.
FIGURE 2G-25
TOWNHOUSE
 
      2.   Building Size And Massing:
         a.   Buildings shall be composed of two-, two and a half-, or three-story volumes.
         b.   Groups of townhouses may consist of two (2) to ten (10) units.
      3.   Primary Pedestrian Access:
         a.   Entrances to each dwelling shall be located within the facade and shall be accessed directly from a street through an allowed frontage type. See section 14-2G-4, table 2G-5 of this article.
      4.   Vehicle Parking:
         a.   Parking shall be provided in a garage attached to or tucked under the unit at the rear.
         b.   Garage doors must be oriented to an alley or private rear lane and shall not face the street.
         c.   Refer to section 14-2G-6, "Parking Type Standards", of this article for additional requirements.
   E.   Apartment Building:
      1.   Description: The apartment building is designed to be occupied by multiple dwelling units configured as a double loaded corridor building. The apartment building is oriented perpendicular to the primary street frontage and sits atop an underground parking garage whose bay width determines the building width. Table 2G-6 of this section identifies the subdistricts where this building type is permitted.
FIGURE 2G-26
APARTMENT BUILDING
 
      2.   Building Size And Massing:
         a.   Buildings shall be composed of two-, three-, or four-story (where permitted) volumes.
      3.   Primary Pedestrian Access:
         a.   The main entrance to the apartment building shall be located within the facade and shall be accessed directly from a street through an allowed frontage type. See section 14-2G-4, table 2G-5 of this article.
         b.   Access to dwelling units shall be from a shared lobby located at the main entrance with entrances to each dwelling unit provided through central corridors. Exterior corridors and exterior stairways to upper floor dwelling units are not permitted.
      4.   Vehicle Parking:
         a.   Parking shall be provided in an underground structure located beneath the building footprint. The underground structure shall be designed so that the finished floor elevation of the residential space above matches the elevation of the frontage type (see section 14-2G-4, "Frontage Type Standards", of this article).
         b.   Additional surface parking may be located to the rear of the building.
         c.   Refer to section 14-2G-6, "Parking Type Standards", of this article for additional requirements.
   F.   Multi-Dwelling Building:
      1.   Description: The multi-dwelling building is designed to be occupied by multi-family dwelling units or group living uses. The multi-dwelling building may be arranged in a variety of configurations, including bar, L, U and C shapes. A multi- dwelling building may be configured around a courtyard providing private outdoor space, or may be part of a larger development with multiple buildings configured around a common courtyard. Table 2G-6 of this section identifies the subdistricts where this building type is permitted.
FIGURE 2G-27
MULTI-DWELLING BUILDING
 
      2.   Building Size And Massing:
         a.   Buildings shall be composed in accordance with the applicable subdistrict standards with respect to building height and step back requirements.
         b.   Courtyards shall have no dimension less than twenty feet (20') and shall be designed with appropriate landscaping and/or hardscaping to provide a safe and attractive outdoor space for residents of the building.
      3.   Primary Pedestrian Access:
         a.   The main entrance to the multi-dwelling building shall be located within the facade and shall be accessed directly from a street through an allowed frontage type. See section 14-2G-4, table 2G-5 of this article.
         b.   Access to dwelling units shall be from a shared lobby located at the main entrance with entrances to each dwelling unit provided through shared corridors. Exterior corridors and exterior stairways to upper floor dwelling units are not permitted.
         c.   Ground floor dwelling units fronting on a street may also have a separate entrance directly from the street through an allowed frontage type. However, the scale and design of entrances to individual units shall be such that the entrance to the shared lobby is clearly recognizable as the building's main entrance.
      4.   Vehicle Parking:
         a.   Parking shall be provided in a surface lot in the rear, an underground structure, an above grade midblock structure, an integrated structure contained within the base of the building, or a combination thereof.
         b.   Where present, above grade midblock parking structures shall be separated from the principal building by at minimum forty feet (40'). This space shall be landscaped to screen the parking structure and may contain an alley or private rear lane providing vehicular access to the structure.
         c.   Refer to section 14-2G-6, "Parking Type Standards", of this article for additional requirements.
   G.   Live-Work Townhouse:
      1.   Description: The live-work townhouse is designed to be occupied by a single dwelling unit and a single ground floor commercial or flex space. The live-work townhouse shares common walls with one or two (2) adjacent units and may be located on a separate fee simple lot or be part of a multi-unit development. Table 2G-6 of this section identifies the subdistricts where this building type is permitted.
FIGURE 2G-28
LIVE-WORK TOWNHOUSE
 
      2.   Building Size And Massing:
         a.   Buildings shall be composed of two-, two and a half-, or three-story volumes.
         b.   Groups of live-work townhouses may consist of two (2) to ten (10) units.
      3.   Primary Pedestrian Access:
         a.   Entrances to ground floor commercial or flex space shall be located within the facade and shall be accessed directly from a street through an allowed frontage type. See section 14-2G-4, table 2G-5 of this article.
         b.   Entrances to each dwelling unit shall be provided through a separate street level entrance or through a foyer shared with the commercial space.
      4.   Vehicle Parking:
         a.   Parking shall be provided in a garage attached to or tucked under the unit at the rear, and/or a surface lot located behind the building.
         b.   Garage doors must be oriented to an alley or private rear lane and shall not face the street.
         c.   Refer to section 14-2G-6, "Parking Type Standards", of this article for additional requirements.
   H.   Commercial Building:
      1.   Description: Commercial buildings are designed for occupancy by one or more nonresidential uses. If present, uses generating visitor or customer traffic (such as retail, restaurants, personal services) are typically located on the ground floor facing the sidewalk. Table 2G-6 of this section identifies the subdistricts where this building type is permitted.
FIGURE 2G-29
COMMERCIAL BUILDING
 
      2.   Building Size And Massing:
         a.   Buildings shall be composed in accordance with the applicable subdistrict standards with respect to building height and step back requirements.
      3.   Primary Pedestrian Access:
         a.   For buildings occupied by a single user: The main entrance to a lobby shall be located within the facade and shall be accessed from a street through an allowed frontage type. See section 14-2G-4, table 2G-5 of this article.
         b.   For buildings occupied by multiple uses: Entrances to ground floor commercial spaces shall be located within the facade and shall be accessed from a street through an allowed frontage type. Entrances to upper floor commercial space shall be through a street level lobby and/or interior corridors accessed from the street through a separate entrance.
      4.   Vehicle Parking:
         a.   Parking may be provided in a surface lot, underground structure, above grade midblock structure, tuck under parking, or a combination thereof.
         b.   Where present, above grade midblock parking structures shall be separated from the principal building by at minimum forty feet (40'). This space may contain an alley or private rear lane.
         c.   Refer to section 14-2G-6, "Parking Type Standards", of this article for additional requirements.
   I.   Mixed Use Building:
      1.   Description: Mixed use buildings are designed for occupancy by a minimum of two (2) different uses that may be vertically and/or horizontally demised. If present, uses generating visitor or customer traffic (such as retail, restaurants, personal services, live-work commercial space) are typically located on the ground floor facing the sidewalk, whereas uses generating limited pedestrian activity (such as office or residential) are typically located on upper floors or behind street fronting commercial uses. Residential uses are not allowed in street-facing storefront spaces unless designed as live-work space. Table 2G-6 of this section identifies the subdistricts where this building type is permitted.
FIGURE 2G-30
MIXED USE BUILDING
 
      2.   Building Size And Massing:
         a.   Buildings shall be composed in accordance with the applicable subdistrict standards with respect to building height and step back requirements.
         b.   Courtyards shall have no dimension less than twenty feet (20') and shall be designed with appropriate landscaping and/or hardscaping to provide a safe and attractive outdoor space.
      3.   Primary Pedestrian Access:
         a.   Entrances to ground floor commercial spaces shall be located within the facade and shall be accessed from a street through an allowed frontage type. See section 14-2G-4, table 2G-5 of this article.
         b.   Entrances to upper floor commercial space or dwelling units shall be through a street level lobby and/or interior corridors accessed from the street through a separate entrance.
         c.   Entrances to live-work residential space may be provided directly from the live-work commercial space.
      4.   Vehicle Parking:
         a.   Parking may be provided in a surface lot, underground structure, above grade midblock structure, an integrated structure contained within the base of the building, or a combination thereof in accordance with the parking type standards. See section 14-2G-6, table 2G-7 of this article.
         b.   Where present, above grade midblock parking structures shall be separated from the principal building by at minimum forty feet (40'). This space may contain an alley or private rear lane.
         c.   Refer to section 14-2G-6, "Parking Type Standards", of this article for additional requirements.
   J.   Liner Building:
      1.   Description: A liner building is a shallow building designed and placed in a manner that hides a parking structure from public view and provides for more active, pedestrian oriented building uses along a street frontage. Liner buildings are oriented toward the street with no or minimal openings to the rear. The parking structure in the rear may be attached to the liner building, or slightly detached as required for fire separation. The liner building may be occupied by a single use or a mix of uses. If present, uses generating visitor or customer traffic (such as retail, restaurants, personal services) are typically located on the ground floor facing the sidewalk, whereas uses generating lower pedestrian activity (such as office or residential) are typically located on upper floors. The liner building may also include live-work units, and townhouse units. Table 2G-6 of this section identifies the subdistricts where this building type is permitted.
FIGURE 2G-31
LINER BUILDING
 
      2.   Building Size And Massing:
         a.   A liner building shall be at least tall enough to visually screen the parking structure behind the building.
      3.   Primary Pedestrian Access:
         a.   Entrances to ground floor uses shall be located within the facade and shall be accessed directly from a street through an allowed frontage type. See section 14-2G-4, table 2G-5 of this article.
         b.   Entrances to upper floor commercial space or dwelling units shall be through a street level lobby and/or interior corridors accessed directly from the street.
         c.   Entrances to live-work residential lofts may be provided directly from the live-work commercial space through internal stairs.
      4.   Vehicle Parking:
         a.   Parking shall be provided in a parking structure located behind the liner building.
         b.   Refer to section 14-2G-6, "Parking Type Standards", of this article for additional requirements.
   K.   Civic Or Institutional Building:
      1.   Description: Civic or institutional buildings are designed for occupancy by public or quasi-public uses that provide important services to the community. A civic or institutional building contributes significantly to the quality of a place and often is the focal point of a public open space and built with high quality materials and architectural design. Civic or institutional buildings may be publicly owned and operated (e.g., city hall, post office, school, courthouse), semipublic (YMCA, Boys And Girls Club, museum), or privately owned and operated (e.g., church, daycare center, private school).
FIGURE 2G-32
CIVIC OR INSTITUTIONAL BUILDING
 
      2.   Building Size And Massing:
         a.   Civic or institutional buildings may be designed as freestanding buildings in a public space or integrated into the urban fabric, as deemed appropriate for their use and context.
         b.   Civic or institutional buildings that are integrated into the urban fabric should generally be composed in accordance with the applicable subdistrict standards with respect to setbacks, building height, and step back requirements. However, the FBC committee may approve exceptions under the following circumstances:
            (1)   To accommodate architectural elements integral to the building design that contribute to public realm, such as a tower or steeple, or an entry plaza.
            (2)   To accommodate appropriate civic or institutional uses that cannot feasibly be accommodated within the building envelope permitted in the applicable subdistrict.
         c.   Freestanding civic or institutional buildings may be located within a public or publicly accessible park or plaza and are exempt from the maximum setback requirements of the applicable subdistrict. However, freestanding buildings shall be designed with four (4) building facades of equal architectural quality.
      3.   Primary Pedestrian Access:
         a.   For buildings occupied by a single user: The main entrance to a lobby shall be located within the facade and shall be accessed from a street through an allowed frontage type. See section 14-2G-4, table 2G-5 of this article.
         b.   For buildings occupied by multiple uses: The building may provide either a shared entrance with street level lobby, or separate entrances. All entrances shall be located within the facade and shall be accessed from a street through allowed frontage types.
         c.   Freestanding civic or institutional buildings shall provide pedestrian access from at least two (2) sides.
      4.   Vehicle Parking:
         a.   For freestanding civic or institutional buildings:
            (1)   Vehicular access shall be limited to service and emergency vehicle access, provided through pedestrian walkways of sufficient width and construction.
            (2)   Parking shall be provided on street. Shared off street parking may be provided remotely in a lot or structure.
         b.   For civic or institutional buildings integrated into the urban fabric:
            (1)   Parking may be provided in a surface lot, underground structure, above grade midblock structure, an integrated structure contained within the base of the building, or a combination thereof in accordance with the parking type standards. See section 14-2G-6, table 2G-7 of this article.
            (2)   Where present, above grade midblock parking structures shall be separated from the principal building by at minimum forty feet (40'). This space may contain an alley or private rear lane.
         c.   Refer to section 14-2G-6, "Parking Type Standards", of this article for additional requirements. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)

14-2G-6: PARKING TYPE STANDARDS:

   A.   Generally: The parking type standards describe the allowed off street parking options and determine their basic design requirements. Additional requirements are set forth in the subdistrict standards and building type standards of this article. The images herein are intended to illustrate typical conditions. The actual design and configuration of a parking facility may vary.
Table 2G-7 of this section identifies which of the parking types are allowed in conjunction with each of the building types:
TABLE 2G-7
PERMITTED PARKING TYPES
Building Types
Permitted Parking Types
Garage
Tuck Under Parking
Surface Lot
Midblock Structure
Lined Structure
Integrated Structure
Underground Structure
Building Types
Permitted Parking Types
Garage
Tuck Under Parking
Surface Lot
Midblock Structure
Lined Structure
Integrated Structure
Underground Structure
Cottage home
X
Row house
X
Townhouse
X
X
Apartment building
X
X
X
Multi-dwelling building
X
X
X
X
Live-work townhouse
X
X
X
Commercial building
X
X
X
X
X
Mixed use building
X
X
X
X
Liner building
X
Civic or institutional building
X
X
X
X
X
X
 
   B.   Garage: Garages provide private, enclosed parking spaces for individual dwelling units. Garages shall be located behind the principal building and may be attached to it, connected through a breezeway, or detached.
FIGURE 2G-33
GARAGE
 
   C.   Tuck Under Parking: Tuck under parking provides covered and enclosed parking spaces located at the rear of a building. Tuck under parking may be combined with other parking types and works particularly well on properties that slope away from the primary street right of way and where a residential dwelling must be elevated above a flood hazard area.
FIGURE 2G-34
TUCK UNDER PARKING
 
   D.   Surface Lot: Surface lots provide uncovered, at grade parking spaces. Surface lots shall be located according to the rules set forth in section 14-2G-3, "Subdistrict Standards", of this article.
FIGURE 2G-35
SURFACE LOT
 
   E.   Midblock Structure: Midblock structures are freestanding parking structures located in the center of a larger block. Midblock structures shall be set back from adjacent buildings by at least forty feet (40') to provide sufficient light and privacy for commercial or residential uses facing the block interior. This setback may accommodate an alley, private rear lane, and/or rear yards.
FIGURE 2G-36
MIDBLOCK STRUCTURE
 
   F.   Lined Structure: Lined structures are parking structures located behind shallow liner buildings that are oriented solely toward the street. Lined structures may be directly attached to the liner building or detached by a minimal fire separation distance. Lined structures shall be limited to a height that is adequately screened from public view by the associated liner building.
FIGURE 2G-37
LINED STRUCTURE
 
   G.   Integrated Structure: Integrated structures are parking structures located within an occupied building. Integrated structures may be fully or partially integrated into the building.
FIGURE 2G-38
INTEGRATED STRUCTURE
 
   H.   Underground Structure: Underground structures are parking structures located below grade. Underground structures may be combined with other aboveground parking types.
FIGURE 2G-39
UNDERGROUND STRUCTURE
 
(Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)

14-2G-7: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

   A.   Streetscape And Frontage Area Improvements:
      1.   The area within the public right of way between existing or planned curb lines and the streetside property line shall be improved for pedestrian circulation, streetscape amenities, and landscape space consistent with provisions of the riverfront crossings district master plan and the city's sidewalk standards and tree requirements. In the riverfront crossings and eastside mixed use districts, street trees shall be planted in the public right of way between the public sidewalk and street curb, according to the tree species and planting specifications of the city forester. One overstory tree is required for every thirty feet (30') of lot frontage, but not less than one tree per lot. Smaller trees may be approved by the FBC committee in locations where overstory trees would interfere with overhead utilities. If any of these provisions conflict, the more specific standard shall apply.
      2.   The private frontage area, which is the area between the property line and the plane of any street-facing building facade, shall be improved consistent with section 14-2G-4, "Frontage Type Standards", of this article. Within the private frontage area, outdoor storage and work areas, mechanical equipment, accessory buildings, or other improvements that detract from the quality of the pedestrian environment are prohibited. The placement of walls and fencing shall comply with the applicable frontage type standards. In the west riverfront subdistrict the private frontage area may differ as described in the subdistrict standards.
      3.   All areas of the site that are not used for buildings, parking, vehicular and pedestrian use areas shall be landscaped with trees and/or plant materials. A landscaping plan for such areas must be submitted at the time of site plan review.
FIGURE 2G-40
STREETSCAPE AND FRONTAGE AREA IMPROVEMENTS - TYPICAL NONRESIDENTIAL FRONTAGE
 
FIGURE 2G-41
STREETSCAPE AND FRONTAGE AREA IMPROVEMENTS - TYPICAL RESIDENTIAL FRONTAGE
 
   B.   Pedestrian Streets:
      1.   Buildings may front on a pedestrian street, where provided, in compliance with the requirements in sections 14-2G-3, "Subdistrict Standards", and 14-2G-4, "Frontage Type Standards", of this article. In such a case, the pedestrian street is considered a primary street, and as such, all provisions of this article that apply to primary streets shall also apply to pedestrian streets. In cases where a pedestrian street is illustrated on the regulating plan as a primary street and for Ralston Creek frontages illustrated on the regulating plan, a pedestrian street is required, and must be designed according to the following standards. In the case of a Ralston Creek frontage, the required stream corridor buffer may be included in the required pedestrian street right of way or public access easement.
      2.   Pedestrian streets shall be designed to meet the following standards:
         a.   Public Pedestrian Street:
            (1)   Public pedestrian streets shall be located within a public right of way and function like a street, but be limited to nonmotorized traffic.
            (2)   Buildings shall front on and be accessed from the public pedestrian street through an allowed frontage type.
            (3)   Public pedestrian streets shall be at least forty feet (40') in width and intersect with, be perpendicular to and visible from a public street right of way and be owned by a government entity. Additional right of way width may be required beyond the minimum based on location and the amount of pedestrian traffic anticipated.
            (4)   Public pedestrian streets may provide for pedestrian travel through a block to other neighborhood destinations, such as parks, riverfront areas, trails, schools, and neighborhood commercial areas.
         b.   Private Pedestrian Street:
            (1)   Private pedestrian streets shall be designed as publicly accessible thoroughfares that function like residential streets but are limited to nonmotorized traffic.
            (2)   Residential buildings shall front on and be accessed from the private pedestrian street through an allowed frontage type.
            (3)   A private pedestrian street shall be established through a shared public access easement that shall be at minimum thirty feet (30') wide and intersect with, be perpendicular to and visible from a public street right of way.
         c.   Ralston Creek Frontages:
            (1)   The required thirty foot (30') stream corridor buffer shall serve as the pedestrian street right of way or public access easement and shall function like a street, but is limited to nonmotorized traffic.
            (2)   Buildings shall front on and be accessed from the pedestrian street through an allowed frontage type.
            (3)   The required public trail may serve as a sidewalk that provides access to building frontages. In addition, a separate sidewalk may be constructed on a raised terrace along the building frontages to provide better access to residential units that are elevated above the flood hazard level.
         d.   General Standards: A creative and unique streetscape along the pedestrian street is encouraged based on the type and scale of the buildings along the frontage and the amount of pedestrian traffic anticipated. Streetscape design shall be approved by the FBC committee and must meet the following minimum standards:
            (1)   To ensure public safety, pedestrian scale lighting is required along any pedestrian street per city requirements as determined by the FBC committee.
            (2)   Depending on the location and the design of the development, provision for emergency vehicle access may be required. If required, a central paved pathway must be provided that is at least twenty feet (20') wide and remains free of obstructions.
            (3)   Each pedestrian street, except for Ralston Creek frontages and pedestrian streets that require a central twenty foot (20') fire lane, shall include at least two (2), minimum six foot (6') wide public sidewalks separated by a central green space. For pedestrian streets that exclusively serve residential building types, one centrally located minimum ten foot (10') sidewalk flanked by green space may be approved by the FBC committee. See subsection B2c of this section for sidewalk requirements for Ralston Creek frontages.
            (4)   Street trees must be planted at the same ratio as required for a regular street right of way, although trees may be clustered or spaced according to the streetscape design plan approved by the FBC committee.
            (5)   Any areas that are not intended for pedestrian pathways shall be landscaped or used for pedestrian amenities, bicycle parking, seating areas, public art, sidewalk cafe seating, and similar. Landscaped areas may be designed to provide stormwater conveyance.
   C.   Pedestrian Passageways:
      1.   For buildings with nonresidential uses and facades longer than two hundred feet (200') along a primary street, publicly accessible pedestrian passageways from primary streets to and through the interior of the block are required to provide pedestrian access from parking areas at the rear of buildings to street frontages.
      2.   Passageways shall be designed to meet the following standards:
         a.   Passageways shall be twenty feet (20') minimum in width and twelve feet (12') minimum in height;
         b.   Upper floors may continue over the passageway. Open air passageways are also allowed;
         c.   Passageways should be designed to preclude normal vehicular access and preferably be separate from other emergency vehicle accessways to the interior of the block;
         d.   If a pedestrian passageway is provided in conjunction with a midblock driveway, the pedestrian walkway shall be separated from vehicular traffic by raising and curbing the walkway. Bollards and/or landscaping may also be required to improve safety in high traffic volume situations;
         e.   Pedestrian passageways serving projects with ground floor residential use may be for the sole use of building tenants and secured with gates;
         f.   To ensure safe and secure use, passageways shall be designed to provide clear lines of sight, little or no variation in enclosing wall planes, adequate light levels, and shall be kept clean and clear of debris.
   D.   Street Screens:
      1.   Where street screens are required in section 14-2G-3, "Subdistrict Standards", of this article, a wall that meets the following standards shall be built for the purpose of enhancing security or for screening a parking lot or side yard area from public view.
      2.   Street screens shall be designed to meet the following standards:
         a.   Street screens shall be constructed coplanar with or recessed maximum two feet (2') from the street-facing facade.
         b.   Street screens shall be a minimum of five feet (5') in height but shall not exceed the height of the ground floor facade.
         c.   Street screens shall be constructed of masonry or other high quality wall material complementary to the adjacent building facade. A decorative wrought iron or metal fence that faithfully imitates wrought iron may be approved by the FBC committee, provided the intended purpose of the street screen is achieved.
         d.   Street screens may have openings for approved driveways and pedestrian passageways.
         e.   Street screens over fifteen feet (15') in length shall be articulated and/or be enhanced by landscaping to provide visual interest along the street frontage.
   E.   Open Space Requirement For Projects With Residential Use:
      1.   On lots that contain multi-dwelling buildings, apartment buildings, and/or mixed use buildings that contain multi-family or group living uses, usable open space shall be provided on each lot at a ratio of ten (10) square feet per bedroom, but not less than four hundred (400) square feet, according to the standards set forth in this subsection.
      2.   For the purpose of this section, "open space" is defined as having the following characteristics:
         a.   Open air, outdoor space accessible for shared use by occupants of residential units on the property, except as allowed for indoor activity space, as noted below;
         b.   Designed to preserve privacy for individual dwelling units;
         c.   Improved to support passive recreation, leisure activities and informal gathering;
         d.   Includes amenities such as seating, shade trees, planters, gardens, and/or other improvements to support passive recreation or leisure activities;
         e.   Located in one or more clearly defined, compact areas, with each area not less than four hundred (400) square feet, with no dimension less than twenty feet (20') and no slope greater than ten percent (10%);
         f.   Separated and buffered from vehicular use areas through the use of landscaping and/or garden walls or fencing.
      3.   Paved areas and bicycle parking areas shall not be counted toward usable open space, except that paved paths no wider than five feet (5') and pervious pavement designed exclusively for passive outdoor recreation may be included within the defined open space area.
      4.   Private frontage areas may not count toward the open space requirement, except for forecourts, as noted below.
      5.   Shared garden and patio space located on upper floor terraces, rooftops or podiums (on the top level of a parking garage) shall count toward the open space requirement, provided these areas are designed with green features, such as planters or functional green roofs, contain outdoor seating and other appropriate amenities, are free of any obstructions, screened from rooftop mechanical equipment, and are improved and available for safe and convenient access to all residential occupants of the building. Security and close monitoring of any such space is required to ensure the safety of residents and the public. The city reserves the right to restrict or close such a space and require the owner to pay a fee in lieu if such space is deemed a public hazard or nuisance.
      6.   A forecourt meeting the standards above shall count toward the open space requirements, provided:
         a.   It complies with the forecourt frontage type standards in section 14-2G-4 of this article;
         b.   It is square or rectangular in form with a minimum side dimension of twenty feet (20') and no side greater than 1.5 times the dimension of another side;
         c.   It includes amenities such as seating, shade trees, planters, gardens, and/or other improvements to support passive recreation or leisure activities;
         d.   Its elevation is not lower than grade or higher than the ground floor finished floor elevation.
      7.   Indoor activity space may count for up to fifty percent (50%) of the required open space, provided the indoor activity space meets the following requirements:
         a.   The space is accessible for shared use by occupants of residential units on the property;
         b.   It is designed to preserve privacy for individual dwelling units;
         c.   It is improved to support recreation and leisure activities and informal gathering and as such is separate and distinguishable from entry areas, storage areas, mailroom, and other areas not devoted to recreation and leisure activities;
         d.   Each indoor activity area is not less than two hundred twenty five (225) square feet, with no dimension less than fifteen feet (15');
         e.   A minimum of forty percent (40%) of the combined surface area of all the walls is transparent and at least one wall is an exterior wall with minimum forty percent (40%) window coverage. If located on the top floor, transparent skylights may be counted toward the transparency requirement.
      8.   The payment of a fee in lieu of providing the required usable open space may be requested by the developer in cases where there is practical difficulty meeting the standards. A fee in lieu of the open space requirement may be requested according to the following procedures and requirements:
         a.   At least fifty percent (50%) of the open space requirement must be met on site, either as usable outdoor space and/or as indoor activity area meeting the minimum dimensional requirements as stated above, unless the lot contains residential development of twenty (20) or fewer bedrooms. In such a case, up to one hundred percent (100%) of the open space requirement may be satisfied with a payment in lieu;
         b.   The developer must request payment in lieu of open space at the time of site plan review;
         c.   The fee must be paid in full prior to the issuance of an occupancy permit;
         d.   The fee shall be equal to the fair market value of the land that otherwise would have been required for the open space. The fair market value of the land shall be determined by a qualified real estate appraiser who is acceptable to both the city and the developer. The appraisal cost shall be borne by the developer.
         e.   All such fees shall be deposited in either the riverfront crossings district east (for properties located east of the Iowa River), the riverfront crossings district west (for properties located west of the Iowa River), or the eastside mixed use open space account. All payments will be used to acquire or develop public open spaces, parks, recreation facilities and greenways/trails that are located within the applicable riverfront crossings open space district. For the eastside mixed use district funds shall be used within the central planning district - subarea A.
   F.   Building Design Standards:
      1.   Facade Composition:
         a.   Building facades shall be designed with a base, middle, and top, as illustrated in figure 2G-42 of this section. The ground floor facade, or in the case of taller buildings the facade of the first few stories, composes the base. The building elements and features above or including the uppermost occupied floor, including parapet walls and eaves, compose the top. The top of buildings shall be delineated with some form of cornice expression, either with trim material, brackets and panels, eave details, or accentuated masonry. The base of a building shall be distinguished from the middle through the use of string courses, cornice expression, or installation of awnings or canopies. Where the exterior wall material changes along the vertical plane of the building, the materials must be separated by a horizontal band, such as a belt course, soldier course, band board or other trim appropriate to the building materials being used.
         b.   To break up building facades along street frontages, facades shall be divided vertically into bays, as illustrated in figure 2G-42 of this section. Facade bays shall be twenty feet (20') minimum and thirty five feet (35') maximum in width and establish a rhythm of vertical modules unified by a complementary rhythm of windows and window groupings. Facade bays shall be distinguished by varying fenestration patterns, recessing wall planes, varying building materials, or establishing a rhythm of architectural elements such as pilasters or window bays. Where the exterior wall material changes along the horizontal plane of a building, the change must occur on an inside corner of the building wall. In the eastside mixed use district, the standard in subsection F1d of this section applies instead of this standard.
         c.   To avoid flat, continuous, and overly long upper floor facades, the maximum length of an upper floor facade shall be fifty feet (50'). Articulation between continuous upper floor facade sections shall be accomplished by recessing the facade two feet (2') minimum for a distance of at least ten feet (10') along rear and side facades and three feet (3') minimum for a distance of at least ten feet (10') along front facades, as illustrated in figure 2G-42 of this section. If an upper story facade is recessed more than five feet (5'), said distance shall be increased to at least twenty feet (20'). If balconies are constructed within the recessed area, the distance between the outside edges of any balconies that face each other across the recessed area shall be a minimum of eighteen feet (18'). In the eastside mixed use district, the standard in subsection F1d of this section applies instead of this standard.
         d.   In the eastside mixed use district, building facades greater than forty feet (40') in width must be broken into modules that give the appearance of smaller, individual buildings, as illustrated in figure 2G-42B of this section. Each module must meet the following standards. In no case shall a mixed use building, commercial building, multi-dwelling building or apartment building be greater than sixty feet (60') in width along primary street frontages unless designed as a building with a landscaped forecourt frontage and building wings that do not exceed sixty feet (60') in width along primary street frontages, as approved by the FBC committee.
            (1)   Each module must be no greater than thirty feet (30') and no less than ten feet (10') in width and must be distinguished from adjacent modules by a variation in the wall plane of at least two feet (2') in depth along rear and side facades and at least three feet (3') in depth along front facades.
            (2)   Each module must have a corresponding change in the roofline.
            (3)   As appropriate to the chosen architectural style of the building, each module must be distinguished from the adjacent module by at least one of the following means: variation in material colors, types, or textures; variation in the building and/or parapet height; variation in the architectural details such as decorative banding, reveals, stone, or tile accents; variation in window pattern; variation in the use of balconies, recesses, or bay windows.
         e.   Architectural style in the eastside mixed use district: Buildings must be designed in a manner that is consistent with a historic architectural style typical of residential buildings in the central planning district. However, building facades that are visible only from public alleys are not subject to these standards. The applicable architectural styles are as follows: Italianate; Queen Anne; colonial revival; craftsman; craftsman bungalow; American foursquare; prairie style; period revival; and eclectic. The applicant must indicate in detail how each of the following architectural elements in the proposed building are consistent with one of these architectural styles:
            (1)   Form and mass of the building;
            (2)   Roof configuration and pitch;
            (3)   Style and placement of windows and doors;
            (4)   Window and door trim, eave boards, frieze boards, and other trim;
            (5)   Porch and entrance features;
            (6)   Building details and ornamentation.
         f.   To create a seamless transition between the facades of a building at a street corner, both street-facing facades shall be designed with equal architectural quality and detail as illustrated in figure 2G-43 of this section. Buildings shall reinforce street corners by repeating facade elements such as signs, awnings and window and wall treatments on both sides of the building facing the corner. Additional corner emphasis with chamfered or rounded facades, corner entries accentuated through changes in design treatments, materials, canopy projections, roof or parapet forms, or through other architectural method is encouraged on street corners. Where additional corner emphasis is provided that extends vertically to the top of the building, the upper floor step back requirement may be waived or adjusted by the FBC committee.
         g.   For any exterior building wall that faces a street, park, forecourt, plaza, public trail, the Iowa River or Ralston Creek, a minimum of twenty five percent (25%) of said wall between the ground floor and the top of the wall shall be comprised of doors and transparent windows, with the following exceptions:
            (1)   For buildings with storefront and urban flex frontages, this standard applies only to upper floors with the ground floor meeting fenestration requirements for these frontage types.
            (2)   Side facades built to the property line that will abut an adjacent building, but that are temporarily within public view, are exempt from this requirement.
         h.   Along street-facing facades and facades that face the Iowa River, Ralston Creek, plazas, open space or trails, blank walls greater than fifteen feet (15') in length are not allowed. Elements such as windows, doors, columns, pilasters, changes in material, artwork, or other architectural details that provide visual interest must be distributed across the facade in a manner consistent with the overall design of the building.
FIGURE 2G-42
FACADE COMPOSITION
 
FIGURE 2G-42B
BUILDING COMPOSITION IN THE EASTSIDE MIXED USE DISTRICT
 
FIGURE 2G-43
CORNER TREATMENT
 
      2.   Building Entries:
         a.   Primary entries to ground floor building space and to common lobbies accessing upper floor building space shall be accessed through an allowed frontage type located along street-facing facades with preference given to entries along facades facing primary streets. Building entries along rear and side facades or from parking garages may not serve as principal building entries. Buildings with more than three (3) street-facing facades shall have building entries on at least two (2) sides.
         b.   For buildings that contain residential dwelling units, there must be at least one main entrance on the street-facing facade that provides pedestrian access to dwelling units within the building through an allowed frontage type. For buildings with more than two (2) street frontages, building entrances must be provided along at least two (2) street frontages and at least one of those entrances must be along the primary street. Access to dwelling units must not be solely through a parking garage or from a rear or side entrance.
         c.   Entries on street-facing facades shall be sheltered by an awning, canopy, a recessed doorway, portico, and/or a porch as appropriate to the frontage type, and shall be distinguished by facade recesses or variations in facade design appropriate to the frontage type as set forth in section 14-2G-4, "Frontage Type Standards", of this article.
         d.   Primary residential entries shall be demarcated with a transom and sidelight windows, pilasters and pediment, door surround and raised cornice, or a combination of these treatments.
         e.   For storefront and urban flex frontages greater than one hundred feet (100') in length, at least one usable building entry shall be provided for every fifty feet (50') of frontage. This requirement shall not apply in the west riverfront subdistrict.
         f.   Unenclosed or partially enclosed exterior stairways to upper floor building space are not permitted. Unenclosed, exterior corridors on upper floors are not permitted.
         g.   Along street frontages, sliding doors are prohibited as building entries. Sliding doors may not be used as a primary means of entrance to any residential building or residential unit.
      3.   Windows:
FIGURE 2G-44
WINDOW CONFIGURATIONS
 
         a.   Windows in residential buildings or the residential portions of mixed use buildings shall comply with the following standards:
            (1)   Individual window units that are visible from a public street, pedestrian street, or public park, plaza or trail shall have a height that is at least 1.5 times greater than the width of the window unit, as illustrated in figure 2G-44 of this section.
            (2)   Individual window units may be located side by side, or ganged, in a wider window opening, but the width of the opening may not exceed its height, as illustrated in figure 2G-44 of this section.
            (3)   Windows may be grouped, but individual window units shall be separated by minimum three and one-half inch (31/2") trim, as illustrated in figure 2G-44 of this section.
            (4)   Bathroom, kitchen, skylights, and decorative windows, such as stained glass and ocular windows, are not required to meet the above dimensional standards.
            (5)   Windows on facades shall be double or single hung, hinged casement, pivoted, projected, or fixed.
            (6)   Windows shall be accentuated with facade treatments, recesses, and trim appropriate to the wall material and architectural style of the building. Windows in walls constructed of masonry, stucco, or similar shall be recessed a minimum of two inches (2") from the facade and accentuated with sills and lintels or other similar treatment. In walls not constructed of masonry, stucco or similar, windows must include minimum three inch (3") trim. If simulated muntins are used they shall be affixed to the exterior of the windows.
      4.   Story Heights:
         a.   For all mixed use and nonresidential buildings, the minimum ground floor floor-to-structural ceiling height is fourteen feet (14'). For live-work townhouses, the minimum ground floor floor- to-structural ceiling height is eleven feet (11').
         b.   Upper floors shall not exceed fourteen feet (14') floor to floor.
      5.   Building Materials:
         a.   Buildings shall be constructed of durable, high quality materials. Table 2G-8 of this section lists allowable exterior finish materials, the portion of the building on which they are allowed, and any specific standards that apply. The FBC committee shall review the proposed palette of building materials to ensure compliance with these standards and to ensure that materials and colors form a cohesive design for the building as related to the mass and scale of the building, the building type, frontage condition, and proposed architectural style.
         b.   All building facades within public view of a street, pedestrian street, plaza, park, public trail, Ralston Creek, or the Iowa River shall use materials and design features similar to or complementary to those of the front facade.
TABLE 2G-8
PERMITTED BUILDING MATERIALS
Permitted Building Materials
Permitted Location/Application Of Material
Trim/Accent Material
Top Of Building
Middle Of Building
Base/Bottom Of Building
Storefront And Urban Flex Frontages
Permitted Building Materials
Permitted Location/Application Of Material
Trim/Accent Material
Top Of Building
Middle Of Building
Base/Bottom Of Building
Storefront And Urban Flex Frontages
Architectural CMU2
X
X
X
X
X
Brick (face/veneer)1
X
X
X
X
X
EIFS/synthetic stucco/hand laid stucco6
X
X
 
 
 
Fiber cement siding/panels3
X
X
X
X
X
Metal panels4
X
X
X
X
X
Precast concrete panels5
X
X
X
X
 
Reflective glass/spandrel7
X
 
 
 
 
Tile, stone/stone veneer1
X
X
X
X
X
Translucent, fritted glass/window film8
X
X
X
X
X
Transparent glass9
X
X
X
X
X
Wood/wood composite3
X
X
X
X
X
 
Notes:
   1.    Any brick or stone veneer must be of a quality, thickness, durability, and design that faithfully imitates full wythe masonry and allows windows and entryways to be recessed to meet the standards.
   2.    Shall be used in conjunction with a palette of materials and shall not comprise more than 33 percent of any facade within public view of a street, pedestrian street, plaza, park, public trail, Ralston Creek frontage, parking area, or the Iowa River. Except for burnished/polished or glazed units, CMU is not generally allowed for storefront and urban flex frontages. However, if approved by the FBC, architectural CMU, such as split face, ground face, and rock face, may be used as an accent material on the storefront/urban flex frontage level.
   3.    For buildings that exceed 3 stories in height, these materials shall only be used in conjunction with a palette of materials and shall not comprise more than 33 percent of any facade within public view of a street, pedestrian street, plaza, park, public trail, Ralston Creek frontage, parking area, or the Iowa River. Not generally allowed for storefront/urban flex front applications; however, high quality, smooth faced versions may be approved by the FBC as accent materials.
   4.    Shall be used in conjunction with a palette of materials; shall be a heavy gauge, nonreflective metal. Durability and maintenance of the material shall be carefully considered if used on the ground level floor or in high use areas.
   5.    Shall incorporate horizontal and vertical articulation and modulation, including, but not limited to, changes in color and texture, or as part of a palette of materials. This category does not include tilt-up concrete wall construction, which is not allowed.
   6.    May only be used for architectural detailing above the ground floor.
   7.    Shall be used in limited quantities as an accent material or as a means of visual screening. Shall not count toward minimum fenestration requirements.
   8.    May be used for architectural detailing and signage. Other than for decoration and signage, use of these materials on a storefront level is discouraged. For storefront and urban flex frontages, if use of these materials on ground floor windows reduces the transparency and blocks views into the interior of a building, said windows shall not count toward the minimum fenestration requirements of the ground floor of the building. Window film shall not be applied to required storefront windows in a manner that reduces transparency and blocks views into the interior of the storefront.
   9.    Glass used for storefronts or urban flex frontages should be as clear and transparent as possible and individual lites for display windows should be as large as possible to invite views into the interior of the commercial space. Transom windows are encouraged above storefront display windows. Residential window types, closely spaced mullions, and punched windows are not allowed for storefront or urban flex frontages. Low-E glazing will reduce transparency, so is discouraged for storefronts or urban flex fronts, but if used, the glass chosen should have a high visible light transmittance and low reflectivity.
      6.   Roof Design:
         a.   The following building types may have flat or pitched roofs; however, mansard roofs are discouraged and shall not be permitted on single-story buildings. Buildings over three (3) stories in height shall have flat roofs.
            (1)   Townhouse.
            (2)   Apartment building.
            (3)   Multi-dwelling building.
            (4)   Live-work townhouse.
            (5)   Commercial building.
            (6)   Mixed use building.
            (7)   Liner building.
            (8)   Civic or institutional building.
         b.   The following building types shall have pitched roofs. Mansard roofs are not permitted.
            (1)   Cottage home.
            (2)   Row house.
         c.   All roof edges shall be accentuated with eaves in a manner proportionate to the size of the building and length of the wall. Buildings with flat roofs shall be enclosed by a parapet wall and decorative cornice.
      7.   Awnings And Canopies:
         a.   Awnings and canopies may project over the public sidewalk with a minimum eight foot (8') clearance above the sidewalk, but shall not project in a manner that will interfere with utilities, street trees, or other important right-of-way features.
         b.   Awnings shall be constructed of a durable material such as canvas or metal that will not fade or tear easily. Plasticized, rigid, or curved awnings or mansard style canopies are prohibited. On storefront frontages, awnings must be open ended to allow views along the frontage.
         c.   Awnings shall not be internally illuminated and any signs shall be illuminated by fixtures located above the awning and directed downward.
      8.   Mechanical Equipment:
         a.   Outdoor mechanical, electrical, and communication equipment, including heating, air conditioning, and ventilation equipment; venting and vent terminations for commercial hoods; electric meters; electrical and communications equipment and panels; and similar features shall be placed on the roof or to the rear of buildings. Such equipment shall not be placed in private frontage areas. Except for venting and vent terminations for commercial hoods, said equipment may be located along the nonstreet side of buildings, if it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the FBC Committee that it is impractical to locate such equipment on the roof or to the rear of the building. Venting for commercial hoods shall be internal to the building and terminations shall be located on the roof or may terminate through an exterior wall that abuts an alley right-of-way. If there is practical difficulty locating horizontal vent terminations for kitchen fans, bathroom fans, and gas fireplaces for individual residential dwelling units on the roof or to the rear or side facades, they may be allowed on front facades as long as they are designed to blend with the exterior building facade, as approved by the FBC Committee.
         b.   All such equipment must be screened from public view by architectural finished screen walls and enclosures consistent and complementary to the exterior facade of the building.
         c.   If within public view, rooftop mechanical penthouses shall be designed to complement the design of street-facing building facades and shall be clad on all sides in the same materials as used on street-facing facades.
         d.   Packaged terminal air conditioner (PTAC) units and other similar mechanical units that are integrated into and behind the wall plane of a building and covered and screened from view with a decorative guard that is integrated into the design of the building wall are allowed on any side of a building.
         e.   Dumpsters and recycling bins must be located in areas that are not visible from public streets and may not be located in a right-of-way.
   G.   Building Height Bonus Provisions: The building height bonus provisions provide an incentive for developments to incorporate features that provide a public benefit or that further important goals and objective of the downtown and riverfront crossings master plan according to the eligible bonuses set forth in this section.
      1.   Review Process: Request for building height bonuses will be reviewed by the FBC Committee through the design review process according to the following rules. If Level II design review is required the proposal must also be approved by the City Council:
         a.   Bonus height up to two (2) additional stories above the applicable subdistrict height standard may be approved through a Level I design review.
         b.   A Level II design review is required for a height bonus that exceeds two (2) stories above the maximum height established for the applicable subdistrict.
         c.   A Level II design review is required for open space height transfers, historic preservation height transfers and public right-of-way height transfers.
         d.   Multiple height bonuses or transfers may be applied to one (1) site, however, the resulting height may not exceed the following maximums:
            (1)   Fifteen (15) stories maximum for properties within the South Downtown, University, and Park Subdistricts.
            (2)   Twelve (12) stories maximum for properties within the West Riverfront Subdistrict that have frontage along the Iowa River.
            (3)   Eight (8) stories maximum for properties within the Central Crossings and South Gilbert Subdistricts.
            (4)   Five (5) stories maximum for properties within the Gilbert Subdistrict and properties within the West Riverfront Subdistrict that do not have frontage along the Iowa River. For properties in the West Riverfront Subdistrict north of the Iowa Interstate Railroad, seven (7) stories maximum for property within 200 feet of the railroad right-of-way. However, bonus height is not allowed on lots that abut a residential zone. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
            (5)   Height bonuses are not allowed in the Eastside Mixed Use District and Orchard Subdistrict. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016; amd. Ord. 17-4705, 5-16-2017)
            (6)   In no case shall the building height exceed the maximum height allowed by the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA).
         e.   All requests for bonus height shall meet the applicable approval criteria. All proposals shall demonstrate excellence in building and site design, use high quality building materials, and be designed in a manner that contributes to the quality and character of the neighborhood. The resulting development must meet all other applicable zoning standards. Bonus height is granted solely at the discretion of the City based on the quality of the proposal. For buildings receiving height transfers or granted bonus height, additional upper floor stepbacks may be required to help reduce the mass and scale of the building as it relates to surrounding development and public open space.
      2.   Open Space Height Transfers: The following transfer of development rights and corresponding height bonus provides an incentive for the development of needed public open space as envisioned in the downtown and riverfront crossings master plan:
         a.   Eligibility: The open space height transfer is an option for sites that meet the following criteria:
            (1)   Minimum size of the open space dedication is twenty thousand (20,000) square feet; and
            (2)   The site must have sufficient frontage on a public street or future public street so that it is highly visible and accessible to the public or is land that can be added to an existing park or land that is suitable for development into a park node along a stream or river corridor trail; and
            (3)   The site is designated on the riverfront crossings regulating plan as green space; or if the site is not designated as green space on the regulating plan, the applicant must demonstrate through a level II design review process that the site is ideally located to serve the need for public open space for people living or working in the area and the city parks and recreation department approves the site.
         b.   Requirements:
            (1)   The area designated for the open space must be dedicated to the city as a public park.
            (2)   All buildings and structures that will not be retained for park purposes must be removed and the land graded and seeded to the satisfaction of the city, unless the city council approves an alternative arrangement.
         c.   Transfer Of Development Rights:
            (1)   The floor area that results from multiplying the number of stories allowed at the sending site as specified in the applicable subdistrict standards by the acreage of the sending site may be transferred to one or more eligible site(s) within the riverfront crossings district. For example, if the land being dedicated for public open space is located in the park subdistrict and is twenty thousand (20,000) square feet in size, then one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) square feet of floor area (20,000 x 6) may be transferred to one or more eligible sites and the resulting building or buildings on the receiving sites may exceed the height limit of the respective subdistrict, within the limits established in this section.
            (2)   The resulting building or buildings on the receiving site(s) may not exceed the maximums stated within subsection G1d of this section.
      3.   Historic Preservation Height Transfers: The following transfer of development rights and corresponding height bonus provides an incentive for the preservation and adaptive reuse of historic properties:
         a.   Eligibility: The historic preservation height transfer is an option for sites that meet the following criterion:
            (1)   The site from which the height transfer is requested (sending site) is designated as an Iowa City landmark, eligible for landmark designation, registered on the national register of historic places, or listed as a historically significant building as determined by the survey and evaluation of the historic and architectural resources for the vicinity.
         b.   Requirements:
            (1)   If the sending site has not already been designated as an Iowa City landmark, the applicant must apply for and obtain approval of this designation as a condition of the transfer of development rights; and
            (2)   All historic buildings and structures on the sending site must be preserved against decay, deterioration, and kept free from structural defects by the owner or such person, persons, or entities who may have custody or control thereof, according to the provisions of section 14-3B-7, "Prevention Of Demolition By Neglect", of this title.
         c.   Transfer Of Development Rights:
            (1)   The floor area that results from multiplying the number of stories allowed at the sending site as specified in the applicable subdistrict standards by the acreage of the sending site may be transferred to one or more eligible site(s) within the riverfront crossings district. For example, if the land being preserved as a historic landmark is located in the central crossings subdistrict and is twenty thousand (20,000) square feet in size, then eighty thousand (80,000) square feet of floor area (20,000 x 4) may be transferred to one or more eligible sites and the resulting building or buildings on the receiving sites may exceed the height limit of the respective subdistrict, within the limits established in this section.
            (2)   The resulting building or buildings on the receiving site(s) may not exceed the maximums stated within subsection G1d of this section.
      4.   Public Right-Of-Way Height Transfers: The following transfer of development rights and corresponding height bonus provides an incentive for dedication of land for public rights-of-way necessary to realize the vision of the Riverfront Crossings master plan:
         a.   Eligibility: The public right-of-way height transfer is an option for sites that meet the following criterion:
            (1)   The land proposed for dedication (sending site) is needed in order to construct or improve rights-of-way necessary to realize the vision of the Riverfront Crossings master plan.
         b.   Requirements:
            (1)   The subject land must be dedicated to the City for use as public right-of-way.
            (2)   All buildings and structures on the land to be dedicated must be removed, unless the City Council approves an alternative arrangement.
         c.   Transfer Of Development Rights:
            (1)   The floor area that results from multiplying the number of stories allowed at the sending site as specified in the applicable subdistrict standards by the acreage of the sending site may be transferred to one or more eligible site(s) within the Riverfront Crossings District. For example, if the land being dedicated for public right-of-way is located in the South Gilbert Subdistrict and is twenty thousand (20,000) square feet in size, then one hundred twenty thousand (120,000) square feet of floor area (20,000 x 6) may be transferred to one or more eligible sites and the resulting building or buildings on the receiving sites may exceed the height limit of the respective subdistrict, within the limits established in this section.
            (2)   The resulting building or buildings on the receiving site(s) may not exceed the maximums stated within subsection G1d of this section.
      5.   Height Bonus For Class A Office Space: Two (2) additional floors of building height may be granted for every floor of Class A office space provided. To qualify for this bonus, the office space must be located on floors above the ground floor of the building and meet the definition of Class A office space as stated below. Only nonresidential uses shall be allowed in the designated Class A office space. As defined by the Building Owners and Managers Association International (BOMA), Class A office space is space that is of a quality that is attractive for premier office users with rents above average for the area. Class A office buildings have high quality standard finishes, state of the art systems, exceptional accessibility and a definite market presence. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
      6.   Height Bonus For Public Art: One additional floor of building height may be granted for a contribution to the City's public art program equal to one percent (1%) of threshold value of the project. Threshold value is the sum of all construction costs shown on all building permits associated with the project, including site preparation. For alterations to existing development, the threshold value is the sum of all construction costs as defined above plus the value of existing improvements to the property, as listed in the City Assessor's records. Funds contributed shall be used by the City for public art within the Riverfront Crossings District as approved by the Public Art Committee. (Ord. 18-4770, 11-20-2018)
      7.   Height Bonus For Leadership In Energy And Environmental Design: Up to four (4) additional floors of building height may be granted for projects that are designed to meet high standards with regard to energy efficiency and environmental stewardship, according to LEED or other similar environmental or energy efficiency rating system. In general, the higher the level of energy efficiency or environmental stewardship demonstrated, the greater the bonus. The amount of bonus granted will be based on the overall quality of the project. Bonus height may also be granted for projects that are designed to minimize the impact of stormwater runoff on the environment through the use of bioswales, rain gardens, greenroofs, rainwater harvesting, and stream bank stabilization and restoration along Ralston Creek or the Iowa River, as described in the Riverfront Crossings District subarea plan adopted in April 2011. Any such green feature(s) must be designed using Best Management Practices and demonstrate to the satisfaction of the City that the design will be successful given applicable factors, such as soil conditions, access to sunlight, topography, etc. A long term maintenance plan must accompany any proposal for such green features.
      8.   Height Bonus For Student Housing: Up to five (5) floors of additional building height may be granted for projects that are ideally located and designed to provide a high quality living environment for college students.
         a.   Location: To qualify for this bonus, projects must be located on land that:
            (1)   Is within the University Subdistrict, South Downtown Subdistrict, or the West Riverfront Subdistrict; and
            (2)   Is within one thousand feet (1,000') walking distance along public rights-of-way from the University of Iowa campus as defined for these purposes and illustrated on the regulating plan, section 14-2G-2, figure 2G-1 of this article.
         b.   Management, Design And Amenities:
            (1)   An enforceable plan for on site management and security must be submitted to and approved by the City;
            (2)   For projects with two hundred (200) or more bedrooms, professional twenty four (24) hour on site management and security must be provided. A professionally staffed management office/reception desk must be provided in the entrance lobby of the building;
            (3)   Interior and exterior usable shared open space must be provided with amenities that create a high quality living environment for students. The management plan must include adequate provisions for management, maintenance, and security of such spaces;
            (4)   A secure bicycle parking/storage area shall be provided and maintained within the building or parking garage;
            (5)   The owner shall maintain a valid rental permit and comply with all applicable City codes;
            (6)   The City reserves the right to inspect the property to verify compliance with these provisions.
      9.   Height Bonus For Hotel Space: One additional floor of building height may be granted for every floor of high quality hotel space. The additional building height may be used for additional hotel space or for other uses. The resulting building must demonstrate excellence in building and site design as demonstrated through use of high quality building materials, architectural detailing, building amenities, landscaping and streetscaping elements, and similar.
      10.   Height Bonus For Workforce Or Affordable Housing: Up to five (5) floors of additional building height may be granted for projects that designate a minimum of fifteen percent (15%) of the dwelling units within the development as "affordable housing", as defined in section 14-2G-8 of this article and regulated in accordance therewith.
      11.   Height Bonus For Elder Housing: Up to five (5) floors of additional building height may be granted for projects where all or a portion of the dwelling units are designed to provide a high quality living environment for elders or persons with disabilities. The project must satisfy the following criteria:
         a.   The development is designed for use and occupancy by elders and/or persons with disabilities;
         b.   All individual dwelling units and any communal space must be handicap accessible, as defined in the Iowa Administrative Code;
         c.   No more than ten percent (10%) of all individual dwelling units within the project can contain more than two (2) bedrooms;
         d.   Prior to issuance of the building permit, the owner must submit an affidavit to the City that all designated dwelling units will be reserved for and occupied by elders and/or persons with disabilities;
         e.   The units may be renter or owner occupied. If rented, the owner shall maintain a valid rental permit, unless the use is licensed by the State of Iowa; and
         f.   The City reserves the right to inspect the property to verify compliance with these provisions. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
   H.   Minor Adjustments:
      1.   The FBC Committee may approve deviations from the building placement and parking, loading, and service area placement standards set forth in section 14-2G-3, "Subdistrict Standards", of this article. Standards greater or lesser than the ranges allowed may be approved in the following circumstances, provided the approval criteria listed below are met: (Ord. 17-4731, 11-21-2017)
         a.   For publicly accessible outdoor plazas;
         b.   For irregular lots that make meeting the requirements impractical or infeasible;
         c.   For buildings along Ralston Creek;
         d.   For liner buildings, civic, or institutional buildings where unique building needs or site constraints make it difficult to fully comply with the standards;
         e.   For buildings along pedestrian streets designed to maximize access to and views of the Iowa River; or
         f.   For other special circumstances, provided that the intent of the standard and the Downtown and Riverfront Crossings Master Plan or Central District plan, whichever is applicable, is met. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
         g.   Approval criteria:
            (1)   There are unique characteristics of the site or neighboring properties that lend to alternative design approaches or that make it difficult or infeasible to meet the requirements; and
            (2)   The proposed placement of the building, parking, and service areas fit the characteristics of the site and the surrounding neighborhood, are consistent with the intent of the standard being modified and the goals of the Downtown and Riverfront Crossings Master Plan or Central District plan, as applicable, and will not detract from or be injurious to other property or improvements in the vicinity. (Ord. 17-4731, 11-21-2017)
      2.   The FBC Committee may approve deviations from the facade continuity requirements set forth in section 14-2G-3, "Subdistrict Standards", of this article, for buildings with forecourts at primary building entries, open air pedestrian passageways connecting public sidewalks to rear yard parking, or driveways on sites without secondary street, cross parcel, or alley access to parking and service areas, or for small or irregularly shaped lots where there is practical difficulty meeting the standard. In such cases, additional and/or enhanced screening and landscaping may be required to ensure a pleasant and comfortable pedestrian environment along street frontages.
      3.   The FBC Committee may approve deviations from the requirements set forth in section 14-2G-4, "Frontage Type Standards", of this article, to accommodate buildings located on steeply sloped sites or within flood hazard zones, where meeting the requirements is impractical or infeasible, or to make minor adjustments to elements of a frontage to ensure they are proportional to the scale of a building. If warranted and approved, deviations may include the following:
         a.   Floor height of stoops, porticoes, porches or terraces may exceed the maximum;
         b.   The finished ground floor elevation of the building may exceed the maximum;
         c.   Garden walls enclosing terraces or forecourts may exceed the maximum height;
         d.   The terrace frontage may be configured as a stepped terrace with two (2) levels above grade;
         e.   Allow additional width and depth for portico frontages in order to create proportional entryways for large multi-dwelling or civic/institutional buildings; or
         f.   Minor deviations from window coverage standards for storefront frontages on small buildings located on corner lots, where full compliance on both frontages may not be feasible.
      4.   Where accessibility standards cannot be met using the standards herein, the FBC Committee may approve deviations to allow adherence to Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) standards. Deviations may include lowering the height requirements of frontages and finished ground floor elevations, and accommodating wheelchair accessible ramps. (Ord. 16-4675, 9-20-2016)
      5.   The FBC Committee may approve deviations from the facade stepback requirements set forth in section 14-2G-3, "Subdistrict Standards", of this article or building design standards set forth in subsection F of this section, provided the following approval criteria are met:
         a.   The building includes an alternative design solution that equally or better meets the intent of the specific standard being modified; and
         b.   The building is uniquely designed to fit the characteristics of the site and the surrounding neighborhood, is consistent with the goals of the Downtown and Riverfront Crossings Master Plan or Central District plan, as applicable, and will not detract from or be injurious to other property or improvements in the vicinity; and
         c.   The building demonstrates excellence in architectural design and use of durable materials; and
         d.   There are unique characteristics of the site or neighboring properties that lend to alternative design approaches, or that make it difficult or infeasible to meet the requirements; or the proposed building is designed true to a specific architectural style and adherence to the building design standards would be impractical or compromise the building's architectural integrity; and
         e.   For requests for waivers of an upper floor stepback requirement, the building must include an alternative means of visually breaking up the vertical plane of the building.
      6.   In mid-block locations, the FBC Committee may waive the minimum building height standard to allow for a 2nd story pedestrian courtyard (an area surrounded by building facades on at least 3 sides), provided a screen wall that is at least as tall as the second story building facade is constructed co-planar or recessed a maximum of three feet (3') from the street-facing facade. The screen wall may either be constructed of high quality building materials that faithfully imitate an architecturally- finished exterior building facade with complementary window openings and articulation, or constructed as a decorative screen wall with a semi-transparent, open pattern, where the top of the screen wall aligns generally with the top of the second story. For purposes of regulating signage, the screen wall will be considered a building wall. (Ord. 17-4731, 11-21-2017; amd. Ord. 20-4840, 12-15-2020)

14-2G-8: AFFORDABLE HOUSING REQUIREMENT:

   A.   Riverfront Crossings Affordable Housing Requirement: Except for developments providing affordable housing pursuant to a development agreement with the City executed prior to June 6, 2016, and except for developments exclusively providing elder apartment housing, residential uses on land zoned a Riverfront Crossings zoning designation are required to provide affordable housing pursuant to Article 14-4F "Affordable Housing." (Ord. 16-4668, 7-5-2016, eff. 8-1-2016; amd. Ord. 19-4813, 12-3-2019; Ord. 23-4914, 11-6-2023)

14-2H-1: INTRODUCTION:

   A.   Intent:
      1.   This Article H attached to Ord. 21-4866 (Form-Based Zones And Standards), herein after referred to as this Article, sets forth the standards for neighborhood design, building form, and land use within the Form-Based Zones listed herein.
      2.   These standards reflect the community's vision for implementing the intent of the Comprehensive Plan to ensure development that reinforces the highly valued character and scale of Iowa City's urban centers, neighborhoods, and corridors with a mix of housing, civic, retail and service uses in a compact, walkable, and transit-friendly environment.
      3.   Specifically, these standards are intended to:
         a.   Improve the built environment and human habitat;
         b.   Promote development patterns that support safe, effective, and multi-modal transportation options, including auto, pedestrian, bicycle, and transit;
         c.   Reduce vehicle traffic and support transit by providing for a mixture of land uses, highly interconnected block and street network, and compact community form;
         d.   Provide neighborhoods with a variety of housing types and levels of affordability and accessibility to serve the needs of a diverse population;
         e.   Promote the health and sustainability benefits of walkable environments;
         f.   Generate pedestrian-oriented and pedestrian-scaled neighborhoods where the automobile is accommodated but does not dominate the streetscapes;
         g.   Reinforce the unique identity of the City and build upon the local context, climate, and history; and
         h.   Realize development based on the patterns of existing walkable neighborhoods.
   B.   Zoning Districts:
      1.   The full names and map symbols of the Form-Based Zones are listed below. When this Article refers to Form-Based Zones, it is referring to all zones listed in this section. When this Article refers to Neighborhood Form-Based Zones, it is referring to the T3NE, T3NG, T4NS, and T4NM zones.
         a.   T3 Neighborhood Edge (T3NE).
         b.   T3 Neighborhood General (T3NG).
         c.   T4 Neighborhood Small (T4NS).
         d.   T4 Neighborhood Medium (T4NM).
         e.   T4 Main Street (T4MS).
      2.   The standards applicable to the Riverfront Crossings Districts and Eastside Mixed Use District are regulated through the provisions in Title 14, Article G. These are not considered Form-Based Zones.
   C.   Applicability:
      1.   Table 14-2H-1C-1 outlines when other Chapters and Articles of Title 14 and other Titles of the municipal code apply to development and improvements within Form-Based Zones.
      2.   Neighborhood Design:
         a.   Blocks And Streets: Streets are required in the approximate locations identified in the Future Land Use Map of the Comprehensive Plan in compliance with Section 15-3-2 (Streets And Circulation). When designing a new street or reconstructing an existing street, the design must meet the standards in section 14-2H-9 (Thoroughfare Type Standards).
         b.   Design Sites:
            (1)   Buildings shall be designed in compliance with the design site width and depth standards of the zone set forth in section 14-2H-2 (Zones).
            (2)   This Article does not require that design sites be platted. The design site width and depth standards are for the purpose of consistently achieving pedestrian-oriented and scaled buildings.
      3.   Building, Frontage, And Use Types:
         a.   The following shall be selected for each lot and design site as allowed in the zone in compliance with the standards listed therein:
            (1)   Only one building type, except for certain building types as outlined in section 14-2H-6 (Building Types Standards);
            (2)   At least one (1) frontage type; and
            (3)   At least one (1) use type.
         b.   Building types, frontage types, and uses not listed in the zone are not allowed in that zone.
         c.   There shall be a mix of frontage and building types per block as outlined in sections 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards) and 14-2H-8 (Frontage Type Standards).
      4.   Site Standards: When a development requires site plan review in compliance with Title 18 (Site Plan Review) or when otherwise required by Section 14-2H-4 (Site Standards), site standard sub-sections apply as follows:
         a.   Screening Standards: The following shall comply with sub-section 14-2H-4B (Screening):
            (1)   All new development; and
            (2)   Improvements to existing development.
         b.   Landscaping And Tree Standards. The following shall comply with sub-section 14-2H-4C (Landscaping) and Article 14-5E (Landscaping And Tree Standards):
            (1)   All new development; and
            (2)   Improvements to existing development.
         c.   Parking And Loading Standards: The following shall comply with sub-section 14-2H-4D (Parking And Loading):
            (1)   All new development;
            (2)   Changes in land use; and
            (3)   Changes in intensity of buildings or structures made after the effective date of this Article that cause an increase or decrease of twenty-five percent (25%) or greater in:
               (a)   Gross floor area;
               (b)   Seating capacity;
               (c)   Units; and/or
               (d)   Parking spaces.
      5.   Civic Space Type Standards: Development is required to create civic space(s) in the approximate locations identified on the Comprehensive Plan Future Land Use Map in compliance with the standards of section 14-2H-5 (Civic Space Type Standards).
      6.   Building Type Standards: The following shall comply with Section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards):
         a.   New buildings (except public safety buildings and utility buildings);
         b.   Additions over fifteen percent (15%) of the gross floor area (except public safety buildings and utility buildings); and
         c.   Facade renovations along front or side street facades (except public safety buildings).
      7.   Massing, Facade Articulation And Architectural Elements: The following shall comply with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards):
         a.   New buildings; and
         b.   Building facade renovations facing a street or civic space (except public safety buildings).
      8.   Frontage Type Standards: The following shall comply with section 14-2H-8 (Frontage Type Standards):
         a.   New buildings;
         b.   Building facade renovation facing a street or civic space (except public safety buildings);
         c.   Private property improvements along front or side street; and
         d.   Modifications of pedestrian entrance(s) along front or side street.
      9.   Sign Type Standards: All signs, regardless of their nature or location, unless specifically exempted, which are intended to be viewed from a public right-of-way and from outdoors in areas of public and private property used for public pedestrian access shall comply with sub-section 14-5B-8H (Sign Standards And Types For Form-Based Zones).
      10.   Thoroughfare Type Standards: The following shall comply with section 14-2H-9 (Thoroughfare Type Standards):
         a.   The construction of a new thoroughfare and/or when an application for a plat is proposed.
         b.   Existing privately-owned thoroughfares:
            (1)   Improvement or modification to curb return, pedestrian crossing, landscaping, or sidewalk;
            (2)   Improvement or modification to on-street parking, or lane striping; and/or
            (3)   Improvement or modification to right-of-way.
Table 14-2H-1C-1: Application Of Standards In Title 14 (Zoning Code), Title 15 (Land Subdivisions), And Title 18 (Site Plan Review)
Title 14 (Zoning Code)
Chapter
Description/Article
Applicability To This Chapter (Form-Based Zones And Standards)
Table 14-2H-1C-1: Application Of Standards In Title 14 (Zoning Code), Title 15 (Land Subdivisions), And Title 18 (Site Plan Review)
Title 14 (Zoning Code)
Chapter
Description/Article
Applicability To This Chapter (Form-Based Zones And Standards)
1
Introductory Provision
Standards in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones.
2
Base Zones
Standards in this chapter do not apply to Form-Based Zones. They are replaced by zones as identified in section 14-2H-2 (Zones) and uses as identified in section 14-2H-3 (Uses).
3
Overlay Zones
Standards in this chapter do not apply to Form-Based Zones, except for those related to protection of sensitive features or historic resources. Other standards are replaced by zones as identified in section 14-2H-2 (Zones).
4
Use Regulations
Standards in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones, except where use standards are replaced within this chapter.
5
Site Development Standards
 
 
A. Off-Street Parking And Loading
Standards in this chapter do not apply to Form-Based Zones unless stated otherwise.
 
B. Sign Regulations
Standards in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones.
 
C. Access Management Standards
Standards in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones unless stated otherwise.
 
D. Intersection Visibility Standards
Standards in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones.
 
E. Landscaping And Tree Standards
Standards in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones unless stated otherwise.
 
F. Screening And Buffering Standards
Standards in this chapter do not apply to Form-Based Zones unless stated otherwise.
 
G. Outdoor Lighting Standards
Standards in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones.
 
H. Performance Standards
Standards in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones.
 
I. Sensitive Lands And Features
Standards in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones.
 
J. Floodplain Management Standards
Standards in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones.
 
K. Neighborhood Open Space Requirements
Standards in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones.
6
Airport Zoning
Standards in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones.
7
Administration
Standards in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones.
8
Review And Approval Procedures
Standards in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones.
9
Definitions
Definitions in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones.
Title 15 (Land Subdivisions)
Chapter
Description
Status
All
Land Subdivision
Standards in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones.
Title 18 (Site Plan Review)
Chapter
Description
Status
All
Site Plan Review
Standards in this chapter apply to Form-Based Zones.
 
   D.   Rezoning:
      1.   Rezoning to a Form-Based Zone shall follow the zoning map amendment process (14-8D-5). Any application for such a rezoning should be submitted concurrently with an application for a preliminary plat (15-2-2).
      2.   Approval Criteria: The following criteria must be met or determined to not be applicable to rezone to a Form-Based Zone:
         a.   The rezoning demonstrates compliance with the Future Land Use Map of the Comprehensive Plan and any district plan, as applicable, including consistency between the land use designations and the proposed zones. Variations from the Future Land Use Map may be approved for Form-Based Zones where sensitive areas are present, or where circumstances have changed and/or additional information or factors have come to light such that the proposed amendment is in the public interest.
         b.   The rezoning demonstrates that the zones are organized in such a manner to respond appropriately to the various site conditions. When amending zone boundaries, more intense zones shall be organized around a neighborhood feature. Examples include a major street (such as a main street or edge drive), civic space, a transit stop, a civic building, or other locations suitable for greater intensities.
         c.   The rezoning demonstrates that transitions are appropriate between Form-Based Zones, such as zone transitions occurring within the block or across alleys to provide the same zoning on facing blocks.
         d.   The rezoning demonstrates it is designed to suit specific topographical, environmental, site layout, and design constraints unique to the site.
   E.   Neighborhood Plan:
      1.   The Neighborhood Plan, submitted as an accompanying document with the final plat, ensures compliance with the standards in this Article. It shall substantially conform to the Future Land Use Map included in the Comprehensive Plan and District Plan, as applicable.
      2.   The Neighborhood Plan shall include the following components in plan view on application forms provided by the department, along with any additional information as requested by the City:
         a.   Identify all applicable Form-Based Zones, lots, and design sites.
         b.   Identify all proposed building types pursuant to section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards) and proposed frontage types pursuant to section 14-2H-8 (Frontages) for each lot and/or design site.
         c.   Apply thoroughfares in an interconnected network and identify proposed thoroughfare types pursuant to sections 14-2H-9 (Thoroughfare Type Standards) and 15-3-2 (Streets And Circulation), including all proposed passages (14-2H-9L) and/or alleys (14-2H-9K).
         d.   Identify natural open space and civic space types pursuant to section 14-2H-5 (Civic Space Type Standards) and delineate all proposed buildings, paved areas, trees, and/or landscaping in civic spaces.
         e.   Identify all connections to existing streets and sidewalks and lots and design sites on adjacent properties in conformance with block standards pursuant to section 15-3-4 (Layout Of Blocks And Lots).
      3.   Following adoption of the final plat, the following changes to the Neighborhood Plan may be administratively approved concurrently with building permit or site plan review. All requested changes from the original Neighborhood Plan must be identified on site plans and building plans.
         a.   Substituting one building type for another where the lot and/or design site meets the requirements of sections 14-2H-2 (Zones) and 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards) and where the change does not limit the ability of other lots and/or design sites on the block to change or maintain their building type.
         b.   Substituting one frontage type for another where the lot and/or design site meets the requirements of section 14-2H-8 (Frontage Type Standards) and where the change does not limit the ability of other lots and/or design sites on the block to change or maintain their frontage type.
         c.   Substituting one civic space type for another, including changes to the design of said civic spaces, where the civic space type meets the requirements of section 14-2H-5 (Civic Space Type Standards).
         d.   Changing the number, size, and layout of design sites within a single lot where all modified design sites meet the size and shape requirements of section 14-2H-2 (Zones). (Ord. 21-4866, 11-16-2021; amd. Ord. 24-4953, 5-6-2025)

14-2H-2: ZONES:

   A.   Purpose: This section establishes the Form-Based Zones that implement the City’s Comprehensive Plan to generate and support the intended variety and physical character.
   B.   Sub-Zones: Sub-zones are slightly modified versions of the base Form- Based Zone. This chapter includes one (1) type of sub-zone:
      1.   Open: The open sub-zone can provide additional flexibility to design sites located at or near intersections that function or can function as a neighborhood node of non-residential uses. The open sub-zone is indicated in the future land use maps of the Comprehensive Plan and is used for either or both of the following purposes:
         a.   To allow more uses than the base zone allows in specific areas but within the same form and character of the base zone; and/or
         b.   To more easily allow certain uses that are already allowed in the base zone.
   C.   T3 Neighborhood Edge Zone (T3NE):
General note: The illustrations above are intended to provide a brief overview of the zone and are descriptive in nature.
      1.   Intent:
         a.   A walkable neighborhood environment of detached, small- to-large building footprint, low-intensity housing choices from house large, duplex side-by-side to cottage court, supporting and within short walking distance of neighborhood-serving retail, food and service uses.
         b.   The following are appropriate form elements in the zone:
            (1)   House-scale buildings.
            (2)   Detached buildings.
            (3)   Medium-to-large design site width.
            (4)   Small-to-large building footprint.
            (5)   Medium-to-large front setbacks.
            (6)   Medium side setbacks.
            (7)   Up to 2.5 stories.
            (8)   Porch, dooryard and stoop frontage types.
      2.   Sub-Zone(s): None.
      3.   Building Types:
Primary
Design Site
Building Type
Width (A)
Depth (B)
Standards
Primary
Design Site
Building Type
Width (A)
Depth (B)
Standards
House Large
60' min.1
95' max.
110' min.2
180' max.
14-2H-6D
Duplex Side-by-Side3
60' min.1
75' max.
100' min.2
180' max.
14-2H-6F
Cottage Court
90' min.1
120' max.
120' min.2
200' max.
14-2H-6H
1   Min. width may be reduced by 10' if vehicle access is provided from rear.
2   Min. depth may be adjusted as follows:
   a.   It may be reduced by 10' if utility easement is relocated to alley; and/or
   b.   It may be reduced by 15' if the design site fronts new civic space (14-2H-5) not shown on the Future Land Use Map of the Comprehensive Plan.
   Min. depth reduction may not exceed 25' total.
3   For fee simple arrangements, no side setback is required between the units of this building type.
 
      4.   Building Form:
a. Height:
Primary Building1
   Stories
   To Roofline3
 
2.5 stories max.2
30' max. (C)
Accessory Structure(s)1
   Carriage House
   Other
 
2 stories max.
1 story max.
Ground Floor Ceiling Height
9' min. (D)
b. Footprint
Depth, Ground-Floor Space
30' min.4 (E)
c. Standards
   (1)   Design Site Coverage defined by max. building size of primary building type allowed and Carriage House per section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards) and Item 5 (Building Placement) standards of this zone.
1   See section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards) for massing and height standards.
2   ".5" refers to an occupiable attic.
3   Typically measured from average finished grade along the frontage. Solar energy systems shall not be included in the maximum building height measurement. See Building Height in Article 14-9A (General Definitions).
4   12' min. for Cottage Court Building Type.
 
      15' Utility Easement Area                              15' Utility Easement Area
      Street (Front: Narrowest Side)                           Street (Front: Narrowest Side)
      5.   Building Placement:
a. Setback (Distance from ROW/Design Site Line)
Front (Facade Zone)1, 2
(F)
   Interior Design Site
   Corner Design Site
25' min.; 35' max.
25' min.; 35' max.
Side Street (Facade Zone)1, 2
 
   Primary Building
   Accessory Structure(s)
20' min.; 25' max. (G)
20' min. (H)
Side
 
   Primary Building
   Accessory Structure(s)3
5' min. (I)
5' min. (J)
Rear
 
   Primary Building
   Accessory Structure(s)
25' min. (K)
5' min. (L)
b. Building Within Facade Zone
Total length of facade required within or abutting the facade zone, exclusive of setbacks.
   Front
   Side Street
50% min.
40% min.
c. Standards
   (1)   Facades facing a street or civic space must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards).
1   If utility easement is 10' as determined by the applicable abutting thoroughfare type (14-2H-9), subtract 5' from required setback.
2   The area between the front and side street design site lines and the building shall not be paved (except for allowed driveways and pedestrian routes) and is subject to the requirements in section 14-2H-8 (Frontage Type Standards).
3   For Duplex Side-By-Side and Attached Townhouses, no side setback is required for accessory structures used for parking.
 
      6.   Encroachments Into Setbacks:
 
a. Encroachment Type:
Front (M)
Side St. (N)
Side (O)
Rear (P)
   Architectural Features
5' max.
5' max.
3' max.
5' max.
   Stairs
X
5' max.
2' max.
5' max.
b. Standards:
 
 
 
 
   (1)   Encroachments are not allowed within utility easement area, ROW, alley ROW or across a property line.
   (2)   Upper story encroachments on front and side street require 8' min. of clearance.
   (3)   See Item 8 (Frontages) for allowed frontages and section 14-2H-8 (Frontage Type Standards) for further refinements.
 
      Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
      7.    Parking:
a. Required Spaces:
Residential Uses
 
   Studio or 1- 2 bedrooms
1 min. per unit
   3 or more bedrooms
1.5 min. per unit
Non-Residential Uses
 
   ≤ 1,500 sf.
   > 1,500 sf.
None
2.5 min./1,000 sf.
after first 1,500 sf.
b. Setback (Distance From ROW/Design Site Line):
Front1
   House large
 
   All other building types
 
15' min. behind face of frontage type or building whichever is closer to street (Q)
50' min. (R)
Side Street
20' min. (S)
Side
5' min. (T)
Rear
5' min. (U)
c. Characteristics:
   Driveway Width
12' max.2 (V)
   Distance between driveways
20' min. (W)
d. Standards:
   (1)   Parking may be covered or uncovered and may be attached or detached from main body.
   (2)   Parking may be located in rear or side wing in compliance with main body and wing(s) standards per section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards).
   (3)   Porte-cochère allowed if integrated into building facade.
   (4)   Driveway width along alley may exceed 12'.
   (5)   A driveway may be shared between adjacent design sites.
1   Front access is not allowed in corner design sites.
2   With 2' planting strip on each side.
 
      8.   Frontages:
 
a. Private Frontage Type:
Front
Side St.
Standards
   Porch projecting
A
A
14-2H-8C
   Porch engaged
A
A
14-2H-8D
   Dooryard
A
A
14-2H-8E
   Stoop
A
A
14-2H-8F
 
      9.   Signage:
 
a. Sign Type:
Standards
   Temporary sign
14-5B-9
 
      Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
   D.    T3 Neighborhood General Zone (T3NG):
      1.     Intent:
         a.    A walk able neighborhood environment of small footprint, low-intensity housing choices from house small, duplex side-by-side, duplex stacked, cottage court, multiplex small to townhouse, supporting and within short walking distance of neighborhood-serving retail and services.
         b.   The following are appropriate form elements in the zone:
            (1)   House-scale buildings.
            (2)   Detached buildings.
            (3)   Small-to-medium design site width.
            (4)   Small building footprint.
            (5)   Medium front setbacks.
            (6)   Medium side setbacks.
            (7)   Up to 2.5 stories.
            (8)   Porch, dooryard and stoop frontage types.
      2.   Sub-Zone(s):
         a.   T3NG-Open: See section 14-2H-3 for additional allowed uses.
      3.   Building Types:
Primary
Design Site
Building Type
Width (A)
Depth (B)
Standards
Primary
Design Site
Building Type
Width (A)
Depth (B)
Standards
a. House-Scale:
 
 
 
   House small
50' min.1
75' max.
100' min.2
180' max.
14-2H-6E
   Duplex side-by-side5
60' min.1
75' max.
100' min.2
180' max.
14-2H-6F
   Duplex stacked
50' min.1
70' max.
100' min.2
180' max.
14-2H-6G
   Cottage court
90' min.1
120' max.
120' min.2
200' max.
14-2H-6H
   Multiplex small
70' min.1
100' max.
110' min.2
150' max.
14-2H-6I
   Townhouse5
25' min.3
125' max.4
100' min.2
180' max.
14-2H-6K
1   Min. width may be reduced by 10' if vehicle access is provided from rear.
2   Min. depth may be adjusted as follows:
   (a)   It may be reduced by 10' if utility easement is relocated to alley; and/or
   (b)   It may be reduced by 15' if the design site fronts new civic space (14-2H-5) not shown on the Future Land Use Map of the Comprehensive Plan.
   Min. depth reduction may not exceed 25' total.
3   Represents 1 townhouse.
4   Represents 3 townhouses.
5   For fee simple arrangements, no side setback is required between the units of this building type.
 
      4.   Building Form:
a. Height:
Primary Building1
   Stories
   To roofline3
 
2.5 stories max.2
30' max. (C)
Accessory Structure(s)1
   Carriage house
   Other
 
2 stories max.
1 story max.
Ground Floor Ceiling
9' min. (D)
b. Footprint:
   Depth, ground-floor space
30' min.4 (E)
c. Standards:
   (1)   Design site coverage defined by max. building size of primary building type allowed and carriage house per section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards) and Item 5 (Building Placement) standards of this zone.
1   See section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards) for refinements to massing and height standards.
2   ".5" refers to an occupiable attic.
3   Typically measured from average finished grade along the frontage. Solar energy systems shall not be included in the maximum building height me asu rement. See building height in article 14-9A (General Definitions).
4   12' min. for cottage court building type.
 
      5.   Building Placement:
a. Setback (Distance From ROW/Design Site Line):
Front (Facade Zone)1, 2
   Interior design site
   Corner design site
 
20' min.; 30' max. (F)
20' min.; 30' max.
Side street (Facade Zone)1, 2
   Primary building
   Accessory structure(s)
 
15' min.; 25' max (G)
15' min. (H)
Side
   Primary building
   Accessory structure(s)3
 
5' min. (I)
5' min. (J)
Rear
   Primary building
   Accessory structure(s)
 
20' min. (K)
5' min. (L)
b. Building Within Facade Zone:
Total length of facade required within or abutting the facade zone, exclusive of setbacks.
   Front
   Side street
60% min.
50% min.
c. Standards:
   (1)   Facades facing a street or civic space must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards).
1   If utility easement is 10' as identified by the applicable abutting thoroughfare type (14-2H-9), subtract 5' from required setback.
2   The area between the front and side street design site lines and the building shall not be paved (except for allowed drieways and pedestrian routes) and is subject to the requirements in section 14-2H-8 (Frontage Type Standards).
3   For Duplex Side-By-Side and Attached Townhouses, no side setback is required for accessory structures used for parking.
 
   6.   Encroachments Into Setbacks:
 
a. Encroachment Type
Front (M)
Side St. (N)
Side (O)
Rear (P)
   Architectural features
3' max.
3' max.
3' max.
5' max.
   Stairs
X
3' max.
2' max.
5' max.
b. Standards:
   (1)   Encroachments are not allowed within utility easement area, ROW, alley ROW or across a property line.
   (2)   See Item 8 (Frontages) for allowed frontages and section 14-2H-8 (Frontage Type Standards) for further refinements.
 
      Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      7.    Parking:
a. Required Spaces:
 
Residential Uses
   Studio or 1-2 bedrooms
   3 or more bedrooms
 
1 min. per unit
2 min. per unit
Non-Residential Uses
   ≤ 1,500 sf.
   > 1,500 sf.
 
None
2.5 min./1,000 sf.
after first 1,500 sf.
b. Setback (Distance From ROW/Design Site Line):
Front1
   House small
   
   All other building types
(Q)
15' min. behind face of frontage type or building whichever is closer to street
40' min. (R)
Side street
15' min. (S)
Side
5' min. (T)
Rear
5' min. (U)
c. Characteristics:
Driveway width
12' max.2 (V)
Distance between driveway
20' min. (W)
d. Standards:
   (1)   Parking may be covered or uncovered and may be attached or detached from main body.
   (2)   Parking may be located in rear or side wing in compliance with main body and wing(s) standards per section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards).
   (3)   Porte-cochère allowed if integrated into building facade.
   (4)   Driveway width along alley may exceed 12'.
   (5)   A driveway may be shared between adjacent design sites.
1   Front access is not allowed in corner design sites.
2   With 2' planting strip on each side.
 
      8.   Frontages:
 
a. Private Frontage Type:
Front
Side St.
Standards
   Porch projecting
A
A
14-2H-8C
   Porch engaged
A
A
14-2H-8D
   Dooryard
A
A
14-2H-8E
   Stoop
A
A
14-2H-8F
 
      9.   Signage:
 
a. Sign Type:
Standards
   Awning sign1
14-5B-8C
   Porch sign1
14-5B-8H-4a
   Portable sign
14-5B-8E
   Post sign1
14-5B-8H-4b
   Temporary sign
14-5B-8B
1    Only in open sub-zone
 
      Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
   E.   T4 Neighborhood Small Zone (T4NS):
      1.     Intent:
         a.   A walkable neighborhood environment of small-to- medium-footprint, moderate-intensity housing choices from cottage court, multiplex small, courtyard building small to townhouse, supporting and within short walking distance of neighborhood-serving retail and services.
         b.   The following are appropriate form elements in the zone:
            (1)   House-scale buildings.
            (2)   Detached and attached buildings.
            (3)   Small-to-medium design site width.
            (4)   Small-to-medium building footprint.
            (5)   Small-to-medium front setbacks.
            (6)   Small-to-medium side setbacks.
            (7)   Up to 2.5 stories.
            (8)   Porch, dooryard and stoop frontage types.
      2.   Sub-Zone(s):
         a.   T4NS-Open: See section 14-2H-3 for additional allowed uses.
      3.    Building Types :
Primary
Design Site
Building Type
Width (A)
Depth (B)
Standards
Primary
Design Site
Building Type
Width (A)
Depth (B)
Standards
a. House-Scale:
 
 
 
   Cottage court
90' min.1
120' max.
120' min.2
200' max.
14-2H-6H
   Multiplex small
60' min.1
100' max.
110' min.2
150' max.
14-2H-6I
   Courtyard building small
100' min.1
130' max.4
150' min.2
180' max.
14-2H-6L
b. Block-Scale:
   Townhouse5
18' min.3
160' max.4
100' min.2
180' max.
14-2H-6K
1   Min. width may be reduced by 10' if vehicle access is provided from rear.
2   Min. depth may be adjusted as follows:
   (a)   It may be reduced by 10' if utility easement is relocated to alley; and/or
   (b)   It may be reduced by 15' if the design site fronts new civic space (14-2H-5) not shown on the Future Land Use Map of the Comprehensive Plan.
   Min. depth reduction may not exceed 25' total.
3   Represents 1 townhouse.
4   Represents 4 townhouses.
5   For fee simple arrangements, no side setback is required between the units of this building type.
 
      4.   Building Form:
a. Height:
Primary Building1
   Stories
   To roofline3
 
2.5 stories max.2
30' max. (C)
Accessory Structure(s)1
   Carriage house
   Other
 
2 stories max.
1 story max.
Ground Floor Ceiling
9' min. (D)
b. Footprint:
Depth, ground-floor space
30' min.4 (E)
c. Standards:
   (1)   Design site coverage defined by max. building size of primary building type allowed and carriage house per section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards) and Item 5 (Building Placement) standards of this zone.
1   See section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards) for refinements to massing and height standards.
2   ".5" refers to an occupiable attic.
3   Typically measured from average finished grade along the frontage. Solar energy systems shall not be included in the maximum building height measurement. See building height in article 14-9A (General Definitions).
4   12' min. for cottage court building type.
 
      5.   Building Placement:
a. Setback (Distance From ROW/Design Site Line):
Front (Facade Zone)1, 2
   Interior design site
   Corner design site
 
15' min.; 30' max. (F)
15' min.; 30' max.
Side street (Facade Zone)1, 2
   Primary building
   Accessory structure(s)
 
15' min.; 25' max. (G)
15' min. (H)
Side
   Primary building
   Accessory structure(s)3
 
5' min.(I)
3' min.(J)
Rear
   Primary building
   Accessory structure(s)
 
15' min. (I)
5' min. (J)
b. Building Within Facade Zone:
Total length of facade required within or abutting the facade zone, exclusive of setbacks.
   Front
   Side street
65% min.
55% min.
c. Standards:
   (1)   Facades facing a street or civic space must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards).
1   If utility easement is 10' as identified by the applicable abutting thoroughfare type (14-2H-9), subtract 5' from required setback.
2   The area between the front and side street design site lines and the building shall not be paved (except for allowed drieways and pedestrian routes) and is subject to the requirements in section 14-2H-8 (Frontage Type Standards).
3   For Duplex Side-By-Side and Attached Townhouses, no side setback is required for accessory structures used for parking.
 
      6.   Encroachments Into Setbacks:
 
a. Encroachment Type
Front (M)
Side St. (N)
Side (O)
Rear (P)
   Architectural features
3' max.
3' max.
5' max.
5' max.
   Stairs
X
3' max.
5' max.
5' max.
b. Standards:
   (1)   Encroachments are not allowed within utility easement area, ROW, alley ROW or across a property line.
   (2)   Upper stories encroachments on front and side street require 8' min. of clearance.
   (3)   See Item 8 (Frontages) for allowed frontages and section 14-2H-8 (Frontage Type Standards) for further refinements.
 
      Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      7.    Parking:
a. Required Spaces:
 
Residential Uses
   Studio or 1-2 bedrooms
   3 or more bedrooms
 
1 min. per unit
1.5 min. per unit
Non-Residential Uses
   ≤ 1,500 sf.
   > 1,500 sf.
 
None
2.5 min./1,000 sf.
after first 1,500 sf.
b. Setback (Distance From ROW/Design Site Line):
   Front1
40' min. (Q)
   Side street
15' min. (R)
   Side
5' min. (S)
   Rear
5' min. (T)
c. Characteristics:
   Driveway width
12' max.2 (U)
   Distance between driveway
20' min. (V)
d. Standards:
   (1)   Parking may be covered or uncovered and may be attached or detached from main body.
   (2)   Parking may be located in rear or side wing in compliance with main body and wing(s) standards per section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards).
   (3)   Porte-cochère allowed if integrated into building facade.
   (4)   Driveway width along alley may exceed 12'.
   (5)   A driveway may be shared between adjacent design sites.
1   Front access is not allowed in corner design sites.
2   With 2' planting strip on each side.
 
      8.   Frontages:
 
a. Private Frontage Type:
Front
Side St.
Standards
   Porch projecting
A
A
14-2H-8C
   Porch engaged
A
A
14-2H-8D
   Dooryard
A
A
14-2H-8E
   Stoop
A
A
14-2H-8F
 
      9.   Signage:
a. Sign Type:
Standards
a. Sign Type:
Standards
   Awning sign1
14-5B-8C
   Porch sign1
14-5B-8H-4a
   Portable sign
14-5B-8E
   Post sign1
14-5B-8H-4b
   Small identification sign1
14-5B-8B
   Temporary sign
14-5B-9
1   Only in open sub-zone
 
      Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
   F.     T4 Neighborhood Medium Zone (T4NM):
      1.     Intent:
         a.    A walkable neighborhood environment with medium-footprint, moderate-intensity housing choices from multiplex large, courtyard building small to townhouse, supporting and within short walking distance of neighborhood-serving retail and services.
         b.   The following are appropriate form elements in the zone:
            (1)   Primarily house-scale buildings.
            (2)   Detached and attached buildings.
            (3)   Medium design site width.
            (4)   Medium building footprint.
            (5)   Small front setbacks.
            (6)   Small side setbacks.
            (7)   Up to 3.5 stories.
            (8)   Porch, dooryard, stoop, forecourt and terrace frontage types.
      2.   Sub-Zone(s):
         a.   T4NM-Open: See section 14-2H-3 for additional allowed uses.
      3.    Building Types:
Primary
Design Site
Building Type
Width (A)
Depth (B)
Standards
Primary
Design Site
Building Type
Width (A)
Depth (B)
Standards
a. House-Scale:
 
 
 
   Multiplex large
75' min.1
100' max.
130' min.2
150' max.
14-2H-6J
   Courtyard building small
100' min.1
130' max.
150' min.2
180' max.
14-2H-6L
b. Block-Scale:
   Townhouse6
18' min.3
130' max.4, 5
100' min.2
180' max.
14-2H-6K
1   Min. width may be reduced by 10' if vehicle access is provided from rear.
2   Min. depth may be adjusted as follows:
   (a)   It may be reduced by 10' if utility easement is relocated to alley; and/or
   (b)   It may be reduced by 15' if the design site fronts new civic space (14-2H-5) not shown on the Future Land Use Map of the Comprehensive Plan.
   Min. depth reduction may not exceed 25' total.
3   Represents 1 townhouse.
4   Represents 4 townhouses.
5   In the open sub-zone, each townhouse may be divided vertically into 3 units.
6   For fee simple arrangements, no side setback is required between the units of this building type.
 
      4.   Building Form:
a. Height:
Primary Building1
   Stories
   To roofline3
 
3.5 stories max.2 (C)
40' max.
Accessory Structure(s)1
   Carriage house
   Other
 
2 stories max.
1 story max.
Ground Floor Ceiling
9' min. (D)
b. Footprint:
Depth, ground-floor space
30' min. (E)
c. Standards:
   (1)   Design site coverage defined by max. building size of primary building type allowed and carriage house per section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards) and Item 5 (Building Placement) standards of this zone.
1   See section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards) for refinements to massing and height standards.
2   ".5" refers to an occupiable attic.
3   Typically measured from average finished grade along the frontage. Solar energy systems shall not be included in the maximum building height measurement. See building height in article 14-9A (General Definitions).
 
      5.   Building Placement:
a. Setback (Distance From ROW/Design Site Line):
Front (Facade Zone)1, 2
   Interior design site
   Corner design site
 
15' min.; 25' max. (F)
15' min.; 25' max.
Side street (Facade Zone)1, 2
   Primary building
   Accessory structure(s)
 
15' min.; 25' max. (G)
15' min. (H)
Side
   Primary building
   Accessory structure(s)
 
5' min. (I)
3' min. (J)
Rear
   Primary building
   Accessory structure(s)
 
15' min. (K)
5' min. (L)
b. Building Within Facade Zone:
Total length of facade required within or abutting the facade zone, exclusive of setbacks.
   Front
   Side street
65% min.
55% min.
c. Standards:
   (1)   Facades facing a street or civic space must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards).
1   If utility easement is 10' as identified by the applicable abutting thoroughfare type (14-2H-9), subtract 5' from required setback.
2   The area between the front and side street design site lines and the building shall not be paved (except for allowed drieways and pedestrian routes) and is subject to the requirements in section 14-2H-8 (Frontage Type Standards).
3   For Duple Side-By-Side and Attached Townhouses, no side setback is required for accessory structures used for parking.
 
      6.   Encroachments Into Setbacks:
 
a. Encroachment Type
Front (M)
Side St. (N)
Side (O)
Rear (P)
   Architectural features
3' max.
3' max.
3' max.
5' max.
   Stairs
X
3' max.
2' max.
5' max.
b. Standards:
   (1)   Encroachments are not allowed within utility easement area, ROW, alley ROW or across a property line.
   (2)   Upper stories encroachments on front and side street require 8' min. of clearance.
   (3)   See Item 8 (Frontages) for allowed frontages and section 14-2H-8 (Frontage Type Standards) for further refinements.
 
      Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      7.    Parking:
a. Required Spaces:
 
Residential Uses
   Studio or 1-2 bedroom s
   3 or more bedrooms
 
1 min. per unit
1.5 min. per unit
Non-Residential Uses
   ≤ 2,000 sf.
   > 2,000 sf.
 
None
2.5 min./1,000 sf.
after first 2,000 sf.
b. Setback (Distance From ROW/Design Site Line):
   Front1
40' min. (Q)
   Side street
15' min. (R)
   Side
5' min. (S)
   Rear
5' min. (T)
c. Characteristics:
   Driveway width
12' max.2 (U)
   Distance between driveways
20' min. (V)
d. Standards:
   (1)   Parking may be covered or uncovered and may be attached or detached from main body.
   (2)   Parking may be located in rear or side wing in compliance with main body and wing(s) standards per section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards).
   (3)   Porte-cochère allowed if integrated into building facade.
   (4)   Driveway width along alley may exceed 12'.
   (5)   A driveway may be shared between adjacent design sites.
1   Front access is not allowed in corner design sites.
2   With 2' planting strip on each side.
 
      8.   Frontages:
 
a. Private Frontage Type:
Front
Side St.
Standards
   Porch projecting
A
A
14-2H-8C
   Porch engaged
A
A
14-2H-8D
   Dooryard
A
A
14-2H-8E
   Stoop
A
A
14-2H-8F
   Forecourt
A
A
14-2H-8G
   Terrace
A
A
14-2H-8J
 
      9.   Signage:
a. Sign Type:
Standards
a. Sign Type:
Standards
   Awning sign1
14-5B-8C
   Porch sign1
14-5B-8H-4a
   Portable sign
14-5B-8E
   Post sign1
14-5B-8H-4b
   Small identification sign1
14-5B-8B
   Storefront projecting sign1
14-5B-8C
   Temporary sign
14-5B-9
   Window sign1
14-5B-8E
1   Only in open sub-zone
 
      Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
   G.   T4 Main Street Zone (T4MS):
      1.     Intent:
         a.    A walkable, vibrant district of medium-to-large-footprint, moderate-intensity, mixed-use buildings and housing choices from townhouse and courtyard building large to main street building, supporting neighborhood- serving ground floor retail, food and services, including indoor and outdoor artisanal industrial businesses.
         b.   The following are appropriate form elements in the zone:
            (1)   Block-scale buildings.
            (2)   Attached buildings.
            (3)   Medium design site width.
            (4)   Medium-to-large building footprint.
            (5)   Small-to-none front setbacks.
            (6)   Small-to-none side setbacks.
            (7)   Up to 4 stories.
            (8)   Dooryard, stoop, forecourt, maker shopfront, shopfront, terrace, gallery and arcade frontage types.
      2.   Sub-Zone(s): None.
      3.   Building Types:
Primary
Design Site
Building Type
Width (A)
Depth (B)
Standards
Primary
Design Site
Building Type
Width (A)
Depth (B)
Standards
a. Block-Scale:
   Townhouse5
18' min.2
220' max.3, 4
100' min.1
180' max.
14-2H-6K
   Courtyard building large
100' min.
150' max.
180' min.1
200' max.
14-2H-6M
   Main street building
25' min.
150' max.
100' min.1
200' max.
14-2H-6N
1   Min. depth may be reduced by 15' if the design site fronts a new civic space (14-2H-5) not shown on the Future Land Use Map of the Comprehensive Plan. Min. depth reductions may not exceed 25' total.
2   Represents 1 townhouse.
3   Represents 8 townhouses.
4   Each townhouse may be divided vertically into 3 units.
5   For fee simple arrangements, no side setback is required between the units of this building type.
 
      4.   Building Form:
a. Height:
Primary Building1
   Stories
   To roofline2
 
4 stories max.
45' max. (C)
Accessory Structure(s)1
   Carriage house
   Other
 
2 stories max.
1 story max.
Ground Floor Ceiling
14' min. (D)
b. Footprint:
Depth, ground-floor space
30' min. (E)
c. Standards:
   (1)   Design site coverage defined by max. building size of primary building type allowed and carriage house per section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards) and Item 5 (Building Placement) standards of this zone.
1   See section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards) for refinements to massing and height standards.
2   Typically measured from average finished grade along the frontage. Solar energy systems shall not be included in the maximum building height measurement. See building height in article 14-9A (General Definitions).
 
      5.    Building Placement:
a. Setback (Distance From ROW/Design Site Line):
Front (Facade Zone)
   Interior design site
   Corner design site
 
0' min.; 10' max. (F)
0' min.; 10' max.
Side street (Facade Zone)
   Primary building
   Accessory structure(s)
 
0' min.; 10' max. (G)
0' min. (H)
Side
   Primary building
   Accessory structure(s)1
 
0' min. (I)
3' min. (J)
Rear
   Primary building
   Accessory structure(s)
 
10' min. (K)
5' min. (L)
b. Building Within Facade Zone:
Total length of facade required within or abutting the facade zone, exclusive of setbacks.
   Front
   Side street
80% min.
70% min.
c. Standards:
   (1)   Facades facing a street or civic space must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards).
   (2)   Utility easement required in alley as identified by the applicable abutting thoroughfare type (14-2H-9).
1   For Duplex Side-By-Side and Attached Townhouses, no side setback is required for accessory structures used for parking.
 
      6.   Encroachments Into Setbacks:
 
a. Encroachment Type
Front (M)
Side St. (N)
Side (O)
Rear (P)
   Architectural features
X
X
X
3' max.
   Stairs
X
X
X
3' max.
b. Standards:
   (1)   Encroachments are not allowed within utility easement area, ROW, alley ROW or across a property line.
   (2)   Upper stories encroachments on front and side street require 8' min. of clearance.
   (3)   See Item 8 (Frontages) for allowed frontages and section 14-2H-8 (Frontage Type Standards) for further refinements.
 
      Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      7.   Parking:
a. Required Spaces:
 
Residential Uses
   Studio or 1-2 bedrooms
   3 or more bedrooms
 
1 max. per unit
1.5 max. per unit
Non-Residential Uses
   ≤ 5,000 sf.
   > 5,000 sf.
 
0 max.
2 max./1,000 sf. after first 5,000
b. Setback (Distance From ROW/Design Site Line):
Front1
40' min. (Q)
Side street
   75' from front
   > 75' from front
(R)
25' min. (S)
5' min.
Side
0' min. (T)
Rear
5' min. (U)
c. Characteristics:
Driveway width
12' max.1, 2 (V)
d. Standards:
   (1)   Parking may be covered or uncovere d and may be attached or detached from main body.
   (2)   Parking may be located in rear or side wing in compliance with main body and wing(s) standards per section 14-2H-6 (Building Type Standards).
   (3)   Driveway width along alley may exceed 12'.
   (4)   A driveway may be shared between adjacent design sites.
1   With 2' planting strip on each side.
 
      8.   Frontages:
a. Private Frontage Type:
Front
Side St.
Standards
a. Private Frontage Type:
Front
Side St.
Standards
   Dooryard
X
A1
14-2H-8E
   Stoop
X
A1, 2
14-2H-8F
   Forecourt
A
A
14-2H-8G
   Maker shopfront
A
A1
14-2H-8H
   Shopfront
A
A2
14-2H-8I
   Terrace
A
A
14-2H-8J
   Gallery
A
A
14-2H-8K
   Arcade
A
A
14-2H-8L
1   At 60' min. from front of design site.
2   Also allowed within open space in courtyard building large.
 
      9.   Signage:
a. Sign Type:
Standards
a. Sign Type:
Standards
   Awning sign
14-5B-8C
   Canopy sign
14-5B-8C
   Directional sign
14-5B-8C
   Masonry wall sign
14-5B-8E
   Porch sign
14-5B-8H-4a
   Portable sign
14-5B-8E
   Post sign
14-5B-8H-4b
   Small identification sign
14-5B-8B
   Storefront projecting sign
14-5B-8C
   Temporary sign
14-5B-9
   Wall mural painted sign
14-5B-8E
   Window sign
14-5B-8E
 
      Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
(Ord. 21-4866, 11-16-2021; amd. Ord. 23-4893, 1-24-2023; Ord. 25-4953, 5-6-2025)

14-2H-3: USE STANDARDS:

   A.   Purpose:
      1.   It is the intent of this section to establish appropriate standards for location, design, and operation of uses to assure that they will be developed in a manner consistent with the purpose of the Form-Based Zone where they are allowed.
      2.   This section provides additional standards for certain uses and activities to ensure compatibility with site features and existing uses.
    B.   Allowed Uses:
      1.   Uses Allowed:
         a.   Table 14-2H-3B-1 (Uses) indicates for each Form-Based Zone whether a principal land use is permitted (P), allowed with provisions (PR), or allowed by special exception (S). Specific land uses are grouped into the categories and subgroups listed in Table 14-2H-3B-1 (Uses).
         b.   Table 14-2H-3B-1 (Uses) includes cross-references to applicable specific use standards for each use. Where necessary and appropriate, the cross-reference indicates the conventional zone use standards that must be followed.
         c.   Each use listed in Table 14-2H-3B-1 (Uses) is defined in Chapter 4 (Use Regulations) of Title 14 (Zoning Code). If a use is only applicable within areas established in compliance with this Article, the use is defined in Chapter 14-9 (Definitions).
      2.   Accessory Uses Allowed:
         a.   Table 14-2H-3B-2 (Accessory Uses) indicates for each Form-Based Zone where accessory uses are allowed.
         b.   Table 14-2H-3B-2 (Accessory Uses) includes cross-references to applicable specific use standards for each use. Where necessary and appropriate, the cross-reference indicates the conventional zone use standards in Title 14 (Zoning Code) that apply.
Table 14-2H-3B-1: Uses
Use Categories
T3NE
T3NG
T3NG-O
T4NS
T4NS-O
T4NM
T4NM-O
T4MS
Specific Standards
Table 14-2H-3B-1: Uses
Use Categories
T3NE
T3NG
T3NG-O
T4NS
T4NS-O
T4NM
T4NM-O
T4MS
Specific Standards
Residential Uses
Household Living Uses
 
   Detached Single-Family Dwellings
P
P
P
-
-
-
-
-
 
   Detached Zero Lot Line Dwellings
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
-
-
-
14-4B-4A-4
   Group Households
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR2
14-4B-4A-6
   Live/Work
-
-
-
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR2
14-2H-3C-2
   Missing Middle Housing
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P2
 
Group Living Uses
 
   Assisted Group Living
-
-
-
S
S
S
S
PR2
14-4B-4A-8(RM- 44)
   Independent Group Living
-
-
-
-
-
S
S
S2
14-4B-4A-9(RM- 44)
   Fraternal Group Living
-
-
-
-
-
S
S
S2
14-4B-4A-10(RM-44)
Commercial Uses
Eating and Drinking Establishments
-
-
PR/S1
-
PR/S1
-
PR/S1
P
14-4B-4B-10(CN-1)
Office Uses
 
   General Office
-
-
P1
-
P1
-
P1
P
 
   Medical/Dental Office
-
-
P1
-
P1
-
P1
P
 
Retail Uses
 
   Sales Oriented
-
-
P1
-
P1
-
P1
P
 
   Personal Service Oriented
-
-
P1
-
P1
-
P1
P
 
   Alcohol Sales Oriented
-
-
-
-
S1
-
S1
S
14-4B-4B-15
   Hospitality Oriented
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-4B-4B-18(CN-1)
   Tobacco Sales Oriented
-
-
PR1
-
PR1
-
PR1
PR
14-4B-4B-25
   Indoor Commercial Recreational Uses
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PR/S
14-4B-4B-7
   General Animal Related Commercial Uses
-
-
-
-
S1
-
S1
PR
14-4B-4B-2(CN- 1)
Commercial Parking
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PR2
14-4B-4B-9
Institutional And Civic Uses
Community Service Uses
 
   Community Service - Shelter
-
-
-
S
S
S
S
S2
14-4B-4D-5(RM-44)
   General Community Service
-
-
-
S
S
S
S
PR
14-4B-4D-3(CN-1)
   Day-care Uses
S
S
S
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-4B-4D-7
Educational Facilities
 
   General
S
S
S
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-4B-4D-10
   Specialized
-
-
-
-
-
PR
PR
PR
14-4B-4D- 12(CN-1)
   Park And Open Space Uses
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-4B-4D-15
   Religious/Private Group Assembly Uses
S
S
S
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR2
14-4B-4D-16(CO-1)
Other Uses
   Temporary Uses
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-4D-2
   Community Garden
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-2H-3C-1
   Communication Transmission Facility Uses
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-4B-4E- 4a
   Basic Utility Uses
-
-
-
PR3
PR3
PR3
PR3
-
14-4B-4D-1(CN-1)
1   Max 1,500 sf. per building; shall not be open to the public between the hours of 11:00 P.M. and 6:00 A.M.
2   Not allowed on the ground floor within 30' of the sidewalk. Allowed on ground floor along side streets if at least 60' from the front of the design site.
3   Use must be completely within enclosed building.
 
Table 14-2H-3B-2: Accessory Uses
Use Categories
T3NE
T3NG
T3NG-O
T4NS
T4NS-O
T4NM
T4NM-O
T4MS
Specific Standards
Table 14-2H-3B-2: Accessory Uses
Use Categories
T3NE
T3NG
T3NG-O
T4NS
T4NS-O
T4NM
T4NM-O
T4MS
Specific Standards
Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs)1
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
 
Accessory Retail Sales
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PR
14-4C-2B
Accessory Uses Within Parks And Open Spaces Uses
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-4C-2C
Bed And Breakfast Homestays
PR
PR
PR
-
-
-
-
-
14-4C-2D
Bed And Breakfast Inns
PR
PR
PR
-
-
-
-
-
14-4C-2E
Childcare Homes
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-4C-2G
Communication Towers, Antennas, And Satellite Recieving Devices
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-4C-2H (residential)
Daycare
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-4C-2I
Decks And Patios, Uncovered
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-4C-2J-2
Fences, Walls, And Hedges
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-2H-4B
Home Occupations
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-4C-2M
Mechanical Structures
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-4C-2N
Off Street Loading
-
-
-
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-4C-2O
Outdoor Dumpster Areas
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-4C-2Q
Outdoor Lighting
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-4C-2R
Outdoor Service Areas
-
-
PR
-
PR
-
PR
PR
4-3-1 (RFC-G within 100' of a residential zone)
Swimming Pools, Hot Tubs, And Tennis Courts
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
-
14-4C-2T (Residential Zones)
Signs
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
14-5B-8H
Small Wind Energy Conversion Systems
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PR
14-4C-2Y (CC-2)
Rooftop Services Areas
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PR
14-4C-2AA (CN-1)
1   ADUs attached to the primary building must comply with sub-section 14-4C-2A. ADUs that are detached from the primary building units must comply with the carriage house requirements, see sub-section 14-2H-6C.
 
   C.   Standards For Specific Uses:
      1.   Community Gardens:
         a.   General Standards:
            (1)   Only the following buildings and structures are allowed on-site:
               (a)   Stands for sale of produce grown on-site limited in size to one hundred twenty (120) square feet;
               (b)   Sheds for storage of tools limited in size to one hundred twenty (120) square feet;
               (c)   Greenhouses, consisting of buildings made of glass, plastic, or fiberglass in which plants are cultivated, limited in size to one hundred twenty (120) square feet and designed in compliance with setbacks for accessory structures; and
               (d)   Other small hardscape areas and amenities (including, but are not limited to, benches, bike racks, raised/accessible planting beds, compost or waste bins, picnic tables, seasonal farm stands, fences, garden art, rain barrels, and children's play areas).
            (2)   The combined area of all structures shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the community garden site area.
            (3)   On-site storm water systems and irrigation shall be consistent with applicable City standards.
            (4)   See sub-section 14-2H-5H (Community Garden) for additional standards.
         b.   Limitations On Use:
            (1)   Retail is allowed on-site but only for retail of produce grown on-site.
            (2)   Outdoor storage of tools and materials is not permitted.
         c.   Maintenance Required: Maintenance of community gardens shall ensure that no conditions constituting a nuisance are created, including that water and fertilizer will not drain onto adjacent property. If conditions constituting a nuisance are created, the owner or other individual(s) responsible for the community garden shall ensure that it is replaced with landscaping in compliance with all applicable standards in Title 14 (Zoning Code) and/or seeded.
      2.   Live/Work:
         a.   General Standards: These standards establish regulations for the construction and operation of live/work units and for the reuse of existing commercial and industrial buildings to accommodate live/work opportunities where allowed in the zone. Live/work differs from home occupations in that the "work" component of the live/work occupancy may:
            (1)   Include employment of persons not living in the residential portion;
            (2)   Function predominately as work space with limited living facilities;
            (3)   Have a separate designated access or private entrance specifically for the business use;
            (4)   Include alterations or features not customarily found in residential units;
            (5)   Have window displays; and
            (6)   Include food handling, processing, or packing.
         b.   Limitations On Use: The non-residential component of a live/work unit shall be one of the following uses:
            (1)   Sales oriented retail;
            (2)   Personal service oriented uses, except for dry cleaners, taxidermists, and crematoriums;
            (3)   Daycare uses;
            (4)   Bed and breakfast homestays; or
            (5)   Office uses limited to dental practices, general medical practices, insurance, real estate or travel agencies, accounting practices and law offices.
         c.   Occupancy Standards: The "live" component of a live/work unit shall be the principal residence of at least one (1) individual employed in the business conducted within the live/work unit.
         d.   Operation Standards:
            (1)   No clients or deliveries to the live/work unit are permitted before 7:00 A.M. or after 10:00 P.M.
            (2)   Sale Or Rental Of Portion Of Unit: No portion of a live/work unit may be separately rented or sold as a commercial or industrial space for any person not living in the premises or as a residential space for any household where no members of said household work in the same unit.
            (3)   Noise and other standards shall be those applicable to commercial properties in the applicable zone. However, storage of flammable liquids or hazardous materials beyond what is normally associated with a residential use is prohibited.
            (4)   On-Premises Sales: On-premises retail sales must clearly be subordinate to the primary use of the live/work unit. On-premises sales are limited to products manufactured, processed, or fabricated in the live/work unit or associated with the principal use of the live/work unit. Occasional open studio programs and gallery shows are also allowed.
            (5)   Nonresident Employees: Up to three (3) persons who do not reside in the live/work unit may work in the unit.
            (6)   Client And Customer Visits: Client and customer visits to live/work units are limited to ten (10) per day to ensure compatibility with adjacent commercial or industrial uses, or adjacent residentially-zoned areas. (Ord. 21-4866, 11-16-2021; amd. Ord. 23-4914, 11-6-2023; Ord. 23-4917, 11-21-2023; Ord. 24-4941, 12-10-2024

14-2H-4: SITE STANDARDS:

   A.   Purpose:
      1.   General: This section is intended to ensure that development of property within Form-Based Zones accomplishes the following:
         a.   Makes a positive contribution to the development pattern of the area;
         b.   New or altered structures are compatible with the design and use of existing structures on neighboring properties;
         c.   Respects the existing conditions and safety of neighboring properties; and
         d.   Does not adversely affect neighboring properties, with "adversely affect" meaning to impact in a substantial, negative manner the habitability or enjoyability of these properties.
      2.   Screening: Standards for screening, fences, and walls are adopted to help conserve and protect property, assure safety and security, enhance privacy, attenuate noise, and improve the visual environment of the neighborhood.
      3.   Landscaping: Standards for landscaping are adopted to help protect and enhance the environmental and visual quality of the community, enhance privacy, and control dust.
      4.   Parking And Loading: Standards for and limits on the development of motor vehicle and bicycle parking, and loading and access drives, are adopted to help ensure that development accomplishes the following:
         a.   Establishes and/or reinforces the character and scale of walkable, urban neighborhood environments, where development supports and is within a short walking distance of shopping, food and services;
         b.   Ensures the provision of appropriately designed bicycle parking, in order to increase bicycle trips and reduce motor vehicle trips per capita;
         c.   Appropriately limits, screens and landscapes motor vehicle parking, to protect and enhance the environmental and visual quality of the community, enhance privacy, attenuate noise, and control dust; and
         d.   Reduces motor vehicles trips per capita to and from development.
    B.   Screening:
      1.   Applicability: Screening in all Form-Based Zones is subject to the standards set forth in this sub-section and in section 14-4C-2L (Fences, Walls, And Hedges). Standards in Article 14-5F (Screening And Buffering Standards) only apply where stated otherwise.
      2.   Design Standards For Screening: Screening shall comply with the following:
         a.   Height Maximums: Screening shall not exceed the maximum height identified in Table 14-2H-4B-1 (Maximum Screening Height).
         b.   Screening Height Measurement: Screening height shall be measured as the vertical distance between the finished grade at the base of the screen and the top edge of the screen material.
Table 14-2H-4B-1: Maximum Screening Height
Zone
Item
Maximum Height Allowed
Front
Side St.
Side
Rear
Table 14-2H-4B-1: Maximum Screening Height
Zone
Item
Maximum Height Allowed
Front
Side St.
Side
Rear
T3 Neighborhood Edge
Fences
Free Standing Walls
Landscaping
4' max.
4' max.
4' max.
4' max.
4' max.
4' max.
8' max.
8' max.
No max.
8' max.
8' max.
No max.
T3 Neighborhood General
Fences
Free Standing Walls
Landscaping
4' max.
4' max.
4' max.
4' max.
4' max.
4' max.
8' max.
8' max.
No max.
8' max.
8' max.
No max.
T4 Neighborhood Small
Fences
Free Standing Walls
Landscaping
4' max.
4' max.
4' max.
4' max.
4' max.
4' max.
8' max.
8' max.
No max.
8' max.
8' max.
No max.
T4 Neighborhood Medium
Fences
Free Standing Walls
4' max.
4' max.
4' max.
4' max.
4' max.
4' max.
8' max.
8' max.
No max.
8' max.
8' max.
No max.
T4 Main Street
Fences
Free Standing Walls
Landscaping
X
X
3' max.
X
X
3' max.
10' max.
10' max.
No max.
10' max.
10' max.
No max.
Key: X = Not Allowed
 
      3.   Screening On Retaining Walls: The total height of screens and the retaining walls that they are mounted on or attached to is up to six feet (6').
      4.   Mechanical Equipment Screening:
         a.   Mechanical equipment exempt from screening:
            (1)   Free-standing or roof-mounted solar equipment; and
            (2)   Vents over thirty inches (30") in height and located on a roof.
         b.   New installation or relocation of existing mechanical equipment shall be screened in compliance with this sub-section.
            (1)   Roof-Mounted Equipment: Building parapets or other architectural elements in the building's architecture style shall screen roof-mounted equipment.
               (a)   New buildings shall be designed to provide a parapet or other architectural element that is as tall or taller than the highest point on any new mechanical equipment to be located on the roof of the building;
               (b)   For existing buildings with no or low parapet heights, mechanical equipment shall be surrounded on all sides by an opaque screen wall as tall as the highest point of the equipment. The wall shall be architecturally consistent with the building and match the existing building with paint, finish, and trim cap detail; and
               (c)   All new roof screens are subject to Title 18 Site Plan Review.
            (2)   Wall- And Ground-Mounted Equipment:
               (a)   Shall not be located between the face of the building and the street;
               (b)   All screen devices shall be as high as the highest point of the equipment being screened. Equipment and screening shall be in compliance with the setbacks of the zone; screening shall be architecturally compatible and include matching paint, finish and trim cap of the building; and
               (c)   All new mechanical screens for ground or wall-mounted equipment are subject to Title 18 Site Plan Review.
   C.   Landscaping:
      1.   Applicability: Landscaping in all Form-Based Zones is subject to the standards set forth in this sub-section and to the general landscaping standards located in Article 14-5E (Landscaping And Tree Standards). Standards for landscaping in parking areas shall be in combination with sub-section 14-2H-4D (Parking And Loading).
      2.   Landscape Plan And Timing: A landscape plan shall be submitted for developments either at site plan review or building permit processes. The landscaping required by this sub-section shall be installed as part of the development or improvement requiring the landscaping.
      3.   Design Standards:
         a.   Acceptable required landscaping materials are defined as follows:
            (1)   Shrubs, of one-gallon size or larger;
            (2)   Street trees, of 15-gallon size or larger, and double-staked;
            (3)   Ground cover; and
            (4)   Decorative non-living landscaping materials including, but not limited to sand, stone, gravel, wood or water may be used to satisfy a maximum of twenty-five percent (25%) of required landscaping area when approved by the Director.
         b.   Species Selection: Native and drought tolerant species are encouraged to increase native plants and pollinator species. Tree diversity shall be incorporated using a maximum of five percent (5%) of any one species and maximum of ten percent (10%) of any one genus of tree unless otherwise approved by the Director. Trees should also be spatially distributed to avoid monoculture rows or blocks of any one species or genus. Shrubs and ground cover should also be diverse and spatially distributed to avoid large monoculture plantings.
         c.   Separation: Any landscaped area shall be separated from an adjacent vehicular area by a wall or curb at least six inches (6") higher than the adjacent vehicular area.
         d.   Existing Vegetation: Every effort shall be made to incorporate mature on-site trees into the required landscaping.
         e.   Maintenance: Required landscaping shall be maintained in a neat, clean and healthy condition. This shall include pruning, mowing of lawns, weeding, removal of litter, fertilizing, replacement of plants when necessary, and the appropriate watering of all plantings.
   D.   Parking And Loading:
      1.   Applicability: On-site parking is allowed in all Form-Based Zones subject to the standards set forth in this this sub-section. Standards in Article 14-5A (Off-Street Parking And Loading) apply, except where superseded by this sub-section or section 14-2H-2 (Zones).
      2.   Number Of Parking And Loading Spaces:
         a.   The number of motor vehicle parking spaces required is listed in Item 7 (Parking) of the zone pursuant to Section 14-2H-2 (Zones).
         b.   On-site loading space(s) is not required.
      3.   General Parking Standards:
         a.   Sharing Of Non-Residential Parking Required:
            (1)   If on-site parking spaces for non-residential uses are provided, such spaces shall be made available for use by the general public during at least one (1) of the following time periods:
               (a)   Monday through Friday, 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.; or
               (b)   Monday through Friday, 5:00 P.M. to 11:00 P.M. and all day on Saturday and Sunday.
            (2)   Owners and operators of these shared spaces are required to post a sign identifying that the spaces are shared along with other information as needed by the owner/operator.
         b.   Larger Vehicle Parking: Commercial vehicles more than seven and one-half feet (7½') in height may not be stored in any Form-Based Zone unless the standards of special vehicle parking and storage requirements are met pursuant to sub-section14-5A-5L (Special Vehicle Parking And Storage Requirements).
         c.   Storage Of Unregistered Or Inoperable Motor Vehicles: Automotive vehicles, trailers, or vehicles of any kind or type, requiring licenses, but without current plates or inoperable, shall be only parked within completely enclosed buildings.
         d.   Cargo Or Freight Container: Portable cargo or freight storage containers in any Form-Based Zone for purposes of loading or unloading, may be parked or stored on-premise for a period not to exceed ten (10) days in any one calendar year.
      4.   Traffic-Minimizing Parking Standards:
         a.   Carshare Parking Spaces:
            (1)   Carshare spaces shall be provided in the amounts specified in Table 14-2H-4D-1 (Required Carshare Parking Spaces).
Table 14-2H-4D-1: Required Carshare Parking Spaces
Use
Carshare Parking Spaces Required
Table 14-2H-4D-1: Required Carshare Parking Spaces
Use
Carshare Parking Spaces Required
Residential
 
0 - 49 units
None
50 - 100 units
1
101 or more units
2+ 1 per additional 200 units
Office-General, Office- Medical/Dental
 
10,000 sf
None
> 10,000 sf
1/10,000 sf
 
      5.   Parking Spaces, Design Site Design And Layout:
         a.   Access: Parking lot access and design is subject to the following standards:
            (1)   All on-site parking facilities shall be designed with an appropriate means of vehicular access to a street or an alley to cause the least interference with traffic flow.
            (2)   Parking spaces in any parking lot or parking structure shall not be designed or located so as to allow a vehicle to enter or exit a parking space directly from a public street. Ingress to and egress from parking spaces shall be from an on-site aisle or driveway, except parking spaces within design sites may be designed or located so as to allow a vehicle to enter or exit a parking space directly from a public alley or rear lane.
         b.   Driveways:
            (1)   Access To Driveways:
                (a)   Driveway access to and from developments of two (2) or fewer dwelling units onto public streets shall be where practical by forward motion of the vehicle; and
               (b)   Driveway access to and from developments of three (3) or more dwelling units onto public streets shall be by forward motion of the vehicle.
            (2)   Driveways shall extend to and include the area between the design site line and the edge of the street pavement.
         c.   Materials:
            (1)   All on-site parking areas and driveways shall be surfaced with materials as approved by the City Engineer and maintained in compliance with the City standards.
            (2)   The use of pervious or semi-pervious parking area surfacing materials, include, but are not limited to "grasscrete," or recycled materials including, but not limited to glass, rubber, used asphalt, brick, block and concrete, is subject to approval by the Director and City Engineer. Where possible, such materials should be used in areas in proximity to and in combination with on-site stormwater control devices.
         d.   Landscaping, Fencing, And Screening: The landscaping, fencing and screening standards identified in Table 14-2H-4D-3 (Required Parking Lot Landscaping) shall be applied with the standards of sub-section 14-2H-4B (Screening) and sub-section 14-2H-4C (Landscaping).
            (1)   Table 14-2H-4D-3 outlines required parking lot landscaping. Parking lot landscaping must include the required minimum landscaped medians and must meet the minimum percentage landscape requirement. The landscaped medians can count toward the minimum percentage requirement.
Table 14-2H-4D-3: Required Parking Lot Landscaping
Number Of Parking Spaces
Percent Of Gross Parking Area Required To Be Landscaped
Table 14-2H-4D-3: Required Parking Lot Landscaping
Number Of Parking Spaces
Percent Of Gross Parking Area Required To Be Landscaped
   6 or fewer
Curbed, landscaped median minimum 5' in width between every 5 spaces, property line, and building(s).
   7 to 15
4%; curbed, landscaped median minimum 5' in width between every 5 spaces, property line, and building(s).
   13 to 30
8%; curbed, landscaped median minimum 5' in width between every 5 spaces, property line, and building(s).
   31 to 70
12%; curbed, landscaped median minimum 5' in width between every 5 spaces, property line, and building(s).
   71 and over
16%; curbed, landscaped median minimum 5' in width between every 5 spaces, property line, and building(s).
Required Shade Trees
 
   Amount
1 tree per 2,700 sf of gross design site area, minus buliding coverage (footprint).
   Pot Size
15 gallon
   Caliper
1.25" minimum
   Height At Installation
6' - 8' minimum
   Characteristics
High branching, broad headed, shading form.
   Location
Evenly spaced throughout parking lot to provide uniform shade.
   Required Border
6" high curb or equivalent.
   Border And Stormwater
Curb shall include breaks every 4' to provide drainage to retention and filtration areas.
   Tree Well Size
5' min. in any direction; any vehicle overhang requires the minimum planter area width to be expanded by an equivalent dimension.
   Car Overhangs
Shall be prevented by stops.
 
            (2)   Parking and loading areas in the T4MS zone shall be screened from adjacent zones by a six foot (6') wall, fence, or evergreen.
            (3)   Parking area screening is not required when adjacent to an alley.
            (4)   For the portion of a parking area over which photo-voltaic solar collectors are installed where they also function as shade structures, the minimum standard for trees shall be waived, and shrubs and ground covers shall be planted for every eight (8) parking spaces.
         e.   Location: Location of on-site parking areas in all Form-Based Zones is regulated by minimum setbacks in section 14-2H-2 (Zones) and the following:
            (1)   Parking lots with twenty (20) or fewer spaces shall include a minimum five foot (5') wide sidewalk between the building and parking area; and
            (2)   Parking lots with more than twenty (20) spaces shall include a minimum five foot (5') wide sidewalk, and minimum five foot (5') wide landscaping between the building and the parking area.
            (3)   The above does not apply to the rear of buildings in areas designed for unloading and loading of materials.
         f.   Size Of Parking Lot: Parking lots larger than one-quarter of an acre in size shall be broken down into smaller parking areas with planted landscape areas with a minimum width of fifteen feet (15') between them to minimize the perceived scale of the total field of stalls.
         g.   Tandem Parking: Tandem parking is allowed in all Form-Based Zones for all uses as follows.
            (1)   Tandem spaces shall comply with size requirements in sub-section 14-5A-5C (Parking, Stacking Space Size, And Drive Dimensions);
            (2)   For residential parking, tandem parking only allowed for the spaces assigned to each unit; and
            (3)   For non-residential parking, tandem parking allowed subject to on-site parking management.
      6.   Bicycle Parking Standards:
         a.   Applicability: Bicycle parking standards apply in all Form-Based Zones.
         b.   Number Of Bicycle Parking Spaces And Standards: Bicycle parking shall be provided in compliance with the standards of Article 14-5A (Off Street Parking And Loading Standards).
            (1)   Buildings with three (3) or more units are subject to the multi-family use bicycle parking standards.
            (2)   Bicycle parking is not required of single family and two (2) family uses, and cottage court developments, see sub-section 14-2H-6H (Cottage Court).
   E.   Adjustments To Standards:
      1.   Allowed Adjustments: This sub-section allows flexibility to adjust certain standards of this article. Adjustments shall be processed as part of the preliminary plat and final plat processes per Title 15 (Land Subdivisions) or as minor adjustments during the site plan and/or building permit review process, as applicable. Minor adjustments may be approved where the required findings are met as identified in Table 14-2H-4E-1. Standards may be adjusted as identified in this sub-section.
      2.   Minor Modifications: Additional flexibility is provided through the minor modification process subject to standards at Section 14-4B-1 (Minor Modifications).
Table 14-2H-4E-1: Adjustments To Standards
Eligible Standards And Allowed Adjustments
Required Findings
Adjustment/Amount Of Adjustment
Table 14-2H-4E-1: Adjustments To Standards
Eligible Standards And Allowed Adjustments
Required Findings
Adjustment/Amount Of Adjustment
Design Site
 
 
Design Site Dimensions (Depth/Width)
 
 
Decrease in the minimum required or increase the maximum allowed.
1   The adjustment accommodates an existing feature including, but not limited, to a tree or utility; and
2   An existing or new design site can still be developed in compliance with the standards of the zone.
Up to 10% of the standard.
Increase the maximum allowed.
1   Demonstrates that one or more of the following special circumstances apply to the property, which make it impractical to comply with the subject regulation:
   a   The adjustment is needed to avoid a regulated sensitive area.
   b   The adjustment is needed to reduce the amount of grading needed due to the property's existing topography.
   c   The alignment of an existing street that must be extended creates a configuration that makes compliance impractical due to irregularly shaped blocks.
   d   Corner design sites within non-rectangular blocks (see figure below).
 
2   The building(s) complies with the setbacks of the zone.
3   The adjustment fits the characteristics of the site and the surrounding neighborhood.
No Limit
 
Building Setbacks
 
 
Building Within Facade Zone
 
 
Reduction of the minimum amount of building required within the facade zone.
1   The adjustment accommodates an existing feature including, but not limited, to a tree or utility.
2   The proposed development is visually compatible with adjacent development and the intended physical character of the zone.
Up to 20% of the standard.
Building Footprint
 
 
Size of Main Body or Wing(s)
 
 
Increase in the allowed length or width.
1   The adjustment accommodates an existing feature including, but not limited, to a tree or utility.
2   The wing(s) maintains the required 5' offset from the main body.
3   The building complies with the setbacks of the zone.
4   The proposed development is visually compatible with adjacent development and the intended physical character of the zone.
Up to 10% of the standard.
Parking
 
 
Front Setback1
 
 
Reduction in the required parking setback.
1   The adjustment accommodates an existing feature including, but not limited, to a tree or utility.
2   If accessed from the street, the driveway complies with the Form-Based Zone standards.
3   The ground floor space is in compliance with the Form-Based Zone standards.
Up to 10% of the standard.
Characteristics
 
 
Increase in driveway width
1   The adjustment is needed to access a parking area for a building with 3 or more units.
2   Alley access is not feasible.
Up to 18' driveway width
Screening
 
 
Maximum Screening Height
 
 
Increase in the total height of screens and the retaining walls that they are mounted on or attached to beyond 6'.
1   There will be little or no impact on the adjoining properties or the surrounding neighborhood.
2   The height is necessary to achieve the objectives of this sub-section or is required for health and safety.
Up to 33% of the standard.
Affordable Housing
 
 
Zones (14-2H-2)
 
 
Select one of the following minor adjustments.
1   The adjustment is in a building that contains Affordable Housing units.2
2   The adjustment fits the characteristics of the site and the surrounding neighborhood.
3   The adjustment is consistent with the intent of the standard being adjusted and the goals of the Comprehensive and District Plans.
Building type design site depth may be adjusted by up to 15'3; or
Building type design site width may be adjusted by up to 15%; or
Minimum amount of building required within the facade
Building Type Standards (14-2H-6)
 
 
Select one of the following minor adjustments.
1   The adjustment is in a building that contains Affordable Housing units.2
2   The adjustment fits the characteristics of the site and the surrounding neighborhood.
3   The adjustment is consistent with the intent and the standard being adjusted and the goals of the Comprehensive and District Plans.
Building main body and wing standards may be adjusted by up to 15%; or
 
Maximum building height may be increased by up to 0.5 stories.4
 
Additional Minor Adjustments
 
 
Select an additional minor adjustment each for the two sets of minor adjustments for affordable housing described above.
The Affordable Housing units are income restricted to households making 50% or less of the Area Median Income.2
An additional minor adjustment to each of the minor adjustments described for Affordable Housing above.
1   In compliance with section 14-2H-8 (Frontage Standards).
2   In compliance with section 14-2H-10 (Affordable Housing Incentives).
3   This may be combined with other reductions in section 14-2H-2 (Zones) up to a combined maximum of 25'.
4   With this adjustment, the building height may exceed the maximum standards for primary buildings found in item 4a (Building Form; Height) of section 14-2H-2 (Zones) by 0.5 stories and by 5'.
 
(Ord. 21-4866, 11-16-2021; amd. Ord. 25-4953, 5-6-2025)

14-2H-5: CIVIC SPACE TYPE STANDARDS:

   A.   Purpose: This section establishes the standards applicable to land in the public realm (publicly or privately owned) for civic gathering purposes, including civic spaces and civic buildings. These standards supplement the standards for each Form-Based Zone.
   B.   General Civic Space Type Standards:
      1.   Standards And Characteristics: Each civic space is described as to its purpose and intent along with standards and characteristics regarding general physical character, uses, size and location. Characteristics are considered standards unless stated otherwise.
      2.   Process: Civic spaces are delineated during the subdivision process (Title 15) and are finalized in the Neighborhood Plan (14-2H-1D). These areas shall comply with the future land use maps of the Comprehensive Plan.   
   3.   Open Space Required: As required by Chapter 14-5K (Neighborhood Open Space Requirements), development sites are required to dedicate land to the City for public open space or pay a fee in-lieu to be determined with the City. Civic space may be privately or publicly owned. However, private civic space does not satisfy neighborhood open space obligations.
      4.   Public Access And Visibility: Public access and visibility are required along public parks, civic uses, and natural open spaces, including creeks and drainages and stormwater management areas as required through access easements granted during the subdivision process. Civic spaces shall be fronted by:
         a.   Single-loaded frontage streets (with development on one side and open space on the other);
         b.   Bike and pedestrian paths; or
         c.   Other methods of frontage that provide similar access and visibility to the open space allowed in the zone.
      5.   Building Frontage Along Or Adjacent To A Civic Space: The facades on building design sites attached to or across a street from a civic space shall be designed as a "front" on to the civic space, in compliance with Item 5 (Building Placement) and Item 8 (Frontages) of the zone.
      6.    Stormwater Management Through Civic Space: Civic spaces in Form-Based Zones should serve the additional purpose of helping to contribute to stormwater management of new development. This may be accomplished as follows:
         a.   Stormwater is to be directed to civic space(s).
         b.   Except for plazas, playgrounds, and passages, each civic space should accommodate stormwater while primarily being designed as a gathering space for people.
      7.   Commercial Uses And Civic Spaces: Commercial use of civic spaces may be allowed for Outdoor Service Areas (4-3-1).
      8.   Photos: All photos are illustrative, not regulatory.
   C.    Greenway:
      1.    Description: A linear space three (3) or more blocks in length for community gathering, bicycling, running, or strolling, defined by tree-lined streets typically forming a one-way couplet on its flanks and by the fronting buildings across the street. Versions of this civic space type have a street only on one side in response to site conditions that prevent the one-way couplet. Greenways serve an important role as a green connector between destinations.
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      2.   General Character:
         a.   Formal or informal dominated by landscaping and trees with integral stormwater managment capacity.
         b.   Hardscape path.
         c.   Spatially defined by tree-lined streets and adjacent buildings.
         d.   Typical uses include passive recreation, walking/running, and formal or informal seating.
      3.   Standards:
         a.   Size: Min. three (3) continuous blocks in length.
         b.   Width: Fifty feet (50') min.
         c.    Shall be flanked by one-way streets on two (2) longest sides. This standard is not required where the greenway is adjacent to an existing arterial.
   D.   Green:
      1.    Description: A large space available for unstructured and limited amounts of structured recreation.
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      2.   General Character:
         a.   Accessory structure(s): < 5,000 gsf; fountains, benches.
         b.   Informal or formal with integral stormwater management capacity.
         c.   Primarily planted areas with paths to and between recreation areas and civic buildings.
         d.   Spatially defined by tree-lined streets and adjacent buildings.
         e.   Typical uses include unstructured passive and active recreation, civic uses, and temporary commercial uses.
      3.   Standards:
         a.   Size: 300' x 300' min.
         b.   Streets required on at least two (2) sides of the green.
         c.   Facades on design sites attached to or across a street shall "front" on to the green.
   E.   Plaza:
      1.   Description: A community-wide focal point primarily for civic purposes and commercial activities.
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
X
T4NS
X
T4NM
X
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      2.   General Character:
         a.   Accessory structure(s): < 1,500 gsf; fountains, benches.
         b.   Formal; urban.
         c.   Hardscaped and planted areas in formal patterns.
         d.   Spatially defined by buildings and tree-lined streets.
         e.   Typical adjacent uses include civic uses and commercial uses in support of civic uses. Typical uses include civic uses and passive recreation.
      3.   Standards:
         a.   Size: 100' x 100' min.
         b.   Streets required on two (2) of the plaza's sides.
         c.   Facades on design sites attached to or across a street shall "front" on to the plaza.
   F.   Pocket Park/Plaza:
      1.    Description: A small-scale space, serving the immediate neighborhood, available for informal activities in close proximity to neighborhood residences, and civic purposes, intended as intimate spaces for seating or dining.
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      2.    General Character:
         a.   Accessory structure(s): < 200 gsf.
         b.   Informal or formal, with integral stormwater managment capacity.
         c.    Combination of planted areas and hardscape.
         d.   Spatially defined by building frontages and adjacent street trees.
         e.   Walkways along edges or across space.
         f .   Typical adjacent uses include civic uses, commercial uses in support of civic uses, and residential uses. Typical uses include civic uses and passive recreation and outdoor seating.
      3.   Standards:
         a.   Size: 50' x 100' min.
   G.    Playground:
      1.   Description : A small-scale space designed and equipped for the recreation of children. These spaces serve as quiet, safe places protected from the street and typically in locations where children do not have to cross any major streets. An open shelter, play structures, or interactive art and fountains may be included. Playgrounds may be included within all other civic space types.
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      2.   General Character:
         a.   Focused toward children.
         b.   Play structure, interactive art, and/or fountains.
         c.   Shade and seating provided.
         d.   May be fenced.
         e.   Spacially defined by trees with integral stormwater management capacity.
         f.   Typical uses include active and passive recreation and casual seating.
      3.   Standards:
         a .   Size: 40' x 60' min.
   H.    Community Garden:
      1.   Description: A small-scale space designed as a grouping of garden plots available to nearby residents for small-scale cultivation. Community gardens may be fenced and may include a small accessory structure for storage. Community gardens may be included within all other civic space types.
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      2.   General Character:
         a.   Accessory Structures: < 2,000 gsf.
         b.   Plants beds (in-ground or raised).
         c.   Decorative fencing, when fencing is present.
         d.   Spacially defined by adjacent buildings and street trees.
         e.   Typical uses include food production, passive creation.
      3.   Standards:
         a.    Size: No minimum; within any design site as allowed by the zone.
         b.    See section 14-2H-3C-1 (Community Garden) for use standards.
   I.    Passage:
      1.   Description: A pedestrian pathway that extends from the public sidewalk into a civic space and/or across the block to another public sidewalk. The pathway is lined by non-residential shopfronts and/or residential ground floors and pedestrian entries as allowed by the zone.
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      2.   General Character:
         a.   Formal, urban.
         b.   No accessory structure(s).
         c.   Combination of hardscape and landscape planters.
         d.   Spacially defined by building frontages.
         e.   Trees and shrubs in containers and/or planters.
         f.   Typical adjacent uses include civic uses and commercial uses in support of civic uses in T4MS or ground floor residential uses in T3NE, T3NG, T4NS, T4NM; movable seating and/or outdoor dining may be used in T4NM-O and T4MS.
      3.   Standards:
         a.   Size: 20' min. overall with 15' min. clear width between or through buildings.
         b.   Dooryards, porches, patios, and sidewalk dining not allowed to encroach into the minimum required width.
         c.   See sub-section 14-2H-9L (Passage) for additional standards.
         d.   Ground floor residential in T3NE, T3NG, T4NS, T4MS (side street only) and 60' min. from front of design site.
(Ord. 21-4866, 11-16-2021)

14-2H-6: BUILDING TYPE STANDARDS:

   A.    Purpose: This section sets forth standards for development of individual building types to achieve the intended physical character of each zone and provide housing choices and small businesses as amenities within walkable neighborhoods.
   B.   General Building Type Standards:
      1.   Scale: Building types are categorized into house-scale buildings and block-scale buildings. The individual types within these two (2) categories are determined by the intended physical character of each Form-Based Zone. See Figure 14-2H-6B-1 (Example Of House-Scale And Block-Scale Buildings) for further details.
      2.   Design Site Size: The design site size standards for each building type in section 14-2H-2 (Zones) generate pedestrian-oriented buildings that accommodate the automobile while not letting it visually dominate the fronts of buildings and streetscapes. The design site size standards identify the range of design site sizes on which the given building type is allowed to be built.
      3.   Building Types Per Design Site: Each design site shall contain only one primary building type, except as follows:
         a.   Where allowed by the zone and as allowed in sub-section 14-2H-6C (Carriage House), one (1) carriage house is allowed in addition to the primary building type;
         b.   Certain building types may consist of multiple individual buildings per design site as specified in Item 2 of each building type. For an example of a building type where a design site may include multiple individual buildings, see Cottage Court (14-2H-6H).
      4.   Building Types Per Parcel: More than one (1) building type is allowed on a parcel that contains multiple design sites that meet the standards of this section. See Figure 14-2H-6B-2 (Example of Multiple Design Sites On An Existing Parcel).
      5.   Location Of Frontage: Each building type shall have at least one (1) frontage type along the front street, side street or a civic space. The Cottage Court building is only required to have a frontage type on the court. The primary building entrance shall be through said frontage type.
      6.   Diversity Of Building Types: Except in the T4MS zone, there shall be a mix of at least two (2) different primary building types within each block, using only the types allowed in the zone.
      7.   Number Of Units: The standard regarding the minimum number of units per building listed in Item 2 (Number Of Units) only applies to residential uses. Where a building type is occupied by a nonresidential use, only the maximum number of units per building listed in Item 2 (Number Of Units) applies.
   C.    Carriage House:
      1.    Description:
         a.    An accessory structure located at the rear of a design site, above the garage, that provides a small residential unit (accessory dwelling unit), home office space, or other small commercial or service use, as allowed by the zone. The carriage house is an accessory building type, not a primary building type.
         b.   Not allowed with a cottage court (14-2H-6H).
      2.   Number Of Units:
Units per building
1 max.
Buildings per design site
1 max.
 
 
House-scale building
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      3.   Building Size And Massing:
         a.   Height:
 
 
T3NE
T3NG
T4NS
T4NM
T4MS
Max. Number of Stories
2
2
2
2
2
 
         b.   Main Body1:
 
Width
32' max.
(A)
Depth
24' max.
(B)
Separation from primary building2
15' min.
(C)
1   Includes garage story.
2   Carriage house may be connected to primary building by an uninhabitable space including, but not limited to a breezeway.
 
         c.   Standards:
            (1)   Carriage house shall not be taller or have a larger footprint than the primary building to which it is accessory.
            (2)   Carriage house must comply with the ownership and occupancy standards of sub-section 14-4C-2A (Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs)).
      4.   Allowed Frontage Types: Frontage type not required.
      5.   Pedestrian Access:
         a.   Main entrance location at side street, alley or internal to design site. (D)
         b.   The main entrance shall not be through a garage.
      6.   Vehicle Access And Parking:
         a.   Driveway and parking location shall comply with standards in Item 7 (Parking) of the zone.
         b.   Alley access is required if alley exists.
      7.   Open Space:
         a.   Private Open Space: Not required.
   D.   House Large:
      1.    Description:
         a.    A medium-to-large-sized detached building with one unit, medium-to-large setbacks, a rear yard, and located in a low-intensity walkable neighborhood.
      2.   Number Of Units:
Units per primary building
1 max.
Primary buildings per design site
1 max.
 
 
House-scale building
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
X
T4NS
X
T4NM
X
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      3.   Building Size And Massing:
a. Height:
T3NE
   Max. number of stories
2.5
b. Main Body1:
 
   Width
55' max. (A)
   Depth2
55' max. (B)
c. Wing(s)1:
 
   Width
24' max. (C)
   Depth
24' max. (D)
   Separation between wings
15' min.
   Offset from main body
5' min.3, 4 (E)
d. Standards:
 
   (1)   Facades facing a street or civic space must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards).
   (2)   Maximum one carriage house is allowed per sub- section 14-2H-6C (Carriage House).
   (3)   Rooftop room allowed on uppermost roof per sub-section 14-2H-7F (Rooftop Room).
1   In compliance with the standards of the zone.
2   When a porch is designed to extend the full width of the front facade (excluding garages), the maximum main body depth may be increased by 5'.
3   Except when used for parking, front parking setback shall comply with standards in Item 7 (Parking) of the zone.
4   Except at a corner of two building faces where neither of those faces front a public right-of-way, then the minimum is 0'.
 
      4.   Allowed Frontage Types:
 
Porch projecting
14-2H-8C
Porch engaged
14-2H-8D
Dooryard
14-2H-8E
Stoop
14-2H-8F
 
      5.   Pedestrian Access:
         a.   Main entrance location at front street, side street or passage. (F)
      6.   Vehicle Access And Parking:
         a.   Driveway and parking location shall comply with standards in Item 7 (Parking) of the zone. (G)
         b.   Alley access is required if alley exists.
      7.   Open Space:
         a.   Private Open Space: Area per unit: 400 sf min. (H)
         b.   Standards:
            (1)   Driveways shall not be included in private open space calculation.
            (2)   Required private open space shall be located behind the main body of the building.
            (3)   Required private open space may only be paved witih decorative paving.
   E.    House Small:
      1.   Description:
         a.   A small-to-medium-sized detached building with one unit, small-to-medium setbacks, a rear yard, and located within a low-intensity walkable neighborhood.
      2.   Number Of Units:
Units per primary building
1 max.
Primary buildings per design site
1 max.
 
 
House-scale building
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
A
T4NS
X
T4NM
X
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      3.    Building Size And Massing:
a. Height:
T3NG
   Max. number of stories
2.5
b. Main Body1:
 
   Width
35' max. (A)
   Depth2
45' max. (B)
c. Wing(s)1:
 
   Width
24' max. (C)
   Depth
24' max. (D)
   Separation between wings
15' min.
   Offset from main body
5' min.3, 4 (E)
d. Standards:
 
   (1)   Facades facing a street or civic space must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards).
   (2)   Maximum one carriage house is allowed per sub- section 14-2H-6C (Carriage House).
   (3)   Rooftop room allowed on uppermost roof per sub-section 14-2H-7F (Rooftop Room).
1   In compliance with the standards of the zone.
2   When a porch is designed to extend the full width of the front facade (excluding garages), the maximum main body depth may be increased by 5'.
3   Except when used for parking, front parking setback shall comply with standards in Item 7 (Parking) of the zone.
4   Except at a corner of two building faces where neither of those faces front a public right-of-way, then the minimum is 0'.
 
      4.   Allowed Frontage Types:
 
Porch projecting
14-2H-8C
Porch engaged
14-2H-8D
Dooryard
14-2H-8E
Stoop
14-2H-8F
 
      5.   Pedestrian Access:
         a.   Main entrance location at front street, side street or passage. (F)
      6.   Vehicle Access And Parking:
         a.   Driveway and parking location shall comply with standards in Item 7 (Parking) of the zone. (G)
         b.   Alley access is required if alley exists.
      7.   Open Space:
         a.   Private Open Space: Area per unit: 400 sf min. (H)
         b.   Standards:
            (1)   Driveways shall not be included in private open space calculation.
            (2)   Required private open space shall be located behind the main body of the building.
            (3)   Required private open space may only be paved witih decorative paving.
   F.   Duplex Side-By-Side:
      1.    Description:
         a .   A small-to-medium-sized detached building with small-to-medium setbacks and a rear yard. The building consists of two (2) side-by-side units, both facing the street and within a single-building massing. This type has the appearance of a small-to-medium single-family home and is scaled to fit within lower-intensity neighborhoods.
      2.    Number Of Units:
Units per primary building
2 max.
Primary buildings per design site
1 max.
 
 
House-scale building
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
X
T4NM
X
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      3.    Building Size And Massing:
a. Height:
T3NE
T3NG
   Max. number of stories
2.5
2.5
b. Main Body1:
   Width2
48' max. (A)
   Depth3, 4
40' max. (B)
c. Standards:
   (1)   Facades facing a street or civic space must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards).
   (2)   Maximum one carriage house is allowed per sub- section 14-2H-6C (Carriage House).
   (3)   Rooftop room allowed on uppermost roof per sub-section 14-2H-7F (Rooftop Room).
1   In compliance with the standards of the zone.
2   When units are rear loaded and only one story in height, the max. main body width may be increased to 60'.
3   When units are rear loaded and only one story in height, the max. main body depth may be increased to 70'.
4   When a porch is designed to extend the full width of the front facade (excluding garages), the maximum main body depth may be increased to 45'.
 
      4.   Allowed Frontage Types:
 
Porch projecting
14-2H-8C
Porch engaged
14-2H-8D
Dooryard
14-2H-8E
Stoop
14-2H-8F
 
      5.   Pedestrian Access:
         a.   Main entrance location at front street, side street or passage. (C)
         b.   Each unit shall have an individual entry facing the street on, or within ten feet (10') of the front facade.
      6.   Vehicle Access And Parking:
         a.   Driveway and parking location shall comply with standards in Item 7 (Parking) of the zone. (D)
         b.   Alley access is required if alley exists.
      7.   Open Space:
         a.   Private Open Space:
            (1)   Area per unit: 225 sf min. (E)
            (2)   Dimension: 15' min.
         b.   Standards:
            (1)   Open space not required if buildling is located within one thousand five hundred (1,500) linear feet of a civic space.
            (2)   Driveways shall not be included in private open space calculation.
            (3)   Required private open space shall be located behind the main body of the building.
            (4)   Required private open space may only be paved with decorative paving.
   G.    Duplex Stacked:
      1.   Description:
         a.   A small-to-medium-sized detached building with small-to-medium setbacks and a rear yard. The building consists of two (2) stacked units, both facing the street and within a single-building massing. This type has the appearance of a small-to-medium single-family home and is scaled to fit within lower-intensity neighborhoods.
      2.   Number Of Units:
Units per primary building
2 max.
Primary buildings per design site
1 max.
 
 
House-scale building
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
A
T4NS
X
T4NM
X
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      3.   Building Size And Massing:
a. Height:
T3NG
   Max. number of stories
2.5
b. Main Body1:
 
   Width
36' max. (A)
   Depth2
40' max. (B)
c. Wing(s)1:
 
   Width
15' max. (C)
   Depth
20' max. (D)
   Separation between wings
15' min.
   Offset from main body
5' min. (E)3, 4
d. Standards:
 
   (1)   Facades facing a street or civic space must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards).
   (2)   Maximum one carriage house is allowed per sub- section 14-2H-6C (Carriage House).
   (3)   Rooftop room allowed on uppermost roof per sub-section 14-2H-7F (Rooftop Room).
1   In compliance with the standards of the zone.
2   When a porch is designed to extend the full width of the front facade (excluding garages), the maximum main body depth may be increased by 5'.
3   Except when used for parking, front parking setback shall comply with standards in Item 7 (Parking) of the zone.
4   Except at a corner of two building faces where neither of those faces front a public right-of-way, then the minimum is 0'.
 
      4.   Allowed Frontage Types:
 
Porch projecting
14-2H-8C
Porch engaged
14-2H-8D
Dooryard
14-2H-8E
Stoop
14-2H-8F
 
      5.   Pedestrian Access:
         a.   Main entrance location at front street, side steet or passage. (F)
         b.   Each unit shall have an individual entry facing the street on, or within ten feet (10') of the front facade.
      6.   Vehicle Access And Parking:
         a.   Driveway and parking location shall comply with standards in Item 7 (Parking) of the zone. (G)
         b.   Alley access is required if alley exists.
      7.   Open Space:
         a.   Private Open Space:
            (1)   Area per unit: 225 sf min. (H)
            (2)   Dimension: 15' min.
         b.   Standards:
            (1)   Open space not required if buildling is located within one thousand five hundred (1,500) linear feet of a civic space.
            (2)   Driveways shall not be included in private open space calculation.
            (3)   Required private open space shall be located behind the main body of the building.
            (4)   Required private open space may only be paved with decorative paving.
   H.    Cottage Court:
      1.    Description:
         a.    A grouping of three (3) to nine (9) small, detached buildings arranged to define a shared court open to the street. The shared court is comm on, private open space and takes the place of a private rear yard, thus becoming an important community-enhancing element. This type is scaled to fit within low-to-moderate-intensity neighborhoods and in non-residential contexts.
         b.   Synoynm: Bungalow Court.
      2.   Number Of Units:
Units per primary building
1 max.1
Primary buildings per design site
3 min.; 9 max.
1   Most rear cottage (i.e. cottage furthest from the street and located at the rear of the design site) may be a building with up to three (3) units.
House-scale building
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
X
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      3.   Building Size And Massing:
a. Height:
T3NE
T3NG
T4NS
   Max. number of stories
1.5
1.5
1.5
   Max. height to mid- point of roof
18'
18'
18'
b. Main Body1:
   All Cottages
      Width
32' max. (A)
      Depth2
30' max. (B)
   Most Rear Cottage
      Width
40' max. (C)
      Depth
30' max. (D)
      Separation between cottages
10' min. (E)
c. Standards:
   (1)   Facades facing a street or civic space must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards).
   (2)   Maximum one carriage house is allowed per sub-section 14-2H-6C (Carriage House).
1   In compliance with the standards of the zone.
2   When a porch is designed to extend the full width of the front facade (excluding garages), the maximum main body depth may be increased by 5'.
 
      4.   Allowed Frontage Types:
 
Porch projecting
14-2H-8C
Dooryard
14-2H-8E
Stoop
14-2H-8F
 
      5.   Pedestrian Access:
         a.   Shared court shall be accessible from front street. (F)
         b.   Main entrance location to units from shared court, front street, side street, or passage. (G)
         c.   Pedestrian connections shall link all buildings to the public ROW, shared court, and parking areas.
      6.   Vehicle Access And Parking:
         a.   Driveway and parking location shall comply with standards in Item 7 (Parking) of the zone. (H)
         b.   Alley access is required if alley exists.
         c.   Spaces may be individually accessible by the units and/or a common parking area located at rear side of design site.
      7.   Open Space:
         a .   Private Open Space:
            (1)   Width: 15' min. (I)
            (2)   Depth: 60' min. (3 - 4 units) (J)
            (3)   Size: 70' min. (5 - 9) units
         b.   Standards:
            (1)   Driveways shall not be included in private open space calculation.
            (2)   Shared court(s) may be used for stormwater managment if designed as integral site element (rain garden or bioswale) and does not visually detract from the frontage of each cottage facing the court.
            (3)   Required private open space may only be paved with decorative paving.
   I.    Multiplex Small:
      1.   Description:
         a.   A medium-sized detached building that consists of three (3) to six (6) side-by-side and/or stacked units, typically with one shared entry or individual entries along the front. This type has the appearance of a medium-sized single-family house and is scaled to fit as a small portion of low-to-moderate-intensity neighborhoods.
         b.   Synonym: Triplex to Sixplex.
      2.   Number Of Units:
Units per primary building
3 min.; 6 max.
Primary buildings per design site
1 max.
 
 
House-scale building
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
X
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      3.    Building Size And Massing:
a. Height:
T3NG
T4NS
   Max. number of stories
2.5
2.5
b. Main Body1:
   Width
50' max. (A)
   Depth2
50' max. (B)
c. Wing(s)1:
   Width
20' max. (C)
   Depth
30' max. (D)
   Separation between wings
15' min.
   Offset from main body
5' min. (E)
d. Standards:
   (1)   Facades facing a street or civic space must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards).
   (2)   Maximum one carriage house is allowed per sub-section 14-2H-6C (Carriage House).
1   In compliance with the standards of the zone.
2   When a porch is designed to extend the full width of the front facade (excluding garages), the maximum main body depth may be increased by 5'.
 
      4.   Allowed Frontage Types:
 
Porch projecting
14-2H-8C
Porch engaged
14-2H-8D
Dooryard
14-2H-8E
Stoop
14-2H-8F
 
      5.   Pedestrian Access:
         a.   Main entrance location at front street, side street or passage. (F)
         b.   Each unit may have an individual entry from the sidewalk.
      6.   Vehicle Access And Parking:
         a.   Driveway and parking location shall comply with standards in Item 7 (Parking) of the zone. (G)
         b.   Alley access is required if alley exists.
      7.   Open Space:
         a.   Private Open Space:
            (1)   Area: 225 sf min. (H)
            (2)   Dimension: 15' min.
         b.   Standards:
            (1)   Open space not required if building is located within seven hundred fifty (750) linear feet of a civic space.
            (2)   Driveways shall not be included in private open space calculation.
            (3)   Required private open space shall be located behind the main body of the building.
            (4)   Required private open space may only be paved with decorative paving.
   J.   Multiplex Large:
      1.    Description:
         a.   A medium-to-large-sized detached building that consists of seven (7) to twelve (12) side-by-side and/or stacked units, typically with one shared entry or individual entries along the front for the ground floor units. This type is scaled to fit in within moderate-intensity neighborhoods or as a small portion of lower-intensity neighborhoods.
         b.   Synonym: Mansion apartment.
      2.   Number Of Units:
Units per primary building
7 min.; 12 max.
Primary buildings per design site
1 max.
 
 
House-scale building
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
X
T4NS
X
T4NM
A
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      3.   Building Size And Massing:
a. Height:
T4NM
   Max. number of stories
3.5
b. Main Body1:
 
   Width
60' max. (A)
   Depth2
60' max. (B)
c. Wing(s)1:
 
   Width
20' max. (C)
   Depth
40' max. (D)
   Separation between wings
15' min.
   Offset from main body
5' min. (E)
d. Standards:
 
   (1)   Facades facing a street or civic space must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards).
   (2)   Maximum one carriage house is allowed per sub-section 14-2H-6C (Carriage House).
1   In compliance with the standards of the zone.
2   When a porch is designed to extend the full width of the front facade (excluding garages), the maximum main body depth may be increased by 5'.
 
      4.   Allowed Frontage Types:
 
Porch projecting
14-2H-8C
Stoop
14-2H-8F
Forecourt
14-2H-8G
Terrace
14-2H-8J
 
      5.   Pedestrian Access:
         a.   Main entrance location at front street, side street or passage. (F)
         b.   Units located in the main body shall be accessed by a common entry along the front street.
         c.   On corner design sites, units in a secondary wing may enter from the side street.
      6.   Vehicle Access And Parking:
         a.   Driveway and parking location shall comply with standards in Item 7 (Parking) of the zone. (G)
         b.   Alley access is required if alley exists.
      7.   Open Space:
         a.   Private Open Space:
            (1)   Area: 225 sf min. (H)
            (2)   Dimension: 15' min.
         b.   Standards:
            (1)   Open space not required if building is located within seven hundred fifty (750) linear feet of a civic space.
            (2)   Driveways shall not be included in private open space calculation.
            (3)   Required private open space shall be located behind the main body of the building.
            (4)   Required private open space may only be paved with decorative paving.
   K.    Townhouse:
      1.    Description:
         a.    A small-to-large sized, typically attached, building with a rear yard that consists of two (2) to eight (8) townhouses placed side-by-side. Each townhouse consists of one (1) unit or, up to three (3) stacked units as allowed by the zone. As allowed by the zone, the house-scale townhouse type may be detached.
         b.   Synonym: Rowhouse.
      2.   Number Of Units:
Units per primary building
1 max.
 
3 max. in T4NM-O; T4MS
Primary buildings per design site
1 max.
House-scale building: attached - 2 townhouses min. 3 townhouses max., detached - 2 townhouses minimum
T3NE
X
T3NG
A
T4NS
X
T4NM
X
T4MS
X
Block-scale building: attached - 4 townhouses min. 8 townhouses max.
T3NE
X
T3NG
X
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      3.   Building Size And Massing:
a. Height:
T3N G
T4NS
T4N M
T4M S
   Max. number of stories
2.5
2.5
3.5
3.5
b. Main Body1:
   Width
18' min.; 30' max. (A)
   Depth2
50' max. (B)
   Max. width per building
90'
120'
160'
200' (C)
c. Wing(s)1:
   Width
1 5' m ax. (D)
   Depth
15' max. (E)
   Separation between wings3
8' min. (F)
d. Standards:
   (1)   Facades facing a street or civic space must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards).
   (2)   Maximum one carriage house is allowed per sub-section 14-2H-6C (Carriage House).
   (3)   In T4NM-O and T4MS, each townhouse may be divided vertically into 3 units.
1   In compliance with the standards of the zone.
2   When a porch is designed to extend the full width of the front facade (excluding garages), the maximum main body depth may be increased by 5'.
3   No separation is required for wings used for parking, when entirely behind attached townhomes.
 
      4.   Allowed Frontage Types:
 
Porch projecting
14-2H-8C
Porch engaged
14-2H-8D
Dooryard
14-2H-8E
Stoop
14-2H-8F
Terrace
14-2H-8J
 
      5.   Pedestrian Access:
         a.   Main entrance location at front street, side street or passage. (G)
         b.   Each unit shall have an individual entry facing a street.
      6.   Vehicle Access And Parking:
         a.   Driveway and parking location shall comply with standards in Item 7 (Parking) of the zone. (H)
         b.   Alley access is required if alley exists.
      7.   Open Space:
         a.   Private Open Space:
            (1)   Area per primary building: 64 sf min. (H)
            (2)   Dimension: 8' min.
         b.   Standards:
            (1)   Driveways shall not be included in private open space calculation.
            (2)   Required private open space shall be located behind the main body of the building.
            (3)   Required private open space may only be paved with decorative paving.
   L.    Courtyard Building Small:
      1 .   Description :
         a.    A building that consists of multiple attached and/or stacked units, accessed from a shared courtyar d. The shared court is common, private open space and takes the place of a rear yard. This type is typically integrated as a small portion of lower-intensity neighborhoods or more consistently into moderate-to-high-intensity neighborhoods.
         b.   Synonym: Courtyard apartment.
      2.   Number Of Units:
Units per primary building
10 min.; 16 max.
Primary buildings per design site
1 max.1
1   Primary building may be designed as up to two adjacent buildings not more than 15' apart.
House-scale building
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
X
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      3.   Building Size And Massing:
a. Height:
T4NS
T4NM
   Max. number of stories
2.5
3.5
b. Main Body1:
   Width
100' max. (A)
   Depth2
100' max. (B)
c. Standards:
   (1)   Facades facing a street or civic space must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards).
   (2)   Maximum one carriage house is allowed per sub-section 14-2H-6C (Carriage House).
   (3)   Rooftop room allowed on uppermost roof per sub-section 14-2H-7F (Rooftop Room).
1   In compliance with the standards of the zone.
2   When a porch is designed to extend the full width of the front facade (excluding garages), the maximum main body depth may be increased by 5'.
 
      4.   Allowed Frontage Types:
 
Porch projecting
14-2H-8C
Porch engaged
14-2H-8D
Stoop
14-2H-8F
Terrace
14-2H-8J
The above frontage types are also allowed within courtyard(s) in compliance with courtyard size requirements.
 
      5.   Pedestrian Access:
         a.   Main entrance location at front street, side street or passage. (C)
      6.   Vehicle Access And Parking:
         a.   Driveway and parking location shall comply with standards in Item 7 (Parking) of the zone. (D)
         b.   Alley access is required if alley exists.
      7.   Open Space:
         a.   Private Open Space:
            (1)   Width: 30' min. (E)
            (2)   Depth: 50' min. (F)
         b.   Standards:
            (1)   Courtyard(s) shall be accessible from the front street.
            (2)   Multiple courtyards are required to be connected via a passage through or between buildings.
            (3)   Building shall define at least three (3) sides of the couryard.
            (4)   Courtyard(s) may be used for stormwater management if designed as integral site element (rain garden or bioswale) and does not visually detract from the frontage of each building facing the courtyard.
            (5)   Required private open space may only be paved with decorative paving.
   M.    Courtyard Building Large:
      1.    Description:
         a.   A building that consists of multiple attached and/or stacked units, accessed from one or more shared courtyards. The shared court is common, private open space. This type is typically integrated into moderate-to- high- intensity neighborhoo ds and on main street contexts.
         b.    Synonym: Courtyard apartment.
      2.    Number Of Units:
Units per primary building
18 min.; 24 max.
Primary buildings per design site
1 max.1
1   Primary building may be designed as up to three adjacent buildings not more than 15' apart.
 
 
Block-scale building
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
X
T4NS
X
T4NM
X
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      3.    Building Size And Massing:
a. Height:
T4MS
   Max. number of stories
3.5
b. Main Body1:
 
   Width
100' max. (A)
   Depth
140' max. (B)
c. Standards:
 
   (1)   Facades facing a street or civic space must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards).
   (2)   Maximum one carriage house is allowed per sub-section 14-2H-6C (Carriage House).
1   In compliance with the standards of the zone.
 
      4.   Allowed Frontage Types:
 
Stoop
14-2H-8F
Shopfront
14-2H-8I
Terrace
14-2H-8J
Gallery
14-2H-8K
The above frontage types are also allowed within courtyard(s) in compliance with courtyard size requirements.
 
      5.   Pedestrian Access:
         a.   Main entrance location at front street, side street or passage. (C)
      6.   Vehicle Access And Parking:
         a.   Driveway and parking location shall comply with standards in Item 7 (Parking) of the zone. (D)
         b.   Alley access is required if alley exists.
      7.   Open Space:
         a.   Private Open Space:
            (1)   Width: 30' min. (E)
            (2)   Depth: 70' min. (F)
         b.   Standards:
            (1)   Courtyard(s) shall be accessible from the front street.
            (2)   Multiple courtyards are required to be connected via a passage through or between buildings.
            (3)   Building shall define at least three (3) sides of the courtyard.
            (4)   Courtyard(s) may be used for stormwater management if designed as integral site element (rain garden or bioswale) and does not visually detract from the frontage of each building facing the courtyard.
         (5)   Required private open space may only be paved with decorative paving.
         (6)   Ground floor of building(s) shall align with at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the courtyard(s) perimeter.
   N.   Main Street Building:
      1.   Description:
         a.   A small-to-large-sized building, typically attached, but may be detached, intended to provide a vertical mix of uses with ground-floor retail, office or service uses and upper-floor service or residential uses. This type makes up the primary component of neighborhood and downtown main streets, therefore being a key component to providing walkability.
      2.   Number Of Units:
Units per primary building
Unrestricted1
Primary buildings per design site
1 max.
1   Number of units restricted by Iowa City's adopted Building Code, Fire Code, and Housing Code standards.
 
 
Block-scale building
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
X
T4NS
X
T4NM
X
T 4 M S
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      3.   Building Size And Massing:
a. Height:
T4MS
   Max. number of stories
3.5
b. Main Body1:
 
   Width
200' max. (A)
   Depth
120' max. (B)
c. Standards:
 
   (1)   Facades facing a street or civic space must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-7 (Architectural Element Standards).
   (2)   Maximum one carriage house is allowed per sub-section 14-2H-6C (Carriage House).
1   In compliance with the standards of the zone.
 
      4.   Allowed Frontage Types:
Dooryard1
14-2H-8 E
Stoop
14-2H-8 F
Forecourt
14-2H-8 G
Maker shopfront1
14-2H-8 H
Shopfront
14-2H-8 I
Terrace
14-2H-8 J
Gallery
14-2H-8 K
Arcade
14-2H-8 L
1   Only on neighborhood (side) streets and min. 60' from front of design site.
 
      5.   Pedestrian Access:
         a.   Upper floor units shall be accessed by a common entry along the front street. (C)
         b.   Ground floor units may have individual entries along the neighborhood (side) street if min. sixty feet (60') from main street. (D)
         c.   On corner design sites, units may enter from the side street. (E)
      6.   Vehicle Access And Parking:
         a.   Driveway and parking location shall comply with standards in Item 7 (Parking) of the zone. (D)
         b.   Alley access is required if alley exists.
      7.   Open Space:
         a.   Private Open Space:
            (1)   Not required. (Ord. 21-4866, 11-16-2021; amd. Ord. 23-4917, 11-21-2023; Ord. 25-4953, 5-6-2025)

14-2H-7: ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENT STANDARDS:

   A.   Purpose: This section establishes standards that supplement the zones standards to further refine the intended building form and physical character.
   B.   Overview:
      1.   Massing And Facade Articulation Standards: Facades on a street or civic space shall be designed in compliance with the standards of this section.
      2.   General Standards:
         a.   On corner buildings, front and side street facades shall have equal architectural treatment.
         b.   Ground floor glazing on residential buildings shall be fifteen percent (15%) minimum with a minimum of one (1) window on the ground floor of each building elevation. Attached garages are excluded from this standard and calculation. Ground floor glazing on shopfronts shall be seventy-five percent (75%) minimum.
         c.   Stairs must be integrated into the conditioned floor area of the building, as defined in the Iowa City Building Code, and cannot protrude beyond the building footprint. In addition, stairs must be designed in compliance with section 14-2H-8 (Frontage Types).
      3.   Photos: All photos are illustrative, not regulatory.
   C.    Tripartite Facade Articulation:
      1.    Description: Tripartite architecture uses architectural elements to delineate the base, middle and top. The ground floor facade composes the base. The building element and features above or including the uppermost occupied floor, including parapet walls and eaves, compose the top.
      2.   Applicability: Buildings of at least two (2) stories.
      3.   Standards/General Character: Requires three (3) distinct sections:
         a.   Base: The base of a building shall be distinguished from the middle through the use of string courses, cornice expression, or installation of awnings or canopies. (A)
         b.   Middle: For a building that is two (2) stories or less, a middle section is not required; only a top and a base. (B)
         c.   Top: For a building that is three (3) or more stories, the top shall be delineated with some form of cornice expression, either with trim material, brackets and panels, eave details, or accentuated masonry. (C)
         d.   Where the exterior wall material changes along the vertical plane of a building, the materials must be separated by a horizontal band, such as a belt course, soldier course, or band board or other trim appropriate to the building materials being used.
   D.    Architectural Recession(s):
      1.    Description: Architectural recessions modulate the apparent size and scale of a building by recessing a portion(s) of the facade as an architectural element(s) or space(s) from the plane(s): a recessed entry from the sidewalk, a loggia or recessed balcony cut into the plane of the facade.
      2.   Applicability: Buildings of at least two (2) stories and over fifty feet (50') long, except for the House Large (14-2H-6D), House Small (14-2H-6E), Duplex Side-by-Side (14-2H-6F), and Duplex Stacked (14-2H-6G) building types.
      3.   Standards/General Character:
 
Recession Height:
If ground floor is recessed, recession shall extend through the building mass (A)
Recession Width:
 
   Buildings 50' - 100'
    long
   Buildings > 100' long
12' min. (distributed in up to 2 locations) (B)
20' min. (distributed in at least 2 locations)
Depth:
16" min. (C)
 
   E.   Corner Element:
      1.     Description: A corner element gives visual importance to corner and further shape the public realm.
      2.     Applicabilit y: Optional architectural element for main street building types (14-2H-6N) where the building is over seventy-five feet (75') long.
      3.     Standards/General Character:
 
Footprint:
10' x 10' min. (A)
Projection from facade
3' min. (B)
Top story height
14' max.1 (C)
1   Corner element may exceed maximum height allowed by the zone by up to 10' when the height story on the building is at the maximum height allowed by the zone.
 
   F.    Rooftop Room:
      1.   Description: A rooftop room is a small enclsoed or unenclosed room on the uppermost roof of house-scale buildings.
      2.   Applicability: Optional architectural element as allowed by Item 3 (Building Size And Massing) of the building type.
      3.   Standards/General Character:
a. Standards:
 
   Interior clear dimensions
12' max. (A)
   Floor-to-ceiling height
10' max. (B)
   Overall height
14' max. (C)
   Side setback from building edge
5' min. (D)
   Rear setback from building edge
15' min. (E)
   Opening or glazing on each side of room
75%
b. General Character :
 
   (1 )    Materials shall be consistent with the primary building.
   (2 )    Exterior acess allowed in complian ce with Title 17 Building and Housing Code, and Title 7, the Fire Code, Chapter 7-1 of the Iowa City Code of Ordinances.
   (3)   Roof shall be consistent with roof style of primary building.
   (4)   Openings shall be vertically proportioned or square.
   (5)   Openings may be glazed.
   (6)   Shutters, when present, shall be of sufficient width to cover the adjacent opening.
 
(Ord. 21-4866, 11-16-2021; amd. Ord. 25-4953, 5-6-2025)

14-2H-8: FRONTAGE TYPE STANDARDS:

   A.   Purpose: This section establishes standards for all frontages. Frontages are the components of a building that provide the transition and interface between the public realm (street and sidewalk) and the private realm (yard or building).
   B.   General Frontage Type Standards:
      1.   Nomenclature: The names of the frontage types indicate their particular configuration or function and are not intended to limit uses within the associated building. For example, a porch may be used by non-residential uses including, but not limited to a restaurant or office as allowed by the zone.
      2.   Allowable Frontage Types:
         a.   Frontage types not listed in Item 8 (Frontages) of the zone are not allowed in that zone.
         b.   Each building may have multiple frontage types in compliance with the allowed types in Item 4 (Allowed Frontage Types) of each building type. Frontage types not listed in Item 4 (Allowed Frontage Types) of the building type are not allowed on that building type.
      3.   Location: Each frontage type shall be located in compliance with the facade zone per Item 5 (Building Placement) of the zone (section 14-2H-2) and with the building type location of frontage standard (sub-section 14-2H-6B-5).
      4.   Entries And Access:
         a.   Along street frontages and passages, sliding doors are prohibited as building entries. Sliding doors may not be used as a primary means of entrance to any building or residential unit.
         b.   Access to entrance doors of individual dwelling units located above the ground floor level must be provided from an enclosed lobby or corridor and stairway. Unenclosed or partially enclosed exterior stairways are not allowed as the primary means of access to dwelling units located above the ground level floor of the building. This provision does not preclude the use of fire egress structures.
         c.   Dwelling units on the ground floor and their entrances must be connected to adjacent public right-of-ways, and to parking areas and other on-site facilities.
      5.   Diversity Of Frontage Types: Except in the T4MS zone, there shall be a mix of at least two (2) different frontage types within each block, using only the types allowed in the zone.
      6.   Standards: Standards are stated for the front of a design site and are to be adjusted for side street facades in compliance with the setbacks of the zone.
   C.   Porch Projecting:
      1.    Description: The main facade of the building is set back from the front design site line with a covered structure encroachin g into the front setback. The resulting setback area can be defined by a fence or hedge to spatially define the edge of the street. The porch may be one (1) or two (2) stories and is open on three (3) sides.
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      General Note: Photos on this page are illustrative, not regulatory.
  
      2.   Size:
 
Width
12' min.1 (A)
Depth
 
(B)
6' min.
Height, Clear
8' min. (C)
Stories
2 stories max.1
Pedestrian Access Width
3' min. (D)
Utility easement area as identified by the applicable abutting thoroughfare type (14-2H-9). (E)
1   Width reduce to 8' when applied to Cottage Court (14-2H-6H) building type. Story height maximum reduced to 1 story.
 
      3.   Miscellaneous:
         a.   Porch shall be open on three (3) sides and have a roof. Clear glass may be installed between the porch columns if the minimum size of individual panes is twelve inches (12").
   D.   Porch Engaged:
      1.    Description: A portion of the main facade of the building projects into the front setback to create an area for a covered structure that projects from the rest of the facade. The porch may project into the front setback. The resulting yard may be defined by a fence or hedge to spatially define the edge of the street. The porch may be one (1) or two (2) stories and may have two (2) or three (3) adjacent sides that are engaged to the building with at least one (1) side open.
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
     
      General Note: Photos on this page are illustrative, not regulatory.
      2.   Size:
Width
12' min. (A)
Depth
(B)
6' min.
Height, Clear
8' min. (C)
Stories
2 stories max.
Pedestrian Access Width
3' min. (D)
Utility easement area as identified by the applicable abutting thoroughfare type (14-2H-9). (E)
Encroachment Area of Building Facade
   Depth
   Width
 
6' max. (F)
1/3 min. of overall building facade1 (G)
1   May not exceed porch clear width ( (A) )
 
      3.   Miscellaneous:
         a.   Porch shall be open at least on one (1) side and have a roof.
         b.   Clear glass may be installed between the porch columns if the minimum size of individual panes is twelve inches (12").
   E.    Door yard:
      1.   Description: The main facade of the building is set back from the front design site line, which is defined by a low wall, hedge, or other allowed screening, creating a small private area between the sidewalk and the facade. Each dooryard is separated from adjacent dooryards. The dooryard may be raised or at grade.
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      General Note: Photos on this page are illustrative, not regulatory.
 
      2.   Size:
 
Depth
10' min.1 (A)
Length
15' min. (B)
Depth of recessed entries
3' max.(C)
Pedestrian Access Width
3' min.(D)
Height of dooryard fence/wall above finish level
36" max.(E)
Utility easement area as identified by the applicable abutting thoroughfare type (14-2H-9). (G)
1   Reduce to 8' when applied to Cottage Court (14-2H-6H) building type.
 
      3.   Miscellaneous:
         a.   For live/work, retail, service, and restaurant uses, the shopfront frontage type is to be applied.
         b.   Each dooryard shall provide access to only one (1) ground floor entry.
   F.    Stoop:
      1.    Description: The main facade of the building is near the front design site line with steps to an elevated entry. The stoop is elevated above the sidewalk to provide privacy along the sidewalk-facing rooms. Stoop landings may be accessed via stairs, ramp, or a sloped walkway.
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      General Note: Photos on this page are illustrative, not regulatory.
 
      2.   Size:
 
Width
5' min. (A)
Depth
3' min. (B)
Height, Clear
8' min. (C)
Stories
1 story max.
Finish level above average finished grade along frontage
12" min. (D)
Depth of recessed entries
3' max. (E)
Utility easement area as identified by the applicable abutting thoroughfare type (14-2H-9). (F)
 
      3.   Miscellaneous:
         a.   Stairs may be perpendicular or parallel to the building facade.
         b.   Ramps shall be parallel to facade or along the side of the building.
         c.   Sloped walkways shall connect to the public sidewalk or driveway.
         d.   Entry doors are covered or recessed to provide shelter from the elements.
         e.   Gates are not allowed.
         f.   All doors shall face the street.
   G.    Forecourt:
      1.   Description: The main facade of the building is at or near the front design site line and a portion is set back, extending the public realm into the design site for an entry court or shared garden space for housing, or as an additional shopping or restaurant seating area within retail and service areas.
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
X
T4NS
X
T4NM
A
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      General Note: Photos on this page are illustrative, not regulatory.
 
      2.   Size:
 
Width
15' min. (A)
Depth
15' min. (B)
Ratio, height to width
2:1 max. (C)
Height from sidewalk
12" max. (D)
Utility easement area as identified by the applicable abutting thoroughfare type (14-2H-9). (E)
 
      3.   Miscellaneous:
         a.   May be utilized to group several entries at a common elevation in compliance with the zone ground floor finish level standards.
         b.   The proportions and orientation of these spaces shall comply with Figure 14-2H-8G-1 below for solar orientation and user comfort.
      c.    Other frontage types as allowed in the zone may be applied to the front of the building and/or within the forecourt.
   H.    Maker Shopfront:
      1.    Description: The main facade of the building is at or near the front design site line with an at-grade or elevated entrance from the sidewalk. This type is only allowed on side streets from the adjacent main street and is intended for industrial artisan businesses to show their activity to people passing by on the sidewalk, as well as for retail sales of products made on-site. The maker shopfront may include a decorative roll-down or sliding door, including glazing and an awning that overlaps the sidewalk.
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
X
T4NS
X
T4NM
X
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      General Note: Photos on this page are illustrative, not regulatory.
 
      2.   Size:
 
Distance between glazing
10" max. (A)
Ground floor glazing between sidewalk and finished ceiling height
50% min.
Depth of recessed entries
No max.
 
      3.   Awning:
 
Depth
5' min. (B)
Setback from curb
2' min. (C)
Height, Clear
8' min. (D)
 
      4.   Miscellaneous:
         a.   Rounded and hooped awning are not allowed.
         b.   Glazing shall be clear and highly transparent. Reflective (mirrored) or colored glass is not permitted. Low-E glazing will reduce transparency, so is discouraged, but if used, the glass chosen should have a high visible light transmittance and low reflectivity. Such windows must allow views into the interior space.
   I.   Shopfront:
      1.     Description: The main facade of the building is at or near the front design site line with at-grade entrance along the sidewalk. This type is intended for service, retail, or restaurant use and includes substantial glazing between the shopfront base and the ground floor ceiling and may include an awning that overlaps the sidewalk.
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
X
T4NS
X
T4NM
X
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      General Note: Photos on this page are illustrative, not regulatory.
      2.   Size:
 
Distance between glazing
2" max. (A)
Ground floor glazing between sidewalk and finished ceiling height
75% min.
Depth of recessed entries
5' max.
Shopfront base
6" min.; 30" max. (B)
 
      3.   Awning:
 
Depth
5' min. (C)
Setback from curb
2' min. (D)
Height, Clear
8' min. (E)
 
      4.   Miscellaneous:
         a.   Residential types of windows are not allowed.
         b.   Rounded and hooped awning are not allowed.
         c.   Glazing shall be clear and highly transparent. Reflective (mirrored) or colored glass is not permitted. Low E-glazing will reduce transparency, so is discouraged, but if used, the glass chosen should have a high visible light transmittance and low reflectivity. Such windows must allow views into the interior space.
   J.    Terrace:
      1.    Description: The main facade is at or near the front design site line with steps leading to an elevated area providing public circulation along the facade to connect multiple entrances. This type is used to provide outdoor areas along the sidewalk for housing or to accommodate an existing or intended grade change for retail, service or office uses.
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
X
T4NS
X
T4NM
A
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      General Note: Photos on this page are illustrative, not regulatory.
 
      2.   Size:
 
Depth of Terrace
   Residential
   Non-residential
(A)
8' min.
12' min.
Finish level above sidewalk
24" max. (B)
Distance between stairs
25' max. (C)
Utility easement area as identified by the applicable abutting thoroughfare type (14-2H-9). (D)
 
      3.   Miscellaneous:
         a.   Terrace shall also follow the standards for the shopfront frontage type, when the shopfront frontage type is an allowed frontage type in the zone.
         b.   Where the frontage type requires the ground floor to be flush with the sidewalk, the terrace shall be considered to be the sidewalk.
         c.   Low walls used as seating are allowed.
         d.   Terrace shall be along the facade to connect multiple entrances.
   K.    Gallery:
      1.    Description: The main facade of the building setback from the front design site line and an at- grade covered structure, typically articulated with colonnade or arches, covers an area not in the right-of-way. This type may be one (1) or two (2) stories. When used in nonresidential settings, the shopfront type is included; when used in residential settings, stoops, dooryards, and forecourts are included.
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
X
T4NS
X
T4NM
X
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      General Note: Photos on this page are illustrative, not regulatory.
      2.   Size:
 
Depth, Clear
8' min. (A)
Ground floor height, clear
12' min. (B)
Height
2 stories max. (C)
 
      3.   Miscellaneous:
         a.   Galleries shall also follow the standards for the shopfront frontage type. (D)
         b.   Habitable space. (E)
         c.   Second story of gallery may be used as deck and may be covered by a roof. (F)
         d.   Galleries shall have a consistent depth.
         e.   Galleries are not allowed to project over the sidewalk in the public right-of-way.
   L.    Arcade:
      1.    Description: The main facade of the building is setback from the front design site line and the upper floor(s) contain habitable space overlappin g the area below not in the right-of-way. When used in nonresidential settings, the shopfront type is included; when used in residential settings, stoops, dooryards, and forecourts are included.
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
X
T4NS
X
T4NM
X
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
      General Note: Photos on this page are illustrative, not regulatory.
      2.   Size:
 
Depth, Clear
10' min. (A)
Ground floor height, clear
12' min. (B)
Height
3 stories max. (C)
 
      3.   Miscellaneous:
         a.   Arcades shall also follow the standards for the shopfront frontage type. (D)
         b.   Habitable space. (E)
         c.   Arcades shall have a consistent depth.
         d.   Arcades are not allowed to project over the sidewalk in the public right-of-way. (Ord. 21-4866, 11-16-2021; amd. Ord. 25-4953, 5-6-2025)

14-2H-9: THOROUGHFARE TYPE STANDARDS:

   A.   Purpose:
      1.   The provisions of this section are established to accomplish the following:
         a.   Provide a range of thoroughfare types to support the intended physical character of each zone.
         b.   Provide only thoroughfares that are multi-modal and interconnected in a network that disperses vehicular traffic with multiple routes to destinations.
         c.   Ensure that streets serve the needs of all users (automobiles, transit and service vehicles, pedestrians, and cyclists).
   B.   General Thoroughfare Type Standards:
      1.   This section identifies the allowed thoroughfare types consistent with the intended physical character of each Form-Based Zone.
      2.   The individual standards of each thoroughfare type in this section may be adjusted as part of the subdivision process. In considering adjustments, the Director of Public Works and the Director of Neighborhood and Development Services shall find that the proposed adjustment meets all of the following criteria:
         a.   Supports the intended physical character of the zone abutting the thoroughfare(s).
         b.   Maintains multiple modes of transportation (transit, pedestrians, bicycles, automobiles).
         c.   Maintains sidewalks at least six feet (6') wide.
         d.   Maintains on-street parking for a majority of each block face.
         e.   Maintains regularly spaced street trees.
      3.   Street trees shall be installed in the right-of-way by the owner.
         a.   Where adjacent property will remain undeveloped, street trees shall be planted prior to acceptance of public improvements.
         b.   Where adjacent property will be developed, trees shall be planted prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy for each adjacent lot, with the following exception:
            (1)   Where street trees cannot be installed prior to occupancy or commencement of a use due to seasonal conditions that may reduce survivability, the building official may grant a delay of installation until the seasonal calendar dates of June 1 or November 1, whichever occurs first, and the property owner must place in an escrow account, established with the City, an amount which will cover one hundred ten percent (110%) of the estimated cost of plants and installation.
   C.    Main Street With Median:
      1.    Application:
 
Movement Type
Slow
 
      2.   Overall Widths:
 
ROW Width
100' (A)
Pavement Width
50' (25' each side) (B)
 
      3.   Lane Assembly:
 
Traffic Lanes
2 @ 10' (C)
Bicycle Lanes
2 @ 7' (D)
Parking Lanes
2 @ 8', marked (E)
Median/Turn Pocket
10' (F)
 
      4.   Public Frontage Assembly:
 
Drainage Collection Type
Curb and gutter
Planter Type
7' x 10' tree well
Landscape Type
Trees at 30' o.c. avg.
Walkway Type
20' min. sidewalk (G)
Curb Type
Raised
 
 
T 3 N E
X
T 3 N G
X
T 4 N S
X
T 4 N M
X
T 4 MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
   D.   Main Street Without Median:
      1.   Application:
 
Movement Type
Slow
 
      2.   Overall Widths:
 
ROW Width
80' (A)
Pavement Width
36' (B)
 
      3.   Lane Assembly:
 
Traffic Lanes
2 @ 10' (C)
Bicycle Lanes
None
Parking Lanes
2 @ 8', marked (D)
Median/Turn Pocket
None
 
      4.   Public Frontage Assembly:
 
Drainage Collection Type
Curb and gutter
Planter Type
7' x 10' tree well
Landscape Type
Trees at 30' o.c. avg.
Walkway Type
20' min. sidewalk (E)
Curb Type
Raised
 
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
X
T4NS
X
T4NM
X
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
   E.    Avenue 2 Without Parking:
      1 .   Application:
 
Movement Type
Slow
 
      2.   Overall Widths:
 
ROW Width
100' (A)
Pavement Width
35' (17'-6" each side) (B)
 
      3.   Lane Assembly:
 
Traffic Lanes
2 @ 11' (C)
Bicycle Lanes
2 @ 6' (D)
Parking Lanes
None
Median/Turn Pocket
20' (E)
 
      4.   Public Frontage Assembly:
 
Drainage Collection Type
Curb and gutter
Planter Type
Continuous planter; (F)
   15'-6" min. one side;
   11'-6" min. one side
Landscape Type
Trees at 30' o.c. avg.
Walkway Type
Sidewalk; (G)
   6' min. one side1;
   10 min. one side1
Curb Type
Raised
Utility Easement
15' from ROW (H)
1   Plus 1' clearance from utility easement.
 
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
   F.    Avenue 2 With Future Parking:
      1.   Application:
 
Movement Type
Slow
 
      2.   Overall Widths:
 
ROW Width
100' (A)
Pavement Width
50' (25' each side) (B)
 
      3.   Lane Assembly:
 
Traffic Lanes
2 @ 11' (C)
Bicycle Lanes
2 @ 6' (D)
Parking Lanes (Future)
2 @ 7' (E)
Median/Turn Pocket
20' (F)
 
      4.   Public Frontage Assembly:
 
Drainage Collection Type
Curb and gutter
Planter Type
Continuous planter;
   8' min. one side;
   4' min. one side
Landscape Type
Trees at 30' o.c. avg.
Walkway Type
Sidewalk; (D)
   6' min. one side1;
   10' min. one side1
Curb Type
Raised
Utility Easement
15' from ROW (H)
1   Plus 1' clearance from utility easement.
 
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
   G.   Avenue 3:
      1.    Application :
 
Movement Type
Slow
 
      2.   Overall Widths:
 
ROW Width
100' (A)
Pavement Width
34' (B)
 
      3.   Lane Assembly:
 
Traffic Lanes
2 @ 11' (C)
Bicycle Lanes
2 @ 6' (D)
Parking Lanes (Future)
None
Median/Turn Pocket
None
 
      4.   Public Frontage Assembly:
Drainage Collection Type
Curb and gutter
Planter Type
Continuous planter; (E)
   24' min. one side;
   18' min. one side
Landscape Type
Trees at 30' o.c. avg.
Walkway Type
Sidewalk; (F)
   10' min. one side;
   5' min. one side1
Sidewalk/Planting1
34' min. one side; (G)
10'-6" min. one side
Curb Type
Raised
Utility Easement
15' from ROW (H)
1   Plus 2' clearance from utility easement.
 
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
   H.    Avenue 4:
      1.    Application:
 
Movement Type
Free
 
      2.   Overall Widths:
 
ROW Width
87' (A)
Pavement Width
33' (B)
 
      3.   Lane Assembly:
 
Traffic Lanes
2 @ 11' (C)
Bicycle Lanes
None
Parking Lanes
None
Median/Turn Pocket
11', painted (D)
 
      4.   Public Frontage Assembly:
 
Drainage Collection Type
Swale
Planter Type
24' min. continuous planter (E)
Landscape Type
Trees at 30' o.c. avg.
Walkway Type
Sidewalk; (F)
   10' min. one side;
   5' min. one side1
Curb Type
None
Utility Easement
15' from ROW (G)
 
 
T3NE
X
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
   I.   Neighborhood Street 1 With Parking Both Sides:
      1.    Application:
 
Movement Type
Yield
 
      2.   Overall Widths:
 
ROW Width
70' (A)
Pavement Width
28' (B)
 
      3.   Lane Assembly:
 
Traffic Lanes
1 @ 12' (C)
Bicycle Lanes
None
Parking Lanes
2 @ 8', unmarked (D)
Median/Turn Pocket
None
 
      4.   Public Frontage Assembly:
Drainage Collection Type
Curb and gutter
Planter Type
14' min. continuous planter (E)
Landscape Type
Trees at 30' o.c. avg.
Walkway Type
5' min. sidewalk1 (F)
Curb Type
Raised
Where required, one side is open space without buildings in compliance with the Regulating Plan maps in the Comprehensive Plan. (G)
Utility Easement
10' from ROW (H)
1   Plus 2' clearance from utility easement.
2   6 feet minimum if near park, civic space or school.
 
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
   J.    Neighborhood Street 2 With Parking One Side:
      1.   Application:
 
Movement Type
Yield
 
      2.   Overall Widths:
 
ROW Width
70' (A)
Pavement Width
26' (B)
 
      3.   Lane Assembly:
 
Traffic Lanes
1 @ 18' (C)
Bicycle Lanes
None
Parking Lanes
1 @ 8', unmarked (D)
Median/Turn Pocket
None
 
      4.   Public Frontage Assembly:
Drainage Collection Type
Curb and gutter
Planter Type
14' min. continuous planter (E)
Landscape Type
Trees at 30' o.c. avg.
Walkway Type
5' min. sidewalk1 (F)
Curb Type
Raised
Where required, one side is open space without buildings in compliance with the Regulating Plan maps in the Comprehensive Plan. (G)
Utility Easement
10' from ROW (H)
1   Plus 2' clearance from utility easement.
2   6 feet minimum if near park, civic space or school.
 
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
X
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
   K.   Alley:
      1.    Application:
 
Movement Type
Yield
 
      2.    Overall Widths:
 
a. Widths:
 
   ROW Width
20' (A)
   Pavement Width
20' (B)
b. Additional Standards:
 
   (1)   A camfered corner of 5' is required where two alleys connect.
   (2)   Garage doors shall be setback min. 3' from ROW; max. 5'.
   (3)   Pedestrians share 20' section with vehicles and bicycles.
 
      3.   Lane Assembly:
 
Traffic Lanes
1 @ 20' (B)
Bicycle Lanes
None
Parking Lanes
None
Median/Turn Pocket
None
 
      4.   Public Frontage Assembly:
 
Drainage Collection Type
Valley gutter
Planter Type
Planter min. 5' x 10' between driveways (C)
Landscape Type
Trees at 50' o.c. avg.
Walkway Type
None (D)
Curb Type
Rolled or flush
 
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
   L.   Passage:
      1.   Application:
 
Movement Type
Pedestrian/Bicycle
 
      2.   Overall Widths:
a. Widths:
 
   ROW Width
20' (A)
   Pavement Width
10' (B)
b. Additional Standards:
 
   (1)   Side/front street adjoining design sites to comply with section 14-2H-9 (Frontage Standards).
   (2)   Pedestrians share 10' section with bicycles.
   (3)   See sub-section 14-2H-5I (Passage) for additional standards.
   (4)   Passage shall be open to the public at all times.
 
      3.   Lane Assembly:
 
Traffic Lanes
None
Bicycle Lanes
10', unmarked (B)
Parking Lanes
None
Median/Turn Pocket
None
 
      4.    Public Frontage Assembly:
 
Planter Type
Continuous planter min. 5' wide between access to design sites (C)
Landscape Type
Trees at 50' o.c.
Walkway Type
Multipurpose path
 
 
T3NE
A
T3NG
A
T4NS
A
T4NM
A
T4MS
A
Key: A = Allowed X = Not Allowed
 
(Ord. 21-4866, 11-16-2021; amd. Ord. 25-4953, 5-6-2025)

14-2H-10: AFFORDABLE HOUSING INCENTIVES:

   A.   Affordable Housing Bonus: Residential uses in Form-Based Zones are eligible to utilize affordable housing bonuses pursuant in Article 14-4F "Affordable Housing." (Ord. 21-4866, 11-16-2021; amd. Ord. 23-4914, 11-6-2023)